Legrand gulf general catalogue part 3 by SENTOR ELECTRICAL

ArteorTM audio and video sockets

square version (continued)

n Projection onto flat screen with Batibox multimedia box Multi-material box for fixing or mounting on hollow partitions Enables the screen to be flush-mounted with no cords showing Eg: with analogue and digital audio and video distribution via VGA and HDMI cords

5 722 72

5 727 73

5 727 71

230 V

2P+T

RJ 45

5 722 76

0 801 95 Multimedia box

5 722 82 5 720 96 @

Support frame and plate selection charts p. 408-415 Technical characteristics p. 399

5 720 46

Mechanisms supplied with rocker plates, to be equipped with support frames (p. 405) and plates (p. 408 to 415) Pack

1 1

Cat.Nos

2 x female RCA sockets

Provide the link for any peripheral device such as a DVD player, camera, video recorder, etc. For stereo audio link Connection on screw terminals - 1 module 5 722 72 White Câble VGA 5 727 72 Magnesium Cordon vidéo Preconnected - 1 module Equipped with a 15 cm cord 5 720 92 White 5 725 92 Magnesium

NEW

1 1

Câble HDMI

Câble audio

n Cordon Batibox box link between source and HDMImultimedia Cordon HD 15 + for jack 3,5 mmm screen (p. 539) Eg: with box Cat.No 0 801 93 2P+E plug L N

To TV

3 x female RCA sockets

1 1

Provide the link for any peripheral device such as a DVD player, camera, video recorder, etc. For composite video and stereo audio link Connection on screw terminals - 1 module 5 722 73 White 5 727 73 Magnesium

1 1

Preconnected - 1 module Equipped with a 15 cm cord 5 720 93 White 5 725 93 Magnesium

Switch for switching off the power supply

NEW

HDMI plug

Cover with cable outlet

HDMI socket for connecting the source

YUV sockets

1 1

Provides the high definition analogue video link for a DVD, PC monitor, plasma screen, etc Connection on screw terminals - 1 module 5 722 71 White 5 727 71 Magnesium

S-video sockets (4-pin mini-DIN)

1 1

Provides the YC video link for any peripheral device such as a DVD drive, camera, video recorder, videoconferencing, etc NEW Connection on screw terminals - 1 module 5 744 01 White 5 744 51 Magnesium

n Projection via video projector onto mobile screen Eg: with cabled analogue audio and video distribution 5 722 82

HD15

2 RCA 5 722 72

5 722 20 0 535 72

2P+T

Female BNC 75 sockets

1 1

HD 15 + Jack 5 722 88

Provides the high definition analogue video link for a camera, plasma screen, etc Connection on screw terminals - 1 module 5 722 76 White 5 727 76 Magnesium Câble VGA Cordon vidéo

Cordon audio Câble audio Cordon HD 15 + Jack 3,5 mmm

Red catalogue numbers: New products

399

ArteorTM audio and video sockets

NEW

round version

5 722 89

Audio/video cords

5 724 78

p. 763

Support frame and plate selection charts p. 408-415 Technical characteristics p. 399 Mechanisms supplied with rocker plates, to be equipped with support frames (p. 405) and plates (p. 408 to 415) Pack

Cat.Nos

Female HD 15 sockets + jack 3.5 mm

1 1

Can be used to create full pin (15-pin) VGA links for a PC monitor, plasma screen etc, and audio links from a portable source Connection on screw terminals - 2 module 5 722 89 White 5 727 89 Magnesium

1 1

Preconnected - 2 modules Equipped with a 15 cm cord 5 724 78 White 5 733 78 Magnesium

Pack

Cat.Nos

1 1

Provide the link for any peripheral device such as a DVD player, camera, video recorder, etc. For stereo audio link Connection on screw terminals - 2 modules 5 732 72 White 5 737 72 Magnesium

1 1

Preconnected - 2 modules Equipped with a 15 cm cord 5 724 72 White 5 735 92 Magnesium

HDMI sockets

3 x female RCA sockets

1 1

Used to transmit High-definition digital audio/video streams between a source (HD-DVD drive, computer, etc) and a compatible receiver (plasma, LCD, etc) Can be used with HDMI cords and cables (p. 401) Connection on screw terminals - 2 modules 5 722 85 White 5 727 85 Magnesium

1 1

Preconnected - 2 modules Equipped with a 15 cm cord 5 724 76 White 5 735 96 Magnesium

1 1

Provide the link for any peripheral device such as a DVD player, camera, video recorder, etc. For composite video and stereo audio link Connection on screw terminals - 2 modules 5 732 73 White 5 737 73 Magnesium

1 1

Preconnected - 2 modules Equipped with a 15 cm cord 5 724 73 White 5 735 93 Magnesium

S-video sockets (4-pin mini-DIN)

Display port sockets

1 1

For transmitting high-definition digital audio/video streams between a source (HD-DVD drive, computer, etc) and a compatible receiver (plasma screen, LCD screen, etc) Preconnected - 2 modules Equipped with a 15 cm cord 5 724 70 White 5 735 90 Magnesium

1 1

Provides the YC video link for any peripheral device such as a DVD drive, camera, video recorder, videoconferencing, etc Connection on screw terminals - 2 modules 5 745 01 White 5 745 51 Magnesium

Red catalogue numbers: New products

400

2 x female RCA sockets

ArteorTM audio and video sockets equipment cords and cables

0 517 20

0 779 30

0 517 22

Support frame and cover plate selection charts p. 408-415 Mechanisms supplied with White or Magnesium square cover plates, to be equipped with support frames (p. 405) and plates (p. 408 to 415)

Pack Cat.Nos

HD 15 amplifier + Jack kit

White Magnesium

5 723 70 5 728 70 Used to connect audio/video terminals at a distance of more than 20 m The video link is via an HD 15 connector (resolution up to UXGA), and the audio link via a 4.5 mm jack Comprises: - One 4-module Arteor transmitter supplied with cover plate equipped with an HD 15 connector and a 3.5 mm jack - One 4-module Arteor receiver equipped with an HD 15 connector and a 3.5 mm jack - One 4-module Arteor power supply to be connected on the mains then linked to the receiver The transmitter and receiver are supplied with an RJ 45 LCS jack for tool-free connection The link between the transmitter and receiver is via a network cable (Cat.No 0 327 56) (consult us)

Pack Cat.Nos

Equipment cords

For connecting a socket to a terminal HDMI cord 1 0 517 20 Length 10 m For connecting an HDMI socket to an audio/video terminal (plasma screen, DVD player, home cinema, games console, etc.) For use over a distance of more than 10 m, use the HDMI booster Cat.No 0 779 30 HD15 cord + 3.5 mm jack 1 0 517 22 Length 2 m For connecting an HD15 video socket and a 3.5 mm audio jack to a terminal (PC, video projector) NEW HD15 cord 1 0 517 23 Length 10 m For connecting an HD15 socket to a video terminal (PC, video projector, etc.) XLR cord 1 0 517 24 Length 10 m For connecting an XLR socket to an audio peripheral (microphone, amplifier, etc.) 9-way SUB-D cord 1 0 517 25 Length 10 m For RS 232 serial connection (printer, machine screen, etc.) HDMI booster 1 0 779 30 Used to extend an HDMI connection Consists of 2 female connectors and used as an addition to the HDMI cord (for example cord Cat.No 0 517 20) Does not need an external power supply

Cables For connecting 2 sockets a long distance apart HDMI cables 1 0 327 80 Length 20 m For connecting HDMI sockets over distances of up to 10 m VGA cables 1 0 327 81 Length 20 m For full pin connection of HD15 sockets over distances of up to 20 m

Red catalogue numbers: New products

401

ArteorTM

audio and video sockets

n Installation of audio and video sockets in a meeting room

n Installation of audio and video sockets for Home Cinema 5722 80

5723 70

5722 80

6 x 5722 73

5722 81

5722 80

5722 80 5722 81

5723 70

5722 73

5723 76

Depending on the size and configuration of your meeting room, it is recommended to link the system 5 723 70 to an audio amplification device Cat. 6 cable (Cat.No 327 56) HD 15 + 3.5 mm Jack cord (Cat.No 517 22)

402

5722 80

HDMI cable (Cat.No 0 327 80) HDMI cord Audio cable

ArteorTM ancillary mechanisms

5 728 41

5 731 86

5 723 21

ArteorTM blanking cover plates

Support frame and plate selection charts p. 408-415

Support frame and plate selection charts p. 408-415 Mechanisms supplied with rocker plates, to be equipped with support frames (p. 405) and plates (p. 408 to 415) Pack

Cat.Nos

Blank modules

10 10

1 module 5 723 41 White - square version 5 728 41 Magnesium - square version

10 10

5 723 42 5 728 42

10 10

5 730 86 5 731 86

5 5

5 723 43 5 728 43

5 5

5 730 96 5 731 96

2 modules White - square version Magnesium - square version White - round version Magnesium - round version

5 754 10

5 751 31

To be equipped with support frames and plates

Cat.Nos

5 5 5

5 751 30 5 751 31 5 751 32

For 1 gang box White Pearl Alu Graphite

5 5 5

5 751 40 5 751 41 5 751 42

For 2 gang box White Pearl Alu Graphite

3 modules White - square version Magnesium - square version White - round version Magnesium - round version

Italian/US standard blanking cover plates 10 10 10

5 754 10 5 754 11 5 754 12

Cable outlets 10

5 723 20

For 2" x 4" boxes White Pearl Alu Graphite

US standard blanking cover plates

20 A cable outlet for junction - 2 modules White

45 A cable outlet - BS 1 gang Supplied with cover plate For flush mounting back box to be min. 45 mm deep 5 723 21 White

British standard blanking cover plates

Pack

5 5 5

5 753 60 5 753 61 5 753 62

For 4" x 4" boxes White Pearl Alu Graphite

Cord outlets 10

5 723 07

1 module with Ă&#x2DC;8 mm entry White

5 723 19

2 modules White

403

ArteorTM mounting supports and special plates

5 760 16

5 723 90

5 754 50

5 754 70

ArteorTM mounting boxes

5 723 92

5 754 80

Support frame and plate selection charts p. 408-415 Pack

Cat.Nos

5 760 15

5 760 16

Support frame and plate selection charts p. 408-415

Panel mounting supports

Pack

5 760 13

Cat.Nos

NEW

For 1 to 3 mm thick panels For 1 module Clips into a 28 x 53.5 mm aperture For 2 modules Clips into a 58 x 53.5 mm aperture

Modular support 10

5 751 90

6 890 36

6 890 38

6 890 28

0 818 56

For mounting 2-module mechanisms on symetrical rail

Dedicated plates for trunking 10

5 754 50

1-gang plate 2 modules (supplied with support frame)

5 754 60

2-gang plate 2 x 2 modules (supplied with support frame)

5 754 70

White plate for 1-gang 13 A switched socket

5 754 80

White plate for 2-gang 13 A switched socket

5 751 90

5 723 90

5 723 92

5 723 96

For British and German standards For mounting in 1-gang box Support frame supplied

Red catalogue numbers: New products

404

For British standard 6 and 8-module plates and frames For 6 modules 211.4 x 75.7 x 50.8 mm For 8 modules 231 x 75.7 x 50.8 mm For 2 x 6 modules 212 x 143 x 42 mm For 3 x 6 modules 212 x 212 x 42 mm

Surface-mounting boxes

IP 44 plate 5

Flush-mounting boxes

For British, German and French standard For 2 modules - 1 gang 38 mm depth

For 4 modules 2 x 2 modules - 2 gang 48 mm depth (suitable for shaver sockets) For 2 x 6 modules 38 mm depth

ArteorTM support frames

5 760 03

5 760 21

5 760 01

5 760 00

5 760 30

5 760 32

5 760 20

Support frame and plate selection charts p. 408-415 Pack

Cat.Nos

Support frames for BS type boxes 60.3 mm fixing centres

Screw mounting (screws supplied) For 1 gang box 5 760 03 Square - for 1 or 2 modules

5 760 01

5 760 02

5 760 00

Support frames for German and French type boxes

Pack

Cat.Nos

5 760 21

5 760 11

5 760 12

For 6 modules Horizontal mounting

5 760 22

For 2 x 6 modules Horizontal mounting

5 760 20

Screw mounting For 1 or 2 modules

For 4 modules

Square - for 3 modules

For 2 gang box Rectangular - for 3 modules

Rectangular - for 2 x 2 modules

Support frames for US type boxes 83.5 mm fixing centres

Screw mounting For 2" x 4" boxes 5 760 30 For 2 modules (electronic functions except 2-module mechanisms to be mounted on 3-module support frame)

Claw mounting For 1 or 2 modules

Support frame for Italian type boxes 83.5 mm fixing centres 10

5 760 40

For 1 to 3 modules

5 760 31

For 4" x 4" boxes For 2, 3 and 4 modules

5 760 32

5 760 40

Screw mounting For 1 to 3 modules

For 2 x 3 modules

405

ArteorTM a valuable choice of finishes Enhance either modern or sophisticated environments in perfect combination of natural and metal materials

AN EXTRAORDINARY CHOICE FOR THE MOST DEMANDING CUSTOMERS ArteorTM plates • 17 finishes available • 2 shapes for round or square mechanisms • All the plates meet BS/US/German/Italian or French standards

406

More information Get detailed information on many digital or printed supports, or contact your Area Commercial Manager

M ini web-site: http://www.legrand.com/files/ fck/File/App/site_arteor/index.html

onfigurator: http://www.legrand.com/files/ C fck/File/App/site_arteor/index.html

QR code

Technical guide or CD-ROM

A rteorTM flow of energies

Commercial brochure

407

ArteorTM British standard plate selection charts

60.3 mm fixing centres - flush-mounting boxes, support frames and plates

plates Number of modules per mechanism

Flushmounting boxes

Neutral Support frames

Plates

Tattoo

Graphic

White

Pearl Alu

Graphite

Edition 1

Casual

Formal

5 760 03

5 752 00

5 752 01

5 752 02

5 761 08

5 761 01

5 761 02

5 760 03 5 760 01(1)

5 752 10

5 752 11

5 752 12

5 761 28

5 761 21

5 761 22

Square version 1 module 2 modules and 1.2" touch screen

1 gang

3 modules - 1 gang

1 gang

5 760 01

5 751 60

5 751 61

5 751 62

5 761 88

5 761 81

5 761 82

3 modules and shaver sockets

2 gang

5 760 02

5 750 70

5 750 71

5 750 72

5 761 68

5 761 61

5 761 62

4 modules

2 gang

5 760 00

5 750 80

5 750 81

5 750 82

5 761 48

5 761 41

5 761 42

6 modules

NEW

6 890 36

Supplied with support frame

5 753 70

5 753 71

5 753 72

5 763 78

5 763 71

5 763 72

8 modules

NEW

6 890 38

Supplied with support frame

5 767 00

5 767 01

5 767 02

5 767 18

5 767 11

5 767 12

6 890 28

Supplied with support frame

5 753 90

5 753 91

5 753 92

0 818 56

Supplied with support frame

5 754 00

5 754 01

5 754 02

Not needed

5 750 90

5 750 91

5 750 92

5 762 18

5 762 11

5 762 12

Not needed

5 751 00

5 751 01

5 751 02

5 762 08

5 762 01

5 762 02

Not needed

5 751 20

5 751 21

5 751 22

5 761 98

5 761 91

5 761 92

Not needed

5 751 50

Blanking cover plate British standard

1 gang

5 760 03 5 760 01

5 751 30

5 751 31

5 751 32

Blanking cover plate British standard

2 gang

5 760 02

5 751 40

5 751 41

5 751 42

2 modules

1 gang

5 760 03

5 756 10

5 756 11

5 756 12

5 761 18

5 761 11

5 761 12

3 modules

2 gang

5 760 02

5 755 40

5 755 41

5 755 42

5 761 58

5 761 51

5 761 52

3 modules - 1 gang

1 gang

5 760 01

5 755 60

5 755 61

5 755 62

5 761 78

5 761 71

5 761 72

4 modules

2 gang

5 760 00

5 755 50

5 755 51

5 755 52

5 761 38

5 761 31

5 761 32

2 x 6 modules

NEW

3 x 6 modules

For 5 A/13 A switched socket outlet - 1 gang For 13 A twin Switched socket outlet - 2 gang For 13 A fused connection unit switched For cooker unit Cat.No 5 720 88

round version

6 modules

NEW

6 890 36

Supplied with support

5 767 40

5 767 41

5 767 42

5 767 58

5 767 51

5 767 52

8 modules

NEW

6 890 38

Supplied with support

5 766 80

5 766 81

5 766 82

5 766 98

5 766 91

5 766 92

1: Use 5 760 01 support frame for 2 module mechanisms to be mounted on 3 module support frame (see mention in catalogue page)

Red catalogue numbers: New products

408

plates Mirror Mirror White Mirror Black

Brushed metal

Wood

Mirror Red Mirror Taupe Stainless Steel Gold Brass Wenge Style

Leather

Signature

Light Oak

Club

Galuchat

Woven Metal

5 752 04

5 752 03

5 761 06

5 761 05

5 752 06

5 761 00

5 752 05

5 761 09

5 761 03

5 761 04

5 761 07

5 752 14

5 752 13

5 761 26

5 761 25

5 752 16

5 761 20

5 752 15

5 761 29

5 761 23

5 761 24

5 761 27

5 751 64

5 751 63

5 761 86

5 761 85

5 751 66

5 761 80

5 751 65

5 761 89

5 761 83

5 761 84

5 761 87

5 750 74

5 750 73

5 761 66

5 761 65

5 750 76

5 761 60

5 750 75

5 761 69

5 761 63

5 761 64

5 761 67

5 750 84

5 750 83

5 761 46

5 761 45

5 750 86

5 761 40

5 750 85

5 761 49

5 761 43

5 761 44

5 761 47

5 753 74

5 753 73

5 763 76

5 763 75

5 753 76

5 763 70

5 753 75

5 763 79

5 763 73

5 763 74

5 763 77

5 767 04

5 767 03

5 767 16

5 767 15

5 767 06

5 767 10

5 767 05

5 767 19

5 767 13

5 767 14

5 767 17

5 750 94

5 750 93

5 762 16

5 762 15

5 750 96

5 762 10

5 750 95

5 762 19

5 762 13

5 762 14

5 762 17

5 751 04

5 751 03

5 762 06

5 762 05

5 751 06

5 762 00

5 751 05

5 762 09

5 762 03

5 762 04

5 762 07

5 751 24

5 751 23

5 761 96

5 761 95

5 751 26

5 761 90

5 751 25

5 761 99

5 761 93

5 761 94

5 761 97

5 756 14

5 756 13

5 761 16

5 761 15

5 756 16

5 761 10

5 756 15

5 761 19

5 761 13

5 761 14

5 761 17

5 755 44

5 755 43

5 761 56

5 761 55

5 755 46

5 761 50

5 755 45

5 761 59

5 761 53

5 761 54

5 761 57

5 755 64

5 755 63

5 761 76

5 761 75

5 755 66

5 761 70

5 755 65

5 761 79

5 761 73

5 761 74

5 761 77

5 755 54

5 755 53

5 761 36

5 761 35

5 755 56

5 761 30

5 755 55

5 761 39

5 761 33

5 761 34

5 761 37

5 767 44

5 767 43

5 767 56

5 767 55

5 767 46

5 767 50

5 767 45

5 767 59

5 767 53

5 767 54

5 767 57

5 766 84

5 766 83

5 766 96

5 766 95

5 766 86

5 766 90

5 766 85

5 766 99

5 766 93

5 766 94

5 766 97

Red catalogue numbers: New products

409

ArteorTM Italian / US standards plate selection charts 83.5 mm fixing centres - flush-mounting boxes, support frames and plates

plates Number of modules per mechanism

Neutral

Flushmounting boxes

Support frames

1 module

0 800 49

2 modules and 1.2" touch screen

3 modules

Tattoo

Graphic

White

Pearl Alu

Graphite

Edition 1

Casual

Formal

5 760 40

5 752 20

5 752 21

5 752 22

5 764 18

5 764 11

5 764 12

0 800 49

5 760 40

5 752 30

5 752 31

5 752 32

5 764 38

5 764 31

5 764 32

0 800 49

5 760 40

5 750 10

5 750 11

5 750 12

5 764 58

5 764 51

5 764 52

2" x 4"

5 760 40

5 754 10

5 754 11

5 754 12

4 modules

0 800 42

5 760 11

5 750 30

5 750 31

5 750 32

5 762 78

5 762 71

5 762 72

6 modules

0 800 43

5 760 12

5 750 40

5 750 41

5 750 42

5 762 88

5 762 81

5 762 82

2 modules

0 800 49

5 760 40

5 756 20

5 756 21

5 756 22

5 764 28

5 764 21

5 764 22

3 modules

0 800 49

5 760 40

5 755 00

5 755 01

5 755 02

5 764 48

5 764 41

5 764 42

4 modules

0 800 42

2 x 5 760 21

5 755 10

5 755 11

5 755 12

5 762 58

5 762 51

5 762 52

6 modules

0 800 43

3 x 5 760 21

5 755 20

5 755 21

5 755 22

Plates

Square version

Blanking cover plate

round version

410

plates Mirror Mirror White Mirror Black

Brushed metal

Wood

Mirror Red Mirror Taupe Stainless Steel Gold Brass Wenge Style

Leather

Signature

Light Oak

Club

Galuchat

Woven Metal

5 752 44

5 752 43

5 764 16

5 764 15

5 752 46

5 764 10

5 752 45

5 764 19

5 764 13

5 764 14

5 764 17

5 752 54

5 752 53

5 764 36

5 764 35

5 752 56

5 764 30

5 752 55

5 764 39

5 764 33

5 764 34

5 764 37

5 752 74

5 752 73

5 764 56

5 764 55

5 752 76

5 764 50

5 752 75

5 764 59

5 764 53

5 764 54

5 764 57

5 750 34

5 750 33

5 762 76

5 762 75

5 750 36

5 762 70

5 750 35

5 762 79

5 762 73

5 762 74

5 762 77

5 750 44

5 750 43

5 762 86

5 762 85

5 750 46

5 762 80

5 750 45

5 762 89

5 762 83

5 762 84

5 762 87

5 756 34

5 756 33

5 764 26

5 764 25

5 756 36

5 764 20

5 756 35

5 764 29

5 764 23

5 764 24

5 764 27

5 756 54

5 756 53

5 764 46

5 764 45

5 756 56

5 764 40

5 756 55

5 764 49

5 764 43

5 764 44

5 764 47

5 755 14

5 755 13

5 762 56

5 762 55

5 755 16

5 762 50

5 755 15

5 762 59

5 762 53

5 762 54

5 762 57

5 755 24

5 755 23

5 755 26

411

ArteorTM American standard plate selection charts 83.5 mm fixing centres - flush-mounting boxes, support frames and plates

plates Number of modules per mechanism

Flushmounting boxes

Neutral Support frames

Tattoo

Graphic

White

Pearl Alu

Graphite

Edition 1

Casual

Formal

5 760 40

5 752 40

5 752 41

5 752 42

5 764 18

5 764 11

5 764 12

5 760 30(1) 5 760 40

5 752 50

5 752 51

5 752 52

5 764 38

5 764 31

5 764 32

3 modules

5 760 40

5 752 70

5 752 71

5 752 72

5 764 58

5 764 51

5 764 52

2 modules

5 760 31

5 752 60

5 752 61

5 752 62

5 766 28

5 766 21

5 766 22

3 modules

5 760 31

5 752 80

5 752 81

5 752 82

5 766 48

5 766 41

5 766 42

5 760 31

5 752 90

5 752 91

5 752 92

5 766 58

5 766 51

5 766 52

5 760 32

5 753 00

5 753 01

5 753 02

5 766 78

5 766 71

5 766 72

Not needed

Plates

Square version 1 module

2 modules and 1.2" touch screen

4 modules

2" x 4"

4" x 4"

2 x 3 modules

Video display internal unit 2.5" Blanking cover plate Italian / US standards

2" x 4"

5 760 40

5 754 10

5 754 11

5 754 12

Blanking cover plate US standard

4" x 4"

5 760 31

5 753 60

5 753 61

5 753 62

Not needed

Supplied with box

Not needed

5 760 30(1) 5 760 40

5 756 30

5 756 31

5 756 32

5 764 28

5 764 21

5 764 22

5 760 40

5 756 50

5 756 51

5 756 52

5 764 48

5 764 41

5 764 42

5 756 40

5 756 41

5 756 42

5 766 18

5 766 11

5 766 12

5 756 60

5 756 61

5 756 62

5 766 38

5 766 31

5 766 32

5 756 70

5 756 71

5 756 72

5 766 68

5 766 62

5 766 61

Video station 10"

Central unit for: - temperature control - intruder alarm

round version 2 modules 2" x 4" 3 modules

2 modules 5 760 31 3 modules

4" x 4"

2 x 3 modules 1: Only for 2 modules electronic functions

412

5 760 32

plates Mirror Mirror White Mirror Black

Brushed metal

Wood

Mirror Red Mirror Taupe Stainless Steel Gold Brass Wenge Style

Leather

Signature

Light Oak

Club

Galuchat

Woven Metal

5 752 44

5 752 43

5 764 16

5 764 15

5 752 46

5 764 10

5 752 45

5 764 19

5 764 13

5 764 14

5 764 17

5 752 54

5 752 53

5 764 36

5 764 35

5 752 56

5 764 30

5 752 55

5 764 39

5 764 33

5 764 34

5 764 37

5 752 74

5 752 73

5 764 56

5 764 55

5 752 76

5 764 50

5 752 75

5 764 59

5 764 53

5 764 54

5 764 57

5 752 64

5 752 63

5 766 26

5 766 25

5 752 66

5 766 20

5 752 65

5 766 29

5 766 23

5 766 24

5 766 27

5 752 84

5 752 83

5 766 46

5 766 45

5 752 86

5 766 40

5 752 85

5 766 49

5 766 43

5 766 44

5 766 47

5 752 94

5 752 93

5 766 56

5 766 55

5 752 96

5 766 50

5 752 95

5 766 59

5 766 53

5 766 54

5 766 57

5 753 04

5 753 03

5 766 76

5 766 75

5 753 06

5 766 70

5 753 05

5 766 79

5 766 73

5 766 74

5 766 77

5 764 84

5 764 83

5 764 86

5 764 80

5 764 87

5 765 14

5 765 13

5 765 16

5 765 10

5 765 17

5 765 24

5 765 23

5 765 26

5 765 20

5 765 37

5 756 34

5 756 33

5 764 26

5 764 25

5 756 36

5 764 20

5 756 35

5 764 29

5 764 23

5 764 24

5 764 27

5 756 54

5 756 53

5 764 46

5 764 45

5 756 56

5 764 40

5 756 55

5 764 49

5 764 43

5 764 44

5 764 47

5 756 44

5 756 43

5 766 16

5 766 15

5 756 46

5 766 10

5 756 45

5 766 19

5 766 13

5 766 14

5 766 17

5 756 64

5 756 63

5 766 36

5 766 35

5 756 66

5 766 30

5 756 65

5 766 39

5 766 33

5 766 34

5 766 37

5 756 74

5 756 73

5 766 66

5 766 65

5 756 76

5 766 60

5 756 75

5 766 69

5 766 63

5 766 64

5 766 67

413

ArteorTM German and French standard plate selection charts 60 mm fixing centres - flush and surface-mounting boxes, support frames and plates

plates Number of modules per mechanism

Flushmounting Surfaceboxes mounting for dry boxes partitions

Neutral Support frames

Plates

Tattoo

Graphic

White

Pearl Alu

Graphite

Edition 1

Casual

Formal

(1)

Square version

0 800 41

5 760 21 (screws) 5 760 20 (claws)

5 765 40

5 765 41

5 765 52

5 762 28

5 762 21

5 762 22

5 723 90

0 800 41

5 760 21 (screws) 5 760 20 (claws)

5 765 60

5 765 61

5 765 62

5 762 48

5 762 41

5 762 42

0 800 49

5 760 40

5 750 10

5 750 11

5 750 12

5 764 58

5 764 51

5 764 52

0 800 42 2 x 5 760 21

5 750 20

5 750 21

5 750 22

5 762 68

5 762 61

5 762 62

0 800 43

5 760 12

5 750 40

5 750 41

5 750 42

5 762 88

5 762 81

5 762 82

2 x 6 modules

5 723 96

0 801 26

5 760 22

5 750 60

5 750 61

5 750 62

4 modules

5 723 92

0 800 42

5 760 11

5 750 30

5 750 31

5 750 32

5 762 78

5 762 71

5 762 72

5 750 50

5 750 51

5 750 52

5 756 00

5 756 01

5 756 02

5 762 38

5 762 31

5 762 32

1 module

2 modules and 1.2" touch screen

3 modules

2 x 2 modules

5 723 92

6 modules

3 x 2 modules

0 800 43 3 x 5 760 21

round version 5 760 21 (screws) 5 760 20 (claws)

2 x 1 module 2 modules

5 723 90

0 800 41

2 x 2 modules

5 723 92

0 800 42 2 x 5 760 21

5 755 10

5 755 11

5 755 12

5 762 58

5 762 51

5 762 52

3 x 2 modules

0 800 43 3 x 5 760 21

5 755 20

5 755 21

5 755 22

1: Other flush-mounting boxes (see p. 540)

414

plates Mirror Mirror White Mirror Black

Brushed metal

Wood

Mirror Red Mirror Taupe Stainless Steel Gold Brass Wenge Style

Leather

Signature

Light Oak

Club

Galuchat

Woven Metal

5 765 54

5 765 53

5 762 26

5 762 25

5 765 56

5 762 20

5 765 55

5 762 29

5 762 23

5 762 24

5 762 27

5 765 64

5 765 63

5 762 46

5 762 45

5 765 66

5 762 40

5 765 65

5 762 49

5 762 43

5 762 44

5 762 47

5 752 74

5 752 73

5 764 56

5 764 55

5 752 76

5 764 50

5 752 75

5 764 59

5 764 53

5 764 54

5 764 57

5 750 24

5 750 23

5 762 66

5 762 65

5 750 26

5 762 60

5 750 25

5 762 69

5 762 63

5 762 64

5 762 67

5 750 44

5 750 43

5 762 86

5 762 85

5 750 46

5 762 80

5 750 45

5 762 89

5 762 83

5 762 84

5 762 87

5 750 64

5 750 63

5 750 66

5 750 34

5 750 33

5 762 76

5 762 75

5 750 36

5 762 70

5 750 35

5 762 79

5 762 73

5 762 74

5 762 77

5 750 54

5 750 53

5 750 56

5 756 04

5 756 03

5 762 36

5 762 35

5 756 06

5 762 30

5 756 05

5 762 39

5 762 33

5 762 34

5 762 37

5 755 14

5 755 13

5 762 56

5 762 55

5 755 16

5 762 50

5 755 15

5 762 59

5 762 53

5 762 54

5 762 57

5 755 24

5 755 23

5 755 26

415

ArteorTM, design options for Home Automation The system works through 2 different media: - Radio using ZigBee® protocol - BUS using SCS protocol Products have been developped to ensure perfect interoperability and maximum reliability of the sytem

ONE SOLUTION, 2 TECHNOLOGIES, ENDLESS POSSIBILITIES Radio ZigBee® technology, the easyway to Home Automotion • For increasing the number of control points without wiring • Ideal for refurbishement, small new installations and extensions • Can control lighting, roller blinds, technical alarms and scenarios

Receivers

Transmitters

Radio/ZigBee® installation principle

Receivers, p. 418

Transmitters, p. 419

BUS/SCS technology • All devices are connected in parallel to the BUS, which is a cable with twisted pairs • The functions associated to each product depend on the given configuration The system is composed of actuators and control devices Actuators which control the loads are connected to the BUS and to the power line They are DIN module devices centralised on the electrical panel board Control devices transmit information to actuators through the BUS line. They are installed in every room.

House management, p. 436 416

More information Get detailed information on many digital or printed supports, or contact your Area Commercial Manager

M ini web-site: http://www.legrand.com/files/ fck/File/App/site_arteor/index.html

onfigurator: http://www.legrand.com/files/ C fck/File/App/site_arteor/index.html

QR code

Technical guide or CD-ROM

A rteorTM flow of energies

Commercial brochure

417

ArteorTM lighting and roller blind controllers/receivers Radio/ZigBee速

0 672 31

5 735 46 + 5 745 82

Replacement of rocker plates by touch plates

5 735 46 + 5 745 61

p. 420

Support frame and plate selection charts p. 408-415 Load selection charts p. 423 Receivers to be equipped with round or square cover plates and magnesium circle for control, to be equipped with 2-module plates (p. 408 to 415) Standard rocker plates and plates can be replaced by touch plates (p. 420), technical information on e-catalogue To be installed in flush-mounting boxes min. depth 40 mm To be equipped with 2-module support frames Connect to the load and can be controlled by remote control transmitters, scenario switches, mobile control units and detectors (p. 419, 421, 422) Pack

Cat.Nos

Lighting controllers/receivers (switches) 100/240 VA

Each active button on the receivers is identified by LED (blue LED indicator status supplied) 0 672 31 Switch without neutral - 300 W - 1 circuit

5 735 44

Switch without neutral - 2 x 300 W - 2 circuits Supplied with support frame

0 672 33

Switch with neutral - 2500 W - 1 circuit

0 672 34

Switch with neutral - 2 x 1000 W - 2 circuits

5 735 45

Switch with neutral - 3 x 1000 W - 3 circuits

Lighting controllers/receivers (dimmers) 100/240 VA 1

0 672 37

Leading/trailing edge dimmer without neutral - 300 W

5 735 46

Leading/trailing edge dimmer without neutral - 600 W

5 735 49

Leading/trailing edge dimmer without neutral - 2 x 300 W - Supplied with support frame

5 735 47

Universal dimmer with neutral - 300 W

5 735 48

0-10 V dimmer

0 672 63

Lighting controllers/ receivers and roller blind key covers (2 modules)

White Black

5 745 57 5 745 58

2 circuits

5 745 59 5 745 60

3 circuits

square version 1 5 745 73 5 745 74 1 circuit

5 745 75 5 745 76

2 circuits

5 745 96 5 745 97

3 circuits

Lighting dimmer key covers

round version 1 5 745 61 5 745 62 1 circuit with blue LED bargraph

5 745 63 5 745 64

1 circuit without blue LED bargraph

5 745 65 5 745 66

2 circuits with blue LED bargraph

square version 1 5 745 81 5 745 82 1 circuit without blue LED bargraph 1

5 745 79 5 745 80

2 circuits with blue LED bargraphh

Roller blind key covers 1 5 745 67 5 745 68 round version

100/240 VA controller/receiver

5 745 83 5 745 84

5 745 69 5 745 70

5 745 77 5 745 78

418

Lighting switch key covers

round version 1 5 745 55 5 745 56 1 circuit

Roller blind controller/receiver

Cat.Nos Zigbee速

Pack

5 745 71 5 745 72

5 745 85 5 745 86

Red catalogue numbers: New products

square version 4-scenario controller round version square version False key cover round version square version

ArteorTM lighting and roller blind transmitters Radio/ZigBee®

0 672 35

ArteorTM scenario controllers Radio/ZigBee®

Support frame and plate selection charts p. 408-415 Replacement of cover plates by touch plates see e-catalogue Transmitters to be equipped with round or square key covers (p. 418) and 2-module plates (p. 408-415) Supplied with multi-standard support frames (with removable fins) Cover plates and plates can be replaced by touch plates (p. 420) Surface mounting with direct fixing of support frame on wall Control one or more Radio/ZigBee® receivers No wiring needed Supplied with batteries

Pack

Cat.Nos

0 672 35

Pack

1-circuit switch 1

0 672 36

2-circuit switch

0 672 39

1-circuit dimmer

0 672 64

5 735 51

Support frame and plate selection charts p. 408-415

Lighting remote control transmitters

0 882 32

5 738 70

0 672 36 + 5 745 58 + 5 735 51

Cat.Nos

Wall mounting scenario controllers

To be equipped with round or square key covers (p. 418) and 2-module plates (p. 408-415). Supplied with multi-standard support frames (with removable fins). Standard rocker plates and plates can be replaced by touch plates (p. 420), technical information on e-catalogue. Surface mounting with direct fixing of support frame on wall. No wiring needed. Supplied with batteries. 4-scenario controllers 0 672 40 4 push-buttons to control 4 scenarios (1 scenario can control several functions: shutters, lighting...)

5 735 51

Roller blind control transmitters

Multi-standard support frame For scenario controllers, light and roller blind transmitter Radio/ZigBee®

Mobile scenario controllers

1-circuit switch 1

1 scenario can control several functions: lighting level adjustment, roller blinds, general ON or OFF... Pocket scenario controller 5 738 70 4-scenario controller For Radio/ZigBee® installation Supplied with batteries 0 882 32

Radio/ZigBee ® - IR remote control 5-scenario controller Supplied with batteries

For replacement of rocker plates by touch plates, see E-catalogue ZigBee ®: Certified product Manufacturer Specific Profile Red catalogue numbers: New products

419

ArteorTM touch plates Radio/ZigBee速

5 737 51

5 737 54

5 737 64

5 737 91

5 737 69

5 737 56

5 737 60

Technical characteristics see e-catalogue and p. 423 White or Black touch plates to replace standard rocker plates and plates Pack

Cat.Nos

British standard touch plates

1 1

For 1-circuit switches 5 737 50 White 5 737 51 Black

1 1

5 737 54 5 737 55

For 2-circuit switches White Black

1 1

5 737 64 5 737 65

For 3-circuit switches White Black

1 1

5 737 58 5 737 59

For dimmers White Black For roller blind switches White Black

1 1

5 737 68 5 737 69

1 1

For scenario controllers 5 737 90 White 5 737 91 Black

Italian and American standard touch plates

Pack

Cat.Nos

1 1

5 737 52 5 737 53

For 1-circuit switches White Black

1 1

5 737 56 5 737 57

For 2-circuit switches White Black

1 1

5 737 66 5 737 67

For 3-circuit switches White Black

1 1

5 737 60 5 737 61

For dimmers White Black

1 1

5 737 70 5 737 71

For roller blind switches White Black

1 1

5 737 92 5 737 93

For scenario controllers White Black

For replacement of rocker plates by touch plates, see E-catalogue ZigBee 速: Certified product Manufacturer Specific Profile

420

ArteorTM other functions Radio/ZigBee®

0 883 05

0 883 25

0 883 27

5 738 62

Load selection charts p. 423 Pack

Cat.Nos

0 883 05

Radio/ZigBee ® micromodule switch 1 output - 300 W Enables control points to be added to improve an existing installation without damage to the walls Controls energy-saving, LED, halogen and incandescent bulbs Suitable for fitting on DCL (lighting appliance) covers. Its receiver function is used to execute commands received from scenario switches, centralised control units, detectors (p. 420, 422) Phase/neutral power supply

Pack

Cat.Nos

NEW 1

0 695 03

Transmitter/receiver mobile sockets

Connect directly to an existing 2P+E socket to switch the light connected to the socket Its receiver function is used to execute commands received from scenario switches, centralised control units, detectors, etc (p. 420, 422) Radio/ZigBee ® mobile dimmer switch-sockets 500 VA NEW 2 lighting levels (factory-preset and modifiable by the user) 0 883 221 German standard

0 883 20

Radio/ZigBee switch-sockets 10 A 0 883 251 German standard

0 883 23

NEW 1

0 883 27

British standard

Plexo Programme radio transmitter/receiver switch 2500 W Its transmitter function allows it to control another lighting Radio/Zigbee® receiver switch Its receiver function is used to execute commands received from centralised control units, scenario switches, mobile control units and detectors (p. 420, 422) 3-wire installation in box depth 40 mm min.

Weatherproof radio individual blind switch for mounting in a head rail with slat orientation Controls motors (4-wire) on 230 V electric blinds for lowering/raising/ stopping the blind Installed in the loft or in the blind head rail during modernisation of an existing blind without damage to the walls Must be used together with a centralised switch Cat.No 5 738 42/43 Must remain accessible for any programming necessary Maximum loads supported in 230 VA: 1 x 500 VA

Radio transmitter/receiver multifunction switches - 230 VA

British standard 1

Transmitter/receiver control units for false ceiling - 100-240 VA

Switches for controlling 1 or 2 circuits connected to its terminals according to 3 different operating modes: time-lag switch, switch, remote control switch Its receiver function is used to execute, on its circuits, on/off commands received from individual control units, centralised control units, scenario switches, mobile control units and detectors (p. 420, 422) Phase/neutral power supply 5 738 58 Weatherproof multifunction switch 2500 W 5 738 60

Its receiver function is used to execute, on its circuits, on/off commands received from centralised control units, scenario switches, mobile control units and detectors (p. 420, 422)

Weatherproof multifunction 2-gang switch 2 x 2500 W

Universal switch - phase/neutral 1 output - 2500 W

5 738 62

Dimmer for all loads (excluding fluorescent and LEDs) - without neutral 5 738 64 1 output - 600 W

5 738 66

Dimmer for 1-10 V ballast - phase/neutral 1 output - 500 VA

ZigBee ®: Certified product Manufacturer Specific Profile Red catalogue numbers: New products

421

ArteorTM other functions Radio/ZigBee® (continued)

0 882 91

Technical detectors

0 672 50 + 5 745 72

p. 386

Support frame and plate selection charts p. 408-415 Pack

Cat.Nos

Indoor motion detector

Pack

Used to control a scenario by detecting movement, especially switching on lights automatically to create an illuminated 0 882 91 pathway (from the bedroom to the WC for example) Infrared detection (range 11 m, time delay between 3 and 60 min, detection angle: 85°, light level threshold between 20 and 1000 lux) Set by mobile configurators Cat. Nos. 0 882 30/35 (p. 641) Supplied with fixing base Detection at night only or night and day Is installed on the wall at the desired location 2 AA batteries

NEW

NEW 1

Water-heater switches - receivers

5 735 50 Can be activated by any other radio device Equipped with round cover plates and Magnesium circle for control To be equipped with 2-module plates and 2-module support frames (p. 408 to 415) To be installed in flush-mounting boxes min. depth 40 mm

BUS/SCS-Radio/ZigBee ® Arteor gateways 1

Indoor temperature sensor

0 883 30 IP 21 For indoor use only Setting: 2 temperature thresholds Temperature ranges: from - 10°C to + 40°C Can be used to initiate 2 scenarios when the temperature is higher than the high threshold or lower than the low threshold

Cat.Nos

0 672 50 Equipped with round cover plates and Magnesium circle for control, to be equipped with 2-module plates and 2-module support frames (p. 408 to 415) To be installed in flush-mounting boxes min. depth 40 mm Used to link a BUS/SCS installation and an additional Radio/ZigBee® installation Used to control up to 32 transmitters

NEW 1

Transmitter with auxiliary inputs

0 883 31 Can be used to initiate ON/OFF on closing or opening of a volt-free contact For controlling a Radio/ ZigBee® installation using commercially-available detectors (eg: light sensitive switch, moisture sensor) Fits behind a traditional switch, without damage to the walls, to control a Radio/ZigBee® switch

ZigBee ®: Certified product Manufacturer Specific Profile Red catalogue numbers: New products

422

ArteorTM Radio/ZigBee速

n Switches and dimmers maximum loads at 230 V (for values at 110 V, please halve values) Universal Leading edge

DIMMERS

SWITCHES

Cat.Nos

Incandescent lamp

Halogen lamp

Trailing edge

ELV halogen with ELV halogen ferromagnetic with electronic transformer transformer

0 672 31

300 W

300 VA

5 735 44

2 x 300 W

2 x 300 VA

Fluorescent tube

Compact fluorescent lamp

LED

Fluorescent lamps with 0-10 V ballast

Reducer motor for shutter

0 672 33

2500 W

2500 VA

1250 VA

250 VA

0 672 34

2 x 1000 W

2 x 1000 VA

2 x 500 VA

2 x 100 VA

5 735 45

3 x 1000 W

3 x 1000 VA

3 x 500 VA

3 x 100 VA

5 738 62

2500 W

2500 VA

1250 VA

5 738 58

2500 W

2500 VA

1250 VA

yes

250 VA

5 738 60

2 x 2500 W

2 x 2500 VA

2 x 1250 VA

yes

2 x 250 VA

300 VA

250 VA

160 VA

0 672 63

500 VA

0 883 05

300 W

300 VA

0 883 23/25

1200 W

1200 VA

0 672 37

300 W

300 VA

5 735 49

2 x 300 W

2 x 300 VA

5 735 46

600 W

450 VA

600 VA

5 735 47

400 W

400 VA

250 VA

5 735 48

1000 VA

5 738 66

1000 VA

5 738 64 0 883 20/22

600 W

450 VA

600 VA

60 W/500 W

60 VA/500 VA

n Selection chart for association of touch plates Touch plates Function

Touch control switch 1 circuit

Touch control switch 2 circuits

Touch control switch 3 circuits

Associate mechanisms

Colour

BS fixing centres

Italian/American fixing centres

Control mechanism (receiver)

White

5 737 50

5 737 52

0 672 31

Black

5 737 51

5 737 53

White

5 737 54

5 737 56

Black

5 737 55

5 737 57

White

5 737 64

5 737 66

Black

5 737 65

5 737 67

White

5 737 58

5 737 60

Black

5 737 59

5 737 61

White

5 737 68

5 737 70

Black

5 737 69

5 737 71

White

5 737 90

5 737 92

Black

5 737 91

5 737 93

0 672 36

5 735 45

0 672 37 5 735 46

0 672 39

5 735 47

0 672 63

4-scenario touch control

ZigBee速: Certified product - Manufacturer Specific Profile

0 672 35

0 672 33

0 672 34

Touch control dimmer 1 circuit

Touch control roller blinds switch 1 circuit

Remote control transmitter

0 672 64

0 672 40

Transformation into touch plate version, see E-catalogue

423

ArteorTM lighting control and automation mechanisms BUS/SCS

Key covers for micropush control mechanisms p. 426

5 739 05

5 739 04

0 675 52

Support frame and plate selection charts p. 405-408 Pack

Cat.Nos

Basic control mechanisms

Pack

To control a controller (eg: lighting, shutters or lighting + shutters) depending on the selected configuration Used to manage groups of functions and centralise them (scenario switch type) To be installed in flush-mounting boxes Micropush control mechanisms To be equipped with key covers (p. 426), support frames and plates (p. 405 to 408) 0 675 52 2 modules For controlling 1 or 2 controllers 0 675 54

Advanced rolling shutter management devices Relay interlocking or pulse based motor drive Position status return: closed, open, intermediate position. Drive following different orders: up, down, or opening % 1

To control 1 or 2 controllers (eg: ON/OFF, shutters, scenario control) sound system, door release control, dimming: gradual switching on or off depending on the selected configuration To be installed in flush-mounting boxes Micropush control mechanism 0 675 53

To be equipped with key covers (p. 426), support frames and plates (p. 405 to 408) Can control up to 4 scenarios 2 modules Touch control mechanisms - 2 modules Supplied complete, equipped with white or black touch plates Can control up to 4 scenarios

1 1

5 739 04 5 739 05

White - for BS flush-mounting boxes Black - for BS flush-mounting boxes

1 1

5 739 06 5 739 07

White - for 2''x 4'' flush-mounting boxes Black - for 2''x 4'' flush-mounting boxes

Flush-mounted shutter actuator 0 675 57 To control one motor Max power rating: 500W Power supply: 230 V To be installed in flush-mounting box To be equipped with key covers (p. 426), support frames and plates (p. 405 to 408) Specific advanced motor management control 0 675 58 Multifunction control mechanism: single control, scenario, group or general control of motorized shutters: to be completed with ref. 0 675 57 Up / Down / Stop Slat orientation control Memory of programmed level Programming of open/close level directly on the mechanism 2 modules flush-mounted To be equipped with key covers (p. 426), support frames and plates (p. 405 to 408)

Touch control mechanisms - 3 modules Supplied complete, equipped with white or black touch plates Can control up to 6 scenarios For installation in Italian or US flush-mounting boxes with Italian/US support frame (cat. No 5 760 40, p. 405) 1 1

5 739 12 5 739 13

White Black

Red catalogue numbers: New products

424

Flush-mounting controller with built-in control

0 675 56 To control two lighting circuits or a blind motor Slat orientation control 2 outputs - 2 A 230 V power supply To be installed in flush-mounting boxes To be equipped with key covers (p. 426), support frames and plates (p. 405 to 408)

3 modules For controlling up to 3 controllers

Multi-functions control mechanisms

Cat.Nos

ArteorTM lighting control and automation mechanisms BUS/SCS (continued)

5 739 02

5 745 04 (for example scenario IN / OUT / DINNER / RELAX)

5 737 16

0 882 32

5 739 01

Lighting management

p. 648

Support frame and plate selection charts p. 408-415 Pack

Cat.Nos

Scenario controllers

1 1

For controlling a number of controllers and managing 4 scenarios To be used in conjunction with scenario module Cat.No 0 035 51 Supplied complete with scenario identification label Equipped with round version cover plates To be equipped with support frames and plates (p. 408 to 415) 2 modules Round version 5 739 02 White 5 739 03 Magnesium

1 1

5 745 03 5 745 04

Square version White Magnesium

Touch screens

1 1

Pack

1 1

Cat.Nos

IR remote control

For remote control of equipment wired on the BUS (eg: lighting, shutters, etc. ) Radio/ZigBee 速 - IR remote control For use in conjunction with infrared receiver 0 882 32 5-scenario controller Supplied with batteries

IR receivers Equipped with round version cover plates, to be equipped with support frames and plates (p. 408 to 415) Can take up to 4 control units Must be installed in the infrared remote control relay Cat.No 0 882 32 (the receiver sends the command from the remote control to the product concerned) 5 739 00 White 5 739 01 Magnesium

Allow up to 4 functions among the following: - control of 4 scenarios - display and centralised management of temperature (1 zone) - sound system (display and selection of sound distribution sources) - display of consumption (up to 10 circuits) - Load management Equipped with cover plates To be equipped with support frames and plates (p. 408 to 415) 5 737 16 White 5 737 17 Magnesium

425

ArteorTM key covers selection chart Lighting control, automation and sound diffusion BUS/SCS ROUND VERSION Key cover description

Regulation symbol left-hand side mounting

Modules

SQUARE VERSION

White

Magnesium

5 745 05

5 745 06

OFF

Regulation symbol right-hand side mounting

Regulation symbol

White

Magnesium

5 744 87

5 744 86

5 744 89

5 744 88

OFF

5 745 07

5 745 08

5 745 37

5 745 38

OFF

Light symbol any side mounting

5 745 17

5 745 18

5 744 75

5 744 74

Light symbol

5 745 43

5 745 44

5 744 77

5 744 76

Dimmer symbol left-hand side mounting

5 745 20

5 745 22 5 744 69

5 744 68

Dimmer symbol right-hand side mounting

5 745 19

5 745 21

Dimmer symbol

5 745 41

5 745 42

5 744 71

5 744 70

Up/Down symbol any side mounting

5 745 15

5 745 16

5 744 93

5 744 92

Up/Down symbol

5 745 35

5 745 36

5 744 95

5 744 94

GEN marking

GEN

5 745 39

5 745 40

5 744 73

5 744 72

GEN/ON/OFF marking left-hand side mounting

GEN

5 745 24

5 745 26 5 744 83

5 744 82

5 744 85

5 744 84

5 744 79

5 744 78

5 744 81

5 744 80

GEN

OFF

GEN OFF

GEN/ON/OFF marking right-hand side mounting

GEN

5 745 23

5 745 25

5 745 31

5 745 32

OFF

GEN/ON/OFF marking

GEN

GEN OFF

OFF

ON/OFF marking left-hand side mounting

5 745 28

5 745 30 ON

OFF

ON/OFF marking right-hand side mounting

5 745 27

5 745 29

5 745 33

5 745 34

OFF

ON/OFF marking

OFF

Sound source selection right-hand mounting

5 745 11

5 745 12

5 744 91

5 744 90

Shutter STOP marking any side mounting

5 745 45

5 745 46

5 745 47

5 745 48

Without marking any side mounting

5 745 09

5 745 10

5 744 65

5 744 64

Without marking

5 745 13

5 745 14

5 744 67

5 744 66

426

ArteorTM modular equipment for lighting control and automation BUS/SCS

0 036 52

0 026 02

0 035 51

0 035 52

0 035 62

Load selection charts p. 429 Technical characteristics see e-catalogue Pack

1 1 1

Cat.Nos

Multi-application DIN controllers

NO contact For lighting (residential), shutters and motors 2 DIN modules 17.5 mm 0 038 41 1 output 16 A 0 038 42 2 outputs 10 A 0 038 44 4 output 6 A - common phase

Pack

1 1

DIN controllers for dimming

0 036 52

0 036 53

0 036 56

0 026 11

0 026 31

1 1

0 026 21 0 026 22

For use in conjunction with loads and control mechanisms (p. 424) for dimming control For incandescent, halogen and ferromagnetic loads Load: 60 - 1000 W / 230 VA - 50 Hz 4 DIN modules 17.5 mm For electronic transformers loads 1 output Load: 0.25 to 1.7 A / 230 VA - 50 Hz 4 DIN modules 17.5 mm For 1-10 V ballasts Load: 500 VA maximum 2 DIN modules 17.5 mm 1 output - 1000 VA maximum 6 DIN modules 17.5 mm For DALI protocol Enables communication between the BUS/SCS installation and the lighting appliances controlled by DALI protocol 6 DIN modules 17.5 mm For incandescent, halogen 230 V, ELV halogen with electronic or ferromagnatic transformer 6 DIN modules 17.5 mm Automatic recognition of the load 1 output - 1000 W maximum 2 outputs - 400 W maximum per output

1 1 1

For lighting (commercial sector) 0 026 00 1 output 16 A 4 DIN modules 17.5 mm 0 026 01 2 outputs 16 A 4 DIN modules 17.5 mm 0 026 02 4 outputs 16 A 6 DIN modules 17.5 mm

BUS power supplies

27 V= - 1.2 A Maximum consumption: 300 mA Maximum current supplied: 1.2 A 8 DIN modules 17.5 mm 0 035 60 Input voltage: 230 VA output voltage 27 V= 5 739 97 Input voltage: 127 VA output voltage 27 V= 27 V= - 0.6 A Maximum current supplied: 0.6 A 2 DIN modules 17.5 mm 0 035 67 Input voltage: 230 VA output voltage 27 V=

RJ adaptor 10

For connecting Cat.Nos 026 02/21/22/11 to the BUS 0 488 72 Male connector

Contact interfaces

1 1

Allow the connection between traditional wiring devices such as switches, time delay switches or external sensors 2 independent contacts 0 035 53 2 DIN modules 17.5 mm 5 739 96 Basic modularity to be installed in flush-mounting box

Additional DIN devices 1

DIN on/off lighting controllers

Cat.Nos

Memory module for actuators 0 035 52 Restore the last state of an actuator in case of a power failure 2 DIN modules 17.5 mm Scenario module 0 035 51 Allows creation of scenarios by linking different functions. Up to 16 scenarios 2 DIN modules 17.5 mm SCS-SCS gateway (extension) 0 035 62 Allows the extension of the installation or the integration between different functions Suitable for larger installations 2 DIN modules 17.5 mm

Installation principle, see E-catalogue

427

ArteorTM lighting control and automation BUS/SCS sensors and accessories

0 488 23 (directional head) Pack

Cat.Nos

0 492 13

0 492 19

0 261 45

180° Corner sensors

Pack

Supplied with fixing base Connect to 2 circuit controller Cat.No 0 488 50 by cord or RJ 45 cable or BUS/SCS cable fitted with RJ 45 connector Cat.No 0 488 72 180° corner sensor - Detection field 45 m² - for small of f ices PIR - Maximum range 8 m - IP 42 Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 6 m Consumption 0.2 W on standby 0 488 24 RJ 45 connection All loads 10 A - 240 V 180° corner sensor - Detection field 90 m² - for conference rooms & large offices Dual-tech - Maximum range 11 m - IP 42 With directional head Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 10 m Consumption 0.2 W on standby 0 488 23 RJ 45 connection All loads 10 A - 240 V

180° switch sensors

1 1

Detection field 15 m² Occupancy sensors PIR -Maximum range 10 m - IP 41 Arteor 5 740 46 White 5 740 96 Magnesium

1 1

Vacancy sensors Dual-tech - Maximum range 10 m - IP 41 5 740 48 White 5 740 98 Magnesium Arteor

1 1

Cat.Nos

BUS/SCS cables

Conform to IEC 45-5 and IEC 20-20 Grey 0 492 31 Length 100 m 0 492 32 Length 500 m

BUS spare clamp 10

Used to connect the various system components (controls, dimmers, etc) to the BUS line 0 492 22 Male connector

0 492 34 Programming cable

USB cable

Plug-in jumpers 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 1

0 492 00 0 492 01 0 492 02 0 492 03 0 492 04 0 492 05 0 492 06 0 492 07 0 492 08 0 492 09 0 492 10 0 492 11 0 492 12 0 492 13 0 492 14 0 492 15 0 492 16 0 492 17 0 492 18 0 492 19 0 492 20 0 492 21 0 492 37

0 261 45

Used to associate an address with the different system components 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 GEN GR AMB AUX ON OFF O/I PUL SLA CEN ↑↓ ↑↓M Kit with: AUX, GEN, GR, AMB, ON, OFF, O/I, PUL, SLA,CEN, ↑↓, ↑↓M (10 pieces of each figure) Kit with «0 to 9» jumpers (10 of each number)

Virtual configuration software

Used to configure mechanisms and controllers in the installation for applications such as lighting, shutters and temperature control For use in conjunction with TCP-IP web servers (p. 436) 0 492 90 Comprising: 1 CD with software for PC

Installation principle, see E-catalogue Red catalogue numbers: New products

428

ArteorTM lighting control and automation BUS/SCS

n Actuators and dimmers max. loads at 230 V Universal

Leading edge

Incandescent lamp

Halogen lamp

ELV halogen with ferromagnetic transformer

ELV halogen with electronic transformer

Fluorescent tube

Compact fluorescent lamp

Cat.Nos

ACTUATORS

Trailing edge

LED

Reducer motor for shutter

0 038 41

3500 W

1000 VA

0 038 42

2300 W

500 VA

250 VA

500 W

0 038 44

1400 W

500 VA

70 VA

500 W

0 026 00

3600 W

3600 VA

1000 VA

0 026 01

2 x 3600 W

2 x 3600 VA

2 x 1000 VA

0 026 02

4 x 1000 W

4 x 500 VA

0 036 56

10 x 55 W

0 026 11 DIMMERS

Fluorescent lamps with 0-10 V ballast

4 x 100 VA

10 x 55 VA 1000 VA - 50 mA

0 026 21

1000 W

500 VA

0 026 22

2 x 500 W

2 x 250 VA

2 x 500 VA

0 036 52

1000 W

1000 VA

0 036 53

400 VA

n Actuators and dimmers max. loads at 110 V Universal

Leading edge

Incandescent lamp

Halogen lamp

ACTUATORS

Cat.Nos

Trailing edge

ELV halogen with ferromagnetic transformer

ELV halogen with electronic transformer

Fluorescent tube

Compact fluorescent lamp

0 038 41

1750 W

500 VA

0 038 42

1150 W

250 VA

125 VA

LED

Reducer Fluorescent lamps with 0-10 motor for shutter V ballast

250 W

0 038 44

700 W

250 VA

35 VA

0 026 00

1800 W

1800 VA

500 VA

0 026 01

2 x 1800 W

2 x 1800 VA

2 x 500 VA

0 026 02

4 x 500 W

4 x 250 VA

250 W

4 x 50 VA

0 036 56 DIMMERS

0 026 11

500 VA - 50 mA

0 026 21

500 W

250 VA

0 026 22

2 x 250 W

2 x 175 VA

0 036 52 0 036 53

Installation principle, see E-catalogue

429

ArteorTM temperature control BUS/SCS

5 739 20

5 737 19

5 739 23

5 739 24

5 737 17

Support frame and plate selection charts p. 408-415 Technical characteristics see e-catalogue Pack

1 1

Cat.Nos

Central units for temperature control

Equipped with square version keypad cover plates To be equipped with special plates (p. 412, 413) Supplied with flush-mounting box and 7.2 V battery Cat.No 0 675 18 Can manage up to 99 zones 5 739 18 White 5 739 19 Magnesium

Pack

Cat.Nos

Actuator with 2 independent relays 0 035 79 For single and double loads: 6 A resistive, 3 A motorised valves and pumps 2 DIN modules 17.5 mm Actuator with 4 independent relays 0 035 80 For single, double or mixed loads: 6 A resistive, 3 A motorised valves, pumps and fan-coils 2 DIN modules 17.5 mm

Probes

BUS power supplies

1 1

27 V= - 1.2 A Maximum consumption: 300 mA Maximum current supplied: 1.2 A 8 DIN modules 17.5 mm 0 035 60 Input voltage: 230 VA output voltage 27 V= 5 739 97 Input voltage: 127 VA output voltage 27 V=

1 1

To control the room temperature of heating and cooling system Equipped with square version cover plates To be equipped with plates (p. 408 to 415) To be installed in flush-mounting boxes 2 modules Standard Temperature setting range: from 3 °C to 40 °C 5 739 20 White 5 739 21 Magnesium

27 V= - 0.6 A Maximum current supplied: 0.6 A 2 DIN modules 17.5 mm 0 035 67 Input voltage: 230 VA output voltage 27 V=

0 675 18 7.2 V battery for central unit

1 1

With knob Temperature setting range: from 3 °C to 40 °C with knob for adjustment of +/- 3 °C relative to the set temperature and for the modality selection 5 739 22 White 5 739 23 Magnesium

1 1

With manual/automatic speed selection for fan coil Temperature setting range: from 3 °C to 40 °C with manual/automatic speed selection for fan-coil 5 739 24 White 5 739 25 Magnesium

NEW

Battery for temperature control central unit

SCS cables 1 1

Touch screens

1 1

Conform to IEC 45-5 and IEC 20-20 Grey 0 492 31 Length 100 m 0 492 32 Length 500 m

NEW 1

IR transmitter for splitter

0 883 01 For controlling splitters in different modes (auto-hotcold) Management of On/Off speeds (auto-low-medium or high) Temperature range between 16 °C and 30 °C Air conditioning remote control can “learn” the IR signal Can be installed behind the air conditioning unit. Supplied complete with 2 m cable

Red catalogue numbers: New products

430

DIN rail actuators 100/240 VA - 50/60 Hz

Installation principle, see E-catalogue

ArteorTM energy and load shedding management BUS/SCS

0 035 54

Pack

0 035 55

Cat.Nos

0 492 44

0 035 58

Consumption indicators

Pulse counter interface 0 035 54 Used to store data from a pulse counter water, colorimetry, heat or gas) In countries where there is ATEX Directive it's mandatory to use a zener barrier/Galvanic insulation barrier between the pulse counter interface and the gas meter The barrier must answer to the ATEX directive and must be installed outside ATEX area Install one pulse counter interface per meter to measure the consumption individually Consumption data stored hour by hour, and kept for several years (12 years) Display can be in the form of histograms or statistical data Use a touch screen Cat.Nos 5 739 60/62/63 to display the consumption of the various meters Consumption indicator for 3 circuits 0 035 55 For single phase installations Supplied with a toroid and its link Each toroid can monitor one circuit The consumption indicator can take up to 3 toroids, for monitoring 3 separate circuits Several consumption indicators can be installed to monitor more than 3 circuits on the installation. Instantaneous and cumulative display of the consumption for each circuit and display of consumption on touch screens Cat.Nos 5 739 60/62/63 Display can be in the form of histograms or statistical data Consumption data can be stored for 1 year, hour by hour, 2 years day by day or 12 years month by month Additional toroid 0 035 56 Operates with consumption indicator Cat.No 0 035 55 Also operates with controller Cat.No 0 035 58 for load diagnostics 90 A max. Cable cross-section 25 mm2 max.

0 035 66

NEW

IP data concentrator

Used to display the data measured by the system via several web pages Can handle different billing rates Integrated memory for up to 10 pulse counter circuits Centralises the data from circuits/pulse counter Automatic backup onto SD card

Pack

Cat.Nos

0 035 57

1 1

Load and load shedding management

Central control unit Used to define an energy threshold and manage load shedding priorities set on controllers to avoid unwanted breaks as a result of exceeding the energy contract Manages up to 63 controllers The max. authorised power threshold can be defined The settings can be activated/deactivated from the touch screen Instantaneous and cumulative display of circuit consumption on the touch screen Integrated memory module For installation in the consumer unit 1 DIN module 17.5 mm Control with load monitoring Equipped with square version cover plates To be equipped with support frames and plates (p. 405 to 415) Used to display the status of the load controlled by the central load control unit (Cat.No 0 035 57) and force operation of the load independently Used to force the load during normal operation and reactivate the load previously deactivated by the central control unit 5 739 85 White 5 739 91 Magnesium

16 A controller Used to define a priority level for a circuit in the context of a load shedding function For installation in the consumer unit 1 DIN module 17.5 mm Can be used as an electronic control box controller and/or an energy management controller 16 A controller with consumption measurement Used to define a priority level for a circuit in 0 035 58 the context of a load shedding function For installation in the consumer unit 1 DIN module 17.5 mm Can be used as an electronic control box controller and/or an energy management controller Measures the consumption of the load being controlled and displays (via touch screen Cat.Nos 5 739 60/62/63) instantaneous and cumulative consumption with separate reset - Diagnostics of the load being controlled with use of toroid Cat.No 0 035 56 0 035 59

Connectors 10 10 10

Spare parts for consumption indicator Cat.No 0 035 55 and controllers Cat.Nos 0 035 57/58/59 0 492 44 BUS connector, depth 3.81 mm 0 492 45 2-pole connector 0 492 46 3-pole connector

Red catalogue numbers: New products

431

ArteorTM intruder alarm BUS/SCS

5 739 34

5 739 41

5 739 38

5 739 44

5 739 48

Support frame and plate selection charts p. 408-415 Technical characteristics see e-catalogue Pack

1 1

Cat.Nos

Central units for intruder alarm

Pack

Equipped with square version keypad cover plates To be equipped with special plates (p. 412, 413) Supplied with flush-mounting box Central unit with PSTN integrated telephone dialing device Allows manual activation/deactivation up of the system Can manage up to 72 detectors 5 739 34 White 5 739 35 Magnesium

1 1

Adjustable IR detectors Volumetric presence detector with passive infrared rays Alarm signal LED with memory 8 meters range, 14 bands divided over 3 levels Possible activation of auxiliary prealarm channel Angular opening can be divided from 105° to 0° Swivel lens on 2 axes 5 739 38 White 5 739 39 Magnesium

1 1

Double technology detectors (IR and MW) Volumetric presence detector made up of two sensors: one infrared to detect hot bodies (IR) and one with microwaves to detect movements (MW) The alarm is only triggered when both detection technologies are activated 5 739 40 White 5 739 41 Magnesium

With multiple configuration with output via relaycontacts NO/NC, 24 V 0.4 A cos ø 0.4 To be used to repeat the alarm, activate an external device, repeat the system state and signal when battery is flat 0 035 91 2 DIN modules 17.5 mm 0 883 91 Can be installed in a flush-mounting box depth 50 mm behind a wiring accessory or a blanking plate

1 1

Equipped with square version cover plates Alarm keypads Activation/deactivation via numeric code 2 modules To be equipped with plates (p. 408 to 415) 5 739 44 White 5 739 45 Magnesium

1 1

Display keypads Activation/deactivation keypad via numeric code Allow the visualization of information and manage other functions such as independent management of zones To be equipped with special plates (p. 412, 413) Supplied with flush-mounting box and battery 7.2 V Cat.No 0 675 18 5 739 46 White 5 739 47 Magnesium

Transponder readers

1 1

Equipped with square version cover plates To be equipped with plates (p. 408 to 415) To be installed in flush-mounting boxes 2 modules Transponder reader which activate/deactivate the system with the transponder (badge) Able to store up to 30 transponders 5 739 48 White 5 739 49 Magnesium

Transponders 3 5

0 035 75 Key card transponder to activate/deactivate the system 0 675 17 Proximity card, 125 kHz technology, used to activate/ deactivate the alarm. Supplied complete with label

Red catalogue numbers: New products

432

Relay actuator modules

Keypads

Detectors Equipped with square version cover plates To be equipped with plates (p. 408 to 415) To be installed in flush-mounting boxes 2 modules Fixed IR detectors Volumetric presence detector with passive infrared rays Alarm signal LED with memory 8 meters range, 14 bands divided over 3 levels Possible activation of auxiliary prealarm channel Angular opening 105° 5 739 36 White 5 739 37 Magnesium

Cat.Nos

ArteorTM intruder alarm BUS/SCS (continued)

0 675 13

5 739 84

Arteor technical detectors

0 431 00

p. 386

Technical characteristics see e-catalogue Pack

Cat.Nos

Sounders

Pack

Indoor sounder 5 739 84 Can be installed in flush-mounting box Cat.Nos 0 893 79 and 0 892 79 To be equipped with 6 V battery Cat.No 0 675 16 Sound intensity 90 dB(A) at 3 meters Protected against pulling off and tamperproof Outdoor sounder 0 844 24 Self-powered, self-protected against opening Emits a loud noise: 100 dB at 1 m Flashing light: 30 flashes a minute Use battery Cat.No 0 433 41 (fitted inside the siren)

10 1

Accessories

Batteries 0 675 16 6 V - 0.55 Ah for indoor siren 0 675 18 7.2 V battery for central unit 0 407 49 Lead battery 12 V - 7 Ah Power supply 0 634 36 For installation in the consumer unit, self-protected against opening of the cabinet Output current: 1 A Output voltage: 24.5 V= 8 DIN modules 17.5 mm SCS cable for intruder alarm Supplied on a reel - Red 6 831 59 Length 100 m Tamper-proof device 0 035 72 Rod for self-monitoring against pulling off

2 2

Flush-mounting boxes 0 893 79 For dry partitions - 2 x 3 modules 0 892 79 For concrete walls - 2 x 3 modules

1 1 1 1

0 675 13

0 035 73

0 883 02

0 035 71

Peripheral opening detectors

For use in conjunction with interface Cat.No 0 675 13 or 0 035 73 Magnetic opening detectors 0 431 00 Surface-mounting magnetic detector 1 spring blade switch to be fixed on the door frame 1 moving magnet to be fixed on the door leaf For use with mini-trunking 20 x 12.5 mm Cat.No 0 300 08 0 431 01 Flush-mounting magnetic detector For surveillance of non-magnetic doors Dimens.: Ă&#x2DC;8 mm - length: 30 mm 0 431 08 Magnetic detector for garage door 1 foot to be fixed on the floor 1 magnet to be fixed on the door Supplied with 1 connection cable with steel casing Glass break detector 0 431 10 Detection over a radius of 1.5 m Ultrasound detection created by the glass breaking Glued on the door (adhesive supplied) Tread mat 0 431 12 Placed under object to be protected or under carpet and mat placed on the access path

Detection device for use in conjunction with interface Cat.No 0 675 13 1

Flood sensor 0 675 14 In conjunction with a switch for local acknowledgement

Technical detector interfaces 1 1

Opening detector interfaces

Cat.Nos

Allow other brands sensors management through N/C contacts Opening detector interfaces Can be installed in a flush-mounting box Depth 50 mm behind a wiring accessory or a blanking plate 2 DIN modules 17.5 mm 12 V opening detectors interfaces Can be installed in a flush-mounting box Depth 50 mm behind a wiring accessory or a blanking plate 2 DIN modules 17.5 mm

For use to connect gas or flooding detectors (p. 386) 0 035 92 2 DIN modules 17.5 mm 0 883 92 Can be installed in a flush-mounting box Depth 50 mm behind a wiring accessory or a blanking plate

Installation principle, see E-catalogue Red catalogue numbers: New products

433

ArteorTM sound diffusion BUS/SCS

0 675 55

5 739 26

5 739 29

5 739 81

5 737 16

Support frame and plate selection charts p. 408-415 Technical characteristics see e-catalogue Pack

Cat.Nos

Flush-mounting amplifiers

2 x 1 Wrms - 2 modules 0 675 55 To be equipped with key covers (p. 426), support frame and plate (p. 408 to 415)

Surface-mounting loudspeakers

Pack

Cat.Nos

1 1

5 739 30 5 739 78

5 739 81

8 ohms - 100 W - 50 Wrms Ă&#x2DC;240 mms

5 739 82

8 ohms - 20 W - 10 Wrms Ă&#x2DC;100 mm

5 739 83

8 ohms - 50 W - 25 Wrms Dimensions: 600 x 600 mm (equal to false ceiling panel)

8 ohms - 40 W - 20 Wrms 8 ohms - 140 W - 70 Wrms

DIN rail amplifiers 1

2 x 1 Wrms 0 035 85 2 x 1 Wrms - 100/240 VA 4 DIN 17. 5 mm modules 2 x 30 Wrms 0 035 83 2 x 30 Wrms- 100/240 VA 10 DIN 17. 5 mm modules

False ceiling loudspeakers

RCA inputs

1 1

Equipped with square version cover plates To be equipped with plates (p. 408 to 415) For connecting a stereo source to the system 2 modules 5 739 26 White 5 739 27 Magnesium

Touch screens

Flush-mounting loudspeakers 1 1

8 ohms - 100 W - 50 Wrms To be installed in flush-mounting box min. depth 80 mm 5 739 28 White 5 739 29 Magnesium

16 ohms - 12 W - 6 Wrms To be installed in flush-mounting box Cat.Nos 0 893 79 or 0 892 79 5 739 77 White

1 1

Flush-mounting boxes 2 2

For loudspeaker Cat.No 5 739 77 0 893 79 For dry partitions - 2 x 3 modules 0 892 79 For concrete walls - 2 x 3 modules

Installation principle, see E-catalogue

434

ArteorTM sound diffusion BUS/SCS (continued)

5 739 32

0 035 84

5 739 88

3 460 00

Technical characteristics see e-catalogue Pack

1 1

Cat.Nos

Connectors

Pack

Equipped with white or magnesium square version cover plates To be equipped with support frames and plates (p. 408 to 415) 8 contact connector to link interface Cat.No 0 035 86 to the BUS 1 module 5 739 32 White 5 739 33 Magnesium

Cat.Nos

Sound output

5 740 44 Sound output for touch screen 3.5" and 10" (p. 436) Works as a source for sound diffusion system

0 035 89 To be connected at the end of the line of the outputs of audio/video node and multi-channel matrix

5 739 88

3 460 00

5 739 90

Attenuator

Insulator for sound sources Audio/video signal distribution devices 1

0 035 84

Multi-channel matrix with cross-connection, mixing switch functions for distribution of: the stereo sound source signal and audio/video signals 8 inputs (first 4 for the 2-wire audio/video system and others for stereo sound source) 8 outputs 10 DIN modules 17.5 mm 5 739 98 Audio/video node for mixing audio/video sources (max. 4 sources) 6 DIN modules 17.5 mm

NEW 1

0 035 82

0 035 86

Power supplies Power supply unit for sound system Input voltage: 230 VA output voltage 27 V= Maximum consumption 1 A 8 DIN modules 17.5 mm Power supply unit for sound system Input voltage: 127 VA output voltage 27 V= Maximum consumption 1 A 8 DIN modules 17.5 mm

DIN RDS radio source RDS stereo radio tuner with coaxial connector for external aerial antenna Supplied with depth compensator for DIN rail 4 DIN modules 17.5 mm

DIN stereo control source 1

Isolates the 27 V sound system from 230 V external sources For use with RCA input

BUS cable 1

For sound diffusion and video door entry system 3 369 04 200 m

5 740 45 600 mm

BUS cord

For stereo sources IR remote control possible RCA/RCA and jack cables to connect to IR transmitters 4 DIN modules 17.5 mm

Installation principle, see E-catalogue Red catalogue numbers: New products

435

ArteorTM home system management BUS/SCS

5 737 16

5 739 58

0 672 67

Support frame and plate selection charts p. 408-415 Pack

Cat.Nos

Local management

Pack

1 1

1.2'' touch screens Allow up to 4 functions among the following: - control of 4 scenarios - display and centralised management of temperature (1 zone) - sound system (display and selection of sound distribution sources) - display of consumption (up to 10 circuits) - Load management Equipped with cover plates To be equipped with support frames and plates (p. 408 to 415) 5 737 16 White 5 737 17 Magnesium

5 739 58

1 1

3.5'' touch screen 3.5" touch screen used to control the following BUS functions: - Triggering scenarios - Light and roller blind control - Temperature display and management - Alarm activation/deactivation - Sound system management in conjunction with consumption indicator Cat.No 0 035 55 (p. 431), display of consumption of the installation To be installed in flush-mounting box Cat.Nos 0 892 79 or 0 893 79 Equipped with surround, to be equipped with special plates (p. 412-413) Open protocol integrated, more powerful processor, front USB access New generation 10â&#x20AC;? multimedia video touch screen 10â&#x20AC;? touch screen performing the functions of an internal unit and a touch screen. New personalized graphic interface. Integrated web navigator. Enable the control of all the My Home functions from one single point in the home: - scenario controller - switching on/off and dimming of lights - shutter control - temperature display and management - energy management: consumption display and load shedding - enabling/disabling the burglar alarm with display of alarms and creation of security zones - sound system management: selection of music sources, volume control and more - video door entry system call management - management of multimedia content (photo frame,audio player, MP3...) Supplied with the wall support. Requires power supply (ref. 3 460 20) 0 672 68 White 0 672 67 Magnesium

Cat.Nos

NEW 1

0 035 98

5 739 93

NEW 1

Web server gateway TCP-IP Allows the communication between a BUS/SCS installation and a TCP/IP network 6 DIN modules 17.5 mm Interface with other systems Gateway open - Konnex Allows communication/ compatibility with EIB/KNX installation and products 6 DIN modules 17.5 mm

0 035 97 Open-BACnet GW Gateway to control HVAC system using 3.5" touch screen through BACnet protocol. 6 DIN modules 17,5 mm Available in March 2013

Other devices 1

Supervision software 0 492 49 Can be used in order to tune up the system's functions through a computer, and to follow them on real time basis Scenario scheduler 0 035 65 Allows setting up of up to 300 scenarios with pre-set conditions (time and logical type) 6 DIN modules 17.5 mm

NEW

0 634 42

Scenario scheduler power supply Provides power for Web server and scenario scheduler Cat.No 0 035 65 2 DIN modules 17.5 mm

Flush-mounting boxes 2 2

For 3.5 touch screen Cat.No 5 739 60 0 893 79 For dry partitions - 2 x 3 modules 0 892 79 For concrete walls - 2 x 3 modules

Red catalogue numbers: New products

436

Remote management

ArteorTM door entry system BUS/SCS

5 739 50

5 739 52

5 739 54

Support frame and plate selection charts p. 408-415 Technical characterictics p. 439 and e-catalogue Pack

1 1

Cat.Nos

Video internal display units

Hands-free internal unit 2.5â&#x20AC;? LCD colour display Possible integration in BUS system Equipped with White or Magnesium cover plates, to be equipped with special plates (p. 412, 413) To be installed in flush-mounting box Cat.Nos 0 893 79 or 0 892 79 5 739 50 White 5 739 51 Magnesium

Audio internal display units

1 1

Equipped with: - microphone - loudspeaker - 2 hang-up push-buttons - 1 door release push-button - 2 auxiliary push-buttons for other functions Volume adjustment for communication and call tone, and with bell cut-off indicator Allows intercom between several rooms Supplied complete with special flush-mounting box, cover plate and plate 1 5 740 11 White 2 5 743 11 Magnesium

Cat.Nos

5 739 86

1 1

For flush-mounting 2-wire colour camera with swiveling lens Automatic adjustment of focus and brightness Built-in microphone Equipped with cover plates, to be equipped with support frames and plates (p. 408 to 415) To be installed in flush-mounting box 2 modules 5 739 52 White 5 739 53 Magnesium

Street panel Electronic module including: speaker phone module, motorised camera and colour display Possible access via integrated proximity card reader Supplied with programming and configuration software Cover plate 5 740 41 Vandalproof steel finish cover plate and support frame With key for assembly

For outdoor use 2-wire colour camera

BUS alarm modules

1 1

8 alarm sensor inputs Signalling of alarm on a video internal unit or a concierge switchboard Equipped with cover plates To be equipped with special plates (p. 412, 413) To be installed in flush-mounting box Cat.Nos 0 893 79 or 0 892 79 5 739 54 White 5 739 55 Magnesium

0 634 35

5 739 90

Power supplies

Video/audio street panels 1

Optional cameras

Pack

5 740 40

Power supply unit for sound system Input voltage: 230 VA output voltage 27 V= Maximum consumption 1 A 8 DIN modules 17.5 mm Power supply unit for sound system Input voltage: 127 VA output voltage 27 V= Maximum consumption 1 A 8 DIN modules 17.5 mm

Flush-mounting boxes

5 740 42

Flush mounting box Vandalproof flush-mounting box

2 2

For video display unit Cat.Nos 5 739 50/51 0 893 79 For dry partitions - 2 x 3 modules 0 892 79 For concrete walls - 2 x 3 modules

Wiring diagram, see E-catalogue 1 : Supplied with White plate 2 : Supplied with Mirror Black plate

437

ArteorTM accessories for BUS/SCS video door entry system

0 634 42 Pack

1 1

0 408 98 Cat.Nos

0 634 31

0 036 48

Accessories for video door entry systems

Additional power supply 0 634 42 220-240 V - 50/60 Hz Output 1-2 27 V= 600 mA 2 DIN modules 17.5 mm Electric door release with latch 0 408 98 For left or right opening. 12 VA or = 6 W - 158 x 26 x 32 mm

0 634 34 Pack

Door release 3 749 00 Door release - 12 VA/880 mA

Relay for door release 0 634 41 Relay for 12 V= release (powered by BUS) for gate or electromagnetic lock electronic control boxes An exit pushbutton can be connected Used to increase the time delay up to 10 minutes (set by a configuration jumper) Permissible output current: 4 A Stabilised current: 250 mA at 30 ohms 4 x 17.5 mm DIN modules Interface for auxiliary control 0 634 31 Relay for auxiliary commands Allows the connection of auxiliary functions such as lighting, automatic door opening... 4 DIN modules 17.5 mm To be equpped with configuration jumpers, to be ordered separately Interface 0 036 48 Used to create scenarios from the door entry system Door release control, display of burglar and technical alarm status on screen of indoor panel 4 DIN modules 17.5 mm Configuration jumpers 0 634 00 Composed of 13 jumpers n° 1, 3 jumpers n° 2, 2 jumpers n° 3, 2 jumpers n° 4, 2 jumpers n° 5, 2 jumpers n° 6, 2 jumpers n° 7, 2 jumpers n° 8, 2 jumpers n° 9, 2 jumpers n° 0 Door release relay 0 634 33 Door release relay NC/NO volt-free contact: max 24 V= - 8 A resistive, 4 A inductive 2 DIN modules 17.5 mm Intercommunication module for up to 5 units 0 634 38 For communication between the various indoor panels in the house Max. capacity: 5 units 4 DIN modules 17.5 mm Extension interface 0 634 39 Increases the operational performance of the system (e.g.: distance between the entrance panel and the indoor panels)

1 1

Cat.Nos

Accessories for video door entry systems

2-wire video adaptor 0 634 34 Video adaptor Use one adaptor per power supply 2 DIN modules 17.5 mm Video signal distributor 0 634 32 Video distributor with 4 outputs for intercom module for up to 5 units Video signal converter 5 740 38 Video signal converter from coaxial to 2-wire bus for 12 V= CCTV cameras: the CCTV camera is directly supplied via a terminal 2-wire/IP interface 5 740 39 For extended systems with IP backbone and 2-wire support Virtual switchboard software 5 740 43 Virtual switchboard software for managing entryphone and video entryphone calls The software (for Windows operating systems) can be installed on any fixed or mobile PC and is used to receive, manage and transfer calls from inside and outside Offers home video control with cyclical CCTV vision, day and night functions and the ability to display the alarms present in the various apartments - Operating systems supported: Microsoft Windows XP Service Pack 2 and Windows Vista - Software required: NET Framework 2.0 or later Audio/videosignal distribution devices 5 739 98 Audio/video node for mixing audio/video sources (max. 4 sources) 6 DIN modules 17.5 mm 0 035 84 Multi-channel matrix with cross-connection, mixing switch functions for distribution of: the stereo sound source signal and audio/video signals 8 inputs (first 4 for the 2-wire audio/video system and others for stereo sound source) 8 outputs 10 DIN modules 17.5 mm BUS cable For sound diffusion and video door entry system 5 739 99 200 m

Red catalogue numbers: New products

438

0 035 84

ArteorTM video door entry system kits BUS/SCS

ArteorTM door entry system BUS/SCS

Dimensions of video internal display units Cat.Nos 5 739 50/51 33.2

151.5

Installation distances for video door entry systems Video internal unit

5 740 32 (see composition below)

Cat.Nos

Video door entry system kits

For 1 apartment or villa 5 740 32 Comprising: - 1 street panel supplied complete with special flush-mounting box - 1 hands-free video internal unit equipped with colour display and supplied with special flush-mounting box, support frame and Mirror white plate - 1 power supply - 1 video adaptor Possibility to install up to 4 internal video or audio units For 2 apartments 5 740 33 Comprising : - 1 street panel supplied complete with special flush mounting box - 2 hands-free video internal units equipped with colour display and supplied with special flush mounting box, support frame and Mirror white plate - 1 power supply - 1 video adaptor Possibility to install up to 2 internal video or audio units

Street panel

> 0.2 mm2 PT278 (28 mm2)

90 m 115 m 150 m (total max. distance)

SYT 6/10-SYT 5/10 (0,5 mm2)

60 m 80 m 140 m (total max. distance)

SYT 9/10-SYT 8/10 (1 mm2)

200 m 200 m 200 m (total max. distance)

230V

Dimensions of audio internal units Cat.Nos 5 740 11 and 5 743 11 45

40.2

113

Pack

Power supply 50 m 50 m 50 m (total max. distance)

Installation distances for audio door entry systems Audio internal unit 0.28 mm2

0.50 mm2 1 mm2

Power supply

140 m

Street panel

200 m

30 m

290 m

50 m

580 m

100 m

Door release

340 m 210 m 500 m 420 m 1000 m

Wiring diagram, see E-catalogue

439

3 systems to create your Home Network Compose your system to your specifications to distribute in the home: phone, data, Internet on RJ45, and TV over coaxial This multimedia modular system fits in any DIN cabinet (easy plug)

DISCOVER THE 3 SYSTEMS • Classic : TV-R-SAT + RJ 45 sockets + modular equipment. Affectation of each RJ45 socket to different applications • Evolutive : TV-R-SAT + RJ 45 sockets + modular equipment. Automatic distribution and recognition of telephone, Internet, data and IPTV • Evolutive + : RJ 45 sockets + modular equipment. Automatic distribution and recognition of telephone, Internet, data and IPTV

Classic Home Network, p. 442

Evolutive Home Network, p. 444

Evolutive + Home Network, p. 446

RJ 45 patch modules, cables, cords and modular equipment • Using RJ45 patch modules ensures good connections along time and reduces maintenance • Modular equipment for incoming telephone, IP television and internet, ADSL and distribution

RJ 45 patch modules, p. 442 to 447 440

Cables and cords, p. 442 to 447

Modular equipment, p. 442 to 447

MORE INFORMATION Get detailed information on many digital or printed supports, or contact your Area Commercial Manager

www.legrand.com

new

Home Network configurator

E-catalogue

QR code

new

Home Network guide

441

classic home network

NEW

create your enclosure

Numbers of modules

Cat.Nos

White

5 723 14

Magnesium

5 728 14

White

5 721 72

Magnesium

5 726 72

4 130 01

4 130 47

4 130 48

Telephone splitter with 2 x 4 outputs

4 130 12

ADSL master filter, analogue telephone splitter with 3 outputs

4 130 15

TV coaxial splitter - 6 outputs - HD Ready

4 130 13

4+1 RJ 45 port switch - Gigabit Ethernet

4 130 09

4 130 10

1.5

4 130 17

0 332 81

Length 2 m

0 517 63

Length 3 m

0 517 64

Patch cord for connecting a telephone

Length 2 m

0 516 94

Patch cord for connecting a TV

Length 2 m

0 910 24

Cable F/UTP 4 pairs - supplied on reel - Length 305 m

0 328 56

Cable U/UTP 4 pairs - supplied on reel - Length 305 m

0 327 54

RJ 45 SOCKETS Arteor RJ 45 sockets - UTP

TV-R-SAT SOCKET Arteor TV-R-SAT socket

PATCH EQUIPMENT RJ 45 Modular DIN patch module - UTP + Flexible patch cord - 0.2 m RJ45

RJ45

or Flexible patch cord - 0.4 m

EQUIPMENT FOR INCOMING TELEPHONE, TELEVISION, ADSL, AND DISTRIBUTION

or 4+1 RJ 45 port switch - 10/100 Ethernet Mbit/s + Modular power supply 9 V

INSTALLATION ADD-ONS

Mini-shelf for installing the Operator box near the enclosure

RJ45

RJ11

RJ45

Patch cord for connecting the multimedia equipment

Red catalogue numbers: New products

442

Qty to order

classic home network

NEW

create your enclosure (continued)

4 130 47

4 130 01

4 130 48

4 130 15

4 130 12

4 130 10

0 332 81

Installation principles and technical characteristics p. 450 This multimedia modular system fits in any DIN cabinet (easy plug) System to distribute in the home: phone, data, internet on RJ 45 and TV over coaxial Each RJ 45 can be affected to a different application via patch cords, using the same network, therefore giving maximum flexibility Aestetics and look of the enclosure designed to give maximum satisfaction. No cable nor patch cords visible. Using RJ 45 patch modules ensures good connections along time and reduces maintenance Pack

4 4

1 1 1

Cat.Nos

Create multimedia network to your specification

Patch equipment 4 130 01 RJ 45 modular DIN patch module. IP 20 - IK 04 Equipped with RJ 45 UTP connector, Reversible front panel to make it easier to manage outputs facing up or down 2 levels of indentification : through a label-holder to indicate the room it is connected to, and through a rotative wheel to show the distributed media Size: 1 DIN module 4 130 47 Flexible patch cord - 0.2 m 4 130 48 Flexible patch cord - 0.4 m Equipment for incoming telephone and distribution IP 20 - IK 04 4 130 12 Distributes phone up to 8 terminal sockets Can manage 2 lines (1 incoming line - 8 outputs or 2 incoming lines - 4 outputs for each one) Connection: terminal blocks or RJ 45 connector For POTS and ISDN lines Size: 4 DIN modules 4 130 15 ADSL filter/Analogue telephone splitter 3 outputs + 1 modem output for the ADSL/Box filter connection Provides simultaneous ADSL telephone and internet access without using filters on the wall sockets Size: 2 DIN modules Equipment for television distribution IP 20 - IK 04 4 130 13 TV coaxial splitter 1 input 6 type "F" outputs - HD Ready 5 - 2400 MHz Supplied with 3 end plugs and 7 "F" plugs Size: 4 DIN modules 4+1 RJ 45 ports Ethernet switches IP 20 - IK 04 Ethernet network switch 9 V power supply Size: 4 DIN modules 4 130 09 1 gigabit 4 130 10 10/100 Mbits Power supply 4 130 17 Modular power supply 9 V Used to power up to 2 active products: switch Cat.Nos 4 130 09/10, TV splitter Cat.Nos 4 130 18/19 Size: 1.5 DIN modules N.B.: to supply 1 Triple Play unit Cat.No 4 130 44, 1 power supply unit needed. For 2 Triple Play units Cat.No 4 130 44, 2 power supply units needed

Pack

Cat.Nos

Cables and patch cords for multimedia networks

Cat. 6 cables for local area networks 4 twisted pair cables 100 ohms LSZH sleeve: zero halogen EIA/TIA colour code 0 328 56 F/UTP - 4 pairs Length 305 m Supplied on reel. Weight 25 kg 0 327 54 U/UTP - 4 pairs Length 305 m Supplied on reel. Weight 16 kg RJ 45-RJ 45 patch cords for connecting multimedia equipment Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801 ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and EIA/TIA 568 EIA/TIA colour code RJ45 RJ45 0 517 63 Length 2 m

0 517 64 Length 3 m

0 516 94 Cable for connecting a telephone RJ11 Length 2 m

1 1

1/10

RJ45

Gencod packaging

Ă&#x2DC;9.52 patch cord for connecting a TV Male TV socket 0 910 24 Length 2 m

Female TV socket

RJ 45 and TV-R-SAT sockets

10 10

Mechanisms supplied with white or magnesium square cover plates To be equipped with support frames (p. 405) and plates (p. 408-411 and 412 to 419) RJ 45 sockets- Cat. 6 - UTP - 2 modules 5 723 14 White 5 728 14 Magnesium

10 10

TV-R-SAT sockets - 2 modules TV-R-SAT shielded socket 0-2400 MHz 5 721 72 White 5 726 72 Magnesium

Installation add-ons 1

Mini-shelf 0 332 81 Used to mount the Operator box/modem horizontally or vertically Dim.: 220 x 220 x 43 mm

Bold pack quantities: Minimum quantities to be ordered Red catalogue numbers: New products

443

evolutive home network

NEW

create your enclosure

Numbers of modules

Cat.Nos

White

5 723 14

Magnesium

5 728 14

White

5 721 72

Magnesium

5 726 72

4 130 01

4 130 47

4 130 48

8 1.5

4 130 44 + 4 130 17

ADSL master filter, analogue telephone splitter with 3 outputs

4 130 15

TV coaxial splitter - 6 outputs - HD Ready

4 130 13

0 332 81

Length 2 m

0 517 63

Length 3 m

0 517 64

Patch cord for connecting a telephone

Length 2 m

0 516 94

Patch cord for connecting a TV

Length 2 m

0 910 24

Cable F/UTP 4 pairs - supplied on reel - Length 305 m

0 328 56

Cable U/UTP 4 pairs - supplied on reel - Length 305 m

0 327 54

RJ 45 SOCKETS Arteor RJ 45 sockets - UTP

TV-R-SAT SOCKET Arteor TV-R-SAT socket

PATCH EQUIPMENT RJ 45 Modular DIN patch module - UTP + Flexible patch cord - 0.2 m RJ45

RJ45

or Flexible patch cord - 0.4 m

EQUIPMENT FOR INCOMING TELEPHONE, TELEVISION, ADSL, AND DISTRIBUTION AutomaticGigabit Triple Play unit/8 outputs + modular power supply 9 V

INSTALLATION ADD-ONS

Mini-shelf for installing the Operator box near the enclosure

RJ45

RJ11

RJ45

Patch cord for connecting the multimedia equipment

Red catalogue numbers: New products

444

Qty to order

evolutive home network

NEW

create your enclosure (continued)

4 130 47

4 130 01

4 130 48

4 130 44

4 130 15

0 516 94

Installation principles and technical characteristics p. 451 This multimedia modular system fits in any DIN cabinet (easy plug) Makes it possible to have the incoming fibre optic point in the home (FTTH Ready) Home Network system allowing an automatic distribution of telephone, internet, data and IPTV. The system has an automatic recognition of the devices connected to the RJ 45 giving maximum flexibility to the end-user RF television distribution (cable TV, aerial or satellite) is done over the coaxial network Aestetics and look of the enclosure is designed to give maximum satisfaction. No cable nor patch cords visible Using RJ 45 patch modules ensures good connections along time and reduces maintenance Pack

4 4

Cat.Nos

Create multimedia network to your specification

Patch equipment 4 130 01 RJ 45 modular DIN patch module. IP 20 - IK 04 Equipped with RJ 45 UTP connector, Reversible front panel to make it easier to manage outputs facing up or down 2 levels of indentification : through a label-holder to indicate the room it is connected to, and through a rotative wheel to show the distributed media Size: 1 DIN module 4 130 47 Flexible patch cord - 0.2 m 4 130 48 Flexible patch cord - 0.4 m Equipment for incoming telephone, IP television and internet, and distribution IP 20 - IK 04 4 130 44 AutomaticGigabit Triple Play unit. Used to distribute High-Speed services from the Operator box to 8 RJ 45 sockets - 8 modules, compatible with IP V6 and IP V4 Use only with power supply Cat.No 4 130 17 Size: 8 DIN modules Equipment for incoming telephone and distribution IP 20 - IK 04 4 130 15 ADSL filter/Analogue telephone splitter 3 outputs + 1 modem output for the ADSL/Box filter connection Provides simultaneous ADSL telephone and internet access without using filters on the wall sockets Size: 2 DIN modules Equipment for television distribution IP 20 - IK 04 4 130 13 TV coaxial splitter 1 input 6 type "F" outputs - HD Ready 5 - 2400 MHz Supplied with 3 end plugs and 7 "F" plugs Size: 4 DIN modules Modular power supply 4 130 17 Modular power supply 9 V Used to power up to 2 active products: switch Cat.Nos 4 130 09/10, TV splitter Cat.Nos 4 130 18/19 Size: 1.5 DIN modules N.B.: to supply 1 Triple play unit Cat.No 4 130 44, 1 power supply unit needed. For 2 Triple play units Cat.No 4 130 44, 2 power supply units needed

Pack

Cat.Nos

Cables and patch cords for multimedia networks

0 517 64 Length 3 m

0 516 94 Cable for connecting a telephone RJ11 Length 2 m

1 1

1/10

RJ45

Gencod packaging

Ă&#x2DC;9.52 patch cord for connecting a TV Male TV socket 0 910 24 Length 2 m

Female TV socket

RJ 45 and TV-R-SAT sockets

10 10

Mechanisms supplied with White or Magnesium square cover plates To be equipped with support frames (p. 405) and plates (p. 408-411 and 412 to 414) RJ 45 sockets- Cat. 6 - UTP - 2 modules 5 723 14 White 5 728 14 Magnesium

10 10

TV-R-SAT sockets - 2 modules TV-R-SAT shielded socket 0-2400 MHz 5 721 72 White 5 726 72 Magnesium

Installation add-ons 1

Mini-shelf 0 332 81 Used to mount the Operator box/modem horizontally or vertically Dim.: 220 x 220 x 43 mm

Bold pack quantities: Minimum quantities to be ordered Red catalogue numbers: New products

445

evolutive + home network

NEW

create your enclosure

Numbers of modules

Cat.Nos

White

5 723 17

Magnesium

5 728 17

4 130 03

4 130 45

4 130 46

8 1.5

4 130 44 + 4 130 17

4 130 15

4 130 18

4 130 19

0 332 81

Length 2 m

0 517 63

Length 3 m

0 517 64

Patch cord for connecting a telephone

Length 2 m

0 516 94

RJ 45 IEC + F patch cord for connecting a TV or digital receiver

Length 2 m

4 130 40

0 327 89

RJ 45 SOCKETS

Arteor RJ 45 sockets - STP

PATCH EQUIPMENT

RJ 45 Modular DIN patch module - STP + Multimedia patch cord - 0.2 m RJ45

RJ45

or Multimedia patch cord - 0.4 m

EQUIPMENT FOR INCOMING TELEPHONE, TELEVISION, ADSL, AND DISTRIBUTION AutomaticGigabit Triple Play unit/8 outputs + modular power supply 9 V

ADSL master filter, analogue telephone splitter with 3 outputs

TV RJ 45 amplifier splitter - 4 outputs (Terrestrial TV - SAT TV)

or TV RJ 45 amplifier splitter - 4 outputs (Terrestrial TV - Cable TV)

INSTALLATION ADD-ONS

Mini-shelf for installing the Operator box near the enclosure

RJ45

RJ11

RJ45

Coaxial F

RJ45

IEC coaxial (adaptor)

Patch cord for connecting the multimedia equipment

Multimedia (FFTP) twisted pair cable

Red catalogue numbers: New products

446

Qty to order

evolutive + home network

NEW

create your enclosure (continued)

4 130 03

4 130 44

4 130 15

4 130 18

4 130 40

Installation principles and technical characteristics p. 451 This multimedia modular system fits in any DIN cabinet (easy plug) Makes it possible to have the incoming fibre optic point in the home (FTTH Ready) Home Network system allowing an automatic distribution of telephone, internet, data and IPTV. The system has an automatic recognition of the devices connected to the RJ 45 giving maximum flexibility to the end-user RF television distribution (cable TV, aerial or satellite) is added to the RJ 45 socket network by using the TV over RJ 45 splitters Aestetics and look of the enclosure is designed to give maximum satisfaction. No cable nor patch cords visible Using RJ 45 patch modules ensures good connections along time and reduces maintenance Pack

4 4

Cat.Nos

Create multimedia network to your specification

Patch equipment 4 130 03 RJ 45 Modular DIN patch module. IP 20 - IK 04 Equipped with RJ 45 STP connector, Reversible front panel to make it easier to manage outputs facing up or down 2 levels of indentification : through a label-holder to indicate the room it is connected to, and through a rotative wheel to show the distributed media Size: 1 DIN module 4 130 45 Multimedia patch cord - 0.2 m 4 130 46 Multimedia patch cord - 0.4 m Equipment for incoming telephone, ADSL television and internet, and distribution IP 20 - IK 04 4 130 44 AutomaticGigabit Triple Play unit. Used to distribute ADSL services from the Operator box to 8 RJ 45 sockets - 8 modules, compatible with IP V6 and IP V4 Use only with power supply Cat.No 4 130 17 Size: 8 DIN modules Equipment for incoming telephone and distribution IP 20 - IK 04 4 130 15 ADSL filter/Analogue telephone splitter 3 outputs + 1 modem output for the ADSL/Box filter connection Provides simultaneous ADSL telephone and internet access without using filters on the wall sockets Size: 2 DIN modules Equipment for television distribution using RJ 45 IP 20 - IK 04 4 130 18 TV RJ 45 amplifier - splitter (terrestrial TV - SAT TV) Transmission distance: - 5 to 40 m for terrestrial-DTT - 5 to 30 m for satellite 4 RJ 45 outputs Supplied with adjustment kit 9 V power supply Size: 4 DIN modules 4 130 19 TV RJ 45 amplifier - splitter (terrestrial TV - Cable TV) with return channel Transmission distance: 5 to 30 metres 4 RJ 45 outputs 9 V power supply Size: 4 DIN modules Modular power supply 4 130 17 Modular power supply 9 V Used to power up to 2 active products: switch Cat.Nos 4 130 09/10, TV splitter Cat.Nos 4 130 18/19 Size: 1.5 DIN modules N.B.: to supply 1 Triple Play unit Cat.No 4 130 44, 1 power supply unit needed. For 2 Triple Play units Cat.No 4 130 44, 2 power supply units needed

Pack

Cat.Nos

Cables and patch cords for multimedia networks

Multimedia (FFTP) twisted pair cable 0 327 89 LSZH sleeve: zero halogen. F/FTP - 100 ÎŠ Optimised performance for transmission of satellite signals (2150 MHz) Length 100 m Supplied on reel. Weight 6 kg

RJ 45-RJ 45 patch cords for connecting multimedia equipment Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801 ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and EIA/TIA 568 EIA/TIA colour code RJ45 RJ45 0 517 63 Length 2 m

0 517 64 Length 3 m

RJ45

0 516 94 Cable for connecting a telephone RJ11 Length 2 m

RJ45

Coaxial patch cord for connecting a TV 4 130 40 RJ 45-IEC-F TV cable Coaxial F Length 2 m Supplied with accessory for adaptation to IEC IEC coaxial (adaptor) Ă&#x2DC;9.52 mm

RJ45

RJ 45 sockets

10 10

Mechanisms supplied with white or magnesium square cover plates To be equipped with support frames (p. 404) and plates (p. 406 to 413) RJ 45 sockets- Cat. 6 - STP - 2 modules 5 723 17 White 5 728 17 Magnesium

Installation add-ons 1

Mini-shelf 0 332 81 Used to mount the Operator box/modem horizontally or vertically Dim. : 220 x 220 x 43 mm

Red catalogue numbers: New products

447

internal optical termination device

NEW

internal optical termination device

n Example of installation in a high-rise building

4 130 50

4 130 51 IOTD

Pack

Cat.Nos

1 1 1 1

4 130 50 4 130 51 4 130 52 4 130 53

1 1

Internal Optical TerminationDevice (IOTD) Cat.No 4 130 50

Internal optical termination device/Optical telecommunications outlet

Unit for 1 optical fibre + SC/APC connector Unit for 4 optical fibres + SC/APC connector Unit for 1 optical fibre + 1 SC/APC pigtail Unit for 4 optical fibres pre-fitted with an SC/APC pigtail 4 130 54 Unit for 1 optical fibre pre-fitted with 4 SC/APC + 30 m of G 657 A/B cable 4 130 55 Unit for 4 optical fibres pre-fitted with 4 SC/APC + 30 m of G 657 A/B cable

Example: Cabinet equipped with an Internal Optical Termination Device (IOTD) Cat.No 4 130 50

Patch cord and pigtail 1 1

0 326 18 SC/APC simplex cord, length 2 m 0 326 19 SC/APC pigtail, length 1 m

Fibre awaiting connection by the operator

Service duct/Vertical trunking Housing service duct

Red catalogue numbers: New products

448

classic home network

n Classic home network - operator box in cabinet

RJ 45 socket Cat.No 5 723 14 Coaxial 17/19 VATC Cable TV-R-SAT socket Cat.No 5 721 72 TV/ADSL Decoder

Satellite receiver

Satellite HD TV

DVB HD TV

ADSL HD TV

ADSL Telephone

TV Coax.

Filter LAN Switch

LAN

Phone

Game Console

Internet/Data networking

Modem @

Incoming Telephone

Internet/Data networking

ADSL

Box

Option : incoming FO

n Classic home network - operator box not in cabinet

RJ 45 socket Cat.No 5 723 14 Coaxial 17/19 VATC Cable TV-R-SAT socket Cat.No 5 721 72 Satellite receiver

Internet/Data networking Satellite HD TV TV Coax.

DVB HD TV

Game Console

Internet/Data networking

ADSL Telephone TV/ADSL Decoder

ADSL HD TV

Filter LAN Switch

LAN

Phone

Modem @

Incoming Telephone Option : incoming FO

ADSL

Box

Sitting room

449

evolutive home network

n Evolutive home network - operator box in cabinet

Coaxial 17/19 VATC Cable TV-R-SAT socket Cat.No 5 721 72

RJ 45 socket Cat.No 5 723 14 TV/ADSL Decoder

Satellite receiver

Satellite HD TV

Triple Play

DVB HD TV

Filter

LAN

Phone

ADSL Telephone

ADSL HD TV

Internet/Data networking

Game Console

ADSL Telephone

Modem @

ADSL

TV Coax.

Box

Incoming Telephone

Option : incoming FO

n Evolutive home network - operator box not in cabinet

RJ 45 socket Cat.No 5 723 14

Coaxial 17/19 VATC Cable TV-R-SAT socket Cat.No 5 721 72

TV/ADSL Decoder

Satellite receiver

Triple Play

Filter Satellite HD TV

ADSL Telephone

DVB HD TV

TV Coax.

LAN

Modem

Sitting room

450

Internet/Data networking

TV @

Phone

Incoming Telephone

Option : incoming FO

ADSL HD TV

ADSL

Box

Game Console

evolutive + home network

n Evolutive + home network - operator box in cabinet

RJ 45 socket Cat.No 5 723 14

Satellite receiver

TV/ADSL Decoder

Satellite HD TV Triple Play

RJ 45 socket Cat.No 5 723 14

DVB HD TV

Filter

LAN

ADSL Telephone

ADSL HD TV

Internet/Data networking

Game Console

ADSL Telephone

Phone Modem

ADSL

TV RJ 45

Box

Incoming Telephone

Option : incoming FO

n Evolutive + home network - operator box not in cabinet

RJ 45 socket Cat.No 5 723 14

RJ 45 socket Cat.No 5 723 14 TV/ADSL Decoder

Satellite receiver

Triple Play

Filter

Satellite HD TV

ADSL Telephone

DVB HD TV

ADSL HD TV

Internet/Data networking

Game Console

Incoming Telephone TV

TV RJ 45

LAN

TV @

Phone Modem

ADSL

Box

Sitting room Option : incoming FO

451

ArteorTM Hotels solutions From the entrance of the hotel room to the bedside table ArteorTM solutions are designed to perfectly meet customer comfort requirements for easy connection of various multimedia devices and flexible access to the internet

Designed to enhance customer comfort â&#x20AC;˘ A solution for all types of hotels

Standard hotel equipement

Hotel equipement with specific marking

BUS/SCS and Radio/ZigBeeÂŽ scenario controllers

More information Get detailed information on many digital or printed supports, or contact your Area Commercial Manager

Technical guide or CD-ROM 452

A rteorTM flow of energies

Commercial brochure

ArteorTM hotel equipement BUS/SCS and Radio/ZigBee®

Complete Radio/ZigBee offer

5 745 91

5 735 51

NEW

p. 418-423

Support frame and plate selection charts p. 408-415 Pack

Cat.Nos

Scenario controllers Radio/ZigBee ®

4-scene micropush control Equipped with round cover plates and magnesium circular push control for 4 scenarios, to be equipped with 2-module plates (p. 408 to 415) Supplied with multi-standard support frames with removable fins (see e-catalogue) Cover plates and plates can be replaced by touch plates Surface mounting with direct fixing of support frame on wall, no wiring needed Supplied with batteries 4-scenario controllers 0 672 40 4 push-buttons to control 4 scenarios (1 scenario can control several functions: shutters, lighting...)

5 735 51

Pack

Cat.Nos

BUS/SCS keycard switches

1 1

Equipped with rocker plates, to be equipped with support frames (p. 405) and plates (p. 408 to 415) For energizing a circuit by inserting a key fob Time delay of approx. 30 sec. after card removal Lighting of the slot by LED 2 modules Mechanical keycard switch 5 722 35 White 5 727 35 Magnesium

1 1

RFID keycard switch Only works with ISO 13.56 MHz badges 5 722 36 White 5 727 36 Magnesium

Scenario controllers BUS/SCS

Multi-standard support frame

Touch control plates, supplied complete, to be installed in flush-mounting boxes

For scenario controllers, light and roller blind transmitter Radio/ZigBee®

Touch plates for scenario controllers Radio/ZigBee ®

1 1

British standard fixing centres 4-scene touch plates "wake up / sleep / TV / relax" marking Can replace standard rocker plates and plates on 4-scene radio controllers Cat.Nos 5 740 87, 5 745 87 5 740 90 White 5 745 90 Black

1 1

"wake up / sleep / open curtains / close curtains'' marking Can replace standard rocker plate and plates on 4-scene radio controllers Cat.Nos 5 740 88, 5 745 88 5 740 93 White 5 745 93 Black

1 1

4-scene touch control - 4 scenarios "wake up / sleep / TV / relax" scenarios - 2 modules For BS flush-mounting boxes 5 740 89 White 5 745 89 Black

1 1

6-scene touch control - 6 scenarios "wake up / sleep / TV / relax / open curtains / close curtains" scenarios - 3 modules For installation in Italian or US flush-mounting boxes with Italian/US support frame (Cat No. 5 760 40, p. 405) 5 740 91 White 5 745 91 Black

Accessories 10 10

Sheet with stickers with symbols for different scenarios for hotel rooms 5 740 92 Dark colour 5 745 92 White colour

ZigBee ®: Certified product Manufacturer Specific Profile Red catalogue numbers: New products

453

ArteorTM hotel equipement

NEW

square version

5 733 82

5 737 22

5 720 57

Keycard switches

5 725 54

p. 384

Support frame and plate selection charts p. 408-415 Mechanisms supplied with square rocker plates, to be equipped with support frames (p. 405) and plates (p. 408 to 415) Pack

10 10

Cat.Nos

Lighting control

Pack

Master switch - 2 modules 2-way double pole 20 AX - 250 V± for general control: all ON / all OFF 5 732 84 White 5 737 84 Magnesium

10 10

TER MAS

5 5

Switch for bed lights - 2 x 1 module 2 x 2-way switch - 10 AX - 250 V± 5 732 94 White 5 737 94 Magnesium

5 5

Push-button for bed lights - 2 x 1 module 2 x 2-way push-button - 6 A - 250 V± 5 732 96 White 5 737 96 Magnesium

5 5

Switch for desk and entrance lights - 2 x 1 module 2 x 2-way switch - 10 AX - 250 V± 5 733 82 White 5 738 82 Magnesium

5 5

Push-button for desk and entrance lights - 2 x 1 module 2 x 2-way push-button - 6 A - 250 V± 5 733 84 White 5 738 84 Magnesium

Electric roller blinds control - 250 VA

10 10

Double switch 10 A - 2 modules For direct control of a motor (mechanism with fixed positions) 5 732 22 White 5 737 22 Magnesium

10 10

Double push-button 10 A - 2 modules For control via automatic box (N/O mechanism) 5 732 24 White 5 737 24 Magnesium

5 5

Internal control unit Allows the user to select the desired setting Supplied with LED 5 720 54 White 5 725 54 Magnesium

Illuminated signs

5 5

Mechanisms integrating LEDs and a pivoting window that can take customised labels (printed using a simple text editor on transparent printing paper) 2 modules Green or red LEDs Sign with 2-state LEDs with choice of green or red configurable on the mechanism Power level: 1 W 5 722 24 White 5 727 24 Magnesium

5 5

Blue LEDs Sign with blue LEDs A choice of 2 power levels: 0.2 or 1 W 5 722 25 White 5 727 22 Magnesium

Buzzers 10 5

5 722 04 5 727 04

230 V - 1 module White Magnesium

10 10

5 722 07 5 722 47

230 V - 2 modules White Magnesium

10 10

5 722 05 5 722 45

8 V - 2 modules White Magnesium

Curtain control - 250 VA

10 10

Double switch 10 A - 2 modules For direct control of a motor (mechanism with fixed positions) 5 732 34 White 5 737 34 Magnesium

10 10

Double push-button 10 A - 2 modules For control via automatic box (N/O mechanism) 5 732 36 White 5 737 36 Magnesium Red catalogue numbers: New products

454

Hotel bedroom call indicators

Enable the resident to inform hotel staff of the room status Two settings are possible: - Do not disturb - Please clean the room 2 x 1 module Indicator for corridor Indicator lamp and bell push Installed in the corridor, display calls Supplied with LED 5 720 57 White 5 725 57 Magnesium

TER MAS

Master push-button - 2 modules 2-way 6 A - 250 V± for general control: all ON/ all OFF 5 732 86 White 5 737 86 Magnesium

Cat.Nos

ArteorTM hotel equipement

NEW

round version

5 732 95

5 737 35

5 725 67

5 725 74

Shaver sockets

p. 384

Support frame and plate selection charts p. 408-415 Mechanisms supplied with square rocker plates, to be equipped with support frames (p. 405) and plates (p. 408 to 415) Pack

Cat.Nos

Lighting control

Pack

10 10

Master switch - 2 modules 2-way double pole 20 AX - 250 V± for general control: all ON / all OFF 5 732 85 White 5 737 85 Magnesium

10 10

Master push-button - 2 modules 2-way 6 A - 250 V± for general control: all ON/ all OFF 5 732 87 White 5 737 87 Magnesium MAS

TER

5 5

Switch for bed lights - 2 x 1 module 2 x 2-way switch - 10 AX - 250 V± 5 732 95 White 5 737 95 Magnesium

5 5

Push-button for bed lights - 2 x 1 module 2 x 2-way push-button - 6 A - 250 V± 5 732 97 White 5 737 97 Magnesium

5 5

Switch for desk and entrance lights - 2 x 1 module 2 x 2-way switch - 10 AX - 250 V± 5 733 83 White 5 738 83 Magnesium

5 5

Push-button for desk and entrance lights - 2 x 1 module 2 x 2-way push-button - 6 A - 250 V± 5 733 85 White 5 738 85 Magnesium

Electric roller blinds control - 250 VA

10 10

Double switch 10 A - 2 modules For direct control of a motor (mechanism with fixed positions) 5 732 23 White 5 737 23 Magnesium

10 10

Double push-button 10 A - 2 modules For control via automatic box (N/O mechanism) 5 732 25 White 5 737 25 Magnesium

Curtain control - 250 VA

10 10

Double switch 10 A - 2 modules For direct control of a motor (mechanism with fixed positions) 5 732 35 White 5 737 35 Magnesium

10 10

Double push-button 10 A - 2 modules For control via automatic box (N/O mechanism) 5 732 37 White 5 737 37 Magnesium

Cat.Nos

Hotel bedroom call indicators

5 5

Internal control unit Allows the user to select the desired setting Supplied with LED 5 720 74 White 5 725 74 Magnesium

Illuminated signs

Blue LEDs Sign with blue LEDs A choice of 2 power levels: 0.2 or 1 W 5 727 23 Magnesium

Buzzers 10 10

5 722 08 5 722 48

230 V - 2 modules White Magnesium

1 1

5 732 05 5 732 45

8 V - 2 modules White Magnesium

Red catalogue numbers: New products

455

Hospitality buildings: a worldwide experience Our experience covers the whole spectrum of hotel types and building options: budget or luxury, branded or independent, business or leisure…

some showcase projects austria - Hotel Fürstenhaus (Pertisau Am Achensee) - Marché Hôtel (Schwechat) Belgium - Airport Hotel (Charleroi) - Crown Plaza Hotel (Bruges) - Etap Hotel Airport (Diegem) - Hôtel de la Source (Spa-Francorchamps) - Novotel Gent Centrum (Bruxelles) - Novotel Grand Place (Bruxelles)

Ottoman Palace Hotel & Villas (Dubai)

Hotel Secret de Paris (France)

WestCord Hotel Delft (Netherlands)

brazil - Condominio Joan Miro (Salvador) - Costão do Santinho (Florianópolis) - Fórmula 1 BH (Belo Horizonte) - Ibis Santos Dumont (Rio de Janeiro) - Meliá Paulista (São Paulo) - Renaissance (São Paulo) - Sheraton Barra (Rio de Janeiro) - Sheraton Twin Towers (Rio de Janeiro) chile - Sheraton Miramar (Vina Del Mar) china - Crown Hotel (Beijing) - Dreamland Hotel (Huizhou) - Four seasons apartment (Nanjing) - Hainan Golden Sunny Hotel (Haikou) - Hotel Of Coal Group (Yunnan) - International Garden Hotel (Taiyua, Shanxi Province) - Jinjiang Hotel (Wuhan) - Marriott Hotel (Beijing) - New World Tai Hua Mansion (Beijing) - Pullman Hotel (Dongguan) - Renaissance Hotel (Tianjing/Wuhan) - Shangri-La Hotel (Baotou/ Chengdu/Huhhot) - The Paradiso (Xia Men) - Westin Hotel (Beijing)

Novotel Hyderabad (India)

more INFORMATION

Egypt - Carlos Beau Rivage Hotel (Marsa Matrouh) - Las Cabanas Hotel (El Quseir) - Marina Hotel (El Sokhna) - Wadi Degla Club (Cairo)

www.legrand.com

456

Hospitality Solutions

croatia - Adriana Hotel (Hvar)

france/french overseas departments - Creole Beach Hotel (Guadeloupe) - L’Hermitage Gantois (Lille) - Hôtel Crowne Plazza (Lille) - Hôtel Intercontinental (Bora Bora) - Hôtel Lotti (Paris) - Hôtel Meridien Etoile (Paris) - Hôtel Meurice (Paris) - M Gallery Grand Hôtel (Cabourg) - Novotel (Guyane Française) - Radisson (St Martin/Toulouse) - Renaissance Arc de Triomphe Hôtel (Paris) - Sofitel (Marseille) - Trianon Palace (Versailles) greece - Astir Palace Hotel (Athens) - Holiday Inn (Athens) - Hotel Elysium (Athens) - Hotel Hilton (Athens) india - Country Inn & Suites (Ghaziabad) - Courtyard by Marriot (Gurgaon) - Shangri-La Hotel (New Delhi) indonesia - Alliance (Bandung) - Banyan Tree Ungasan (Bali) - Crowne Plaza (Jakarta) - Hotel Mulia Senayan (Jakarta) - Le Meridien Hotel (Jakarta) ireland - City West Hotel (Citywest Business Park) - Hilton Airport Hotel (Malahide Rd, Dublin 17) - Royal Hotel (O’Connell St, Dublin 1) - The Mount Wolseley (Tullow, Co. Carlow) italy - Aktea Hotel Residence (Messina) - Baja Blanca Hotel (Sassari) - Bulgari Hotel (Milan) - Grand Hotel Barone Di Sassj (Milan) - Jolly Hotels (Bologna) - Kempinski Giardino Di Costanza (Trapani) - NH Hotel Fiera (Milan) - NH Jolly Hotel President (Milan)

italy (continued) - NH Laguna Palace (Venice) - Park Hotel Residence (Teramo) - Star Hotel (Saronno) Jordan - Grand Hyatt Hotel (Amman) - Ibis Hotel (Amman) - Kempinski Hotel (Amman) - Le Royal Hotel (Amman) - Marriott Hotel (Amman) - Movenpick Hotel (Aqaba/Dead See) korea (south) - Hyundai Motor R&D Center (Seoul) laos - Amantaka (Luang Prabang) lebanon - Habtoor Grand Hotel (Beirut) - Moevenpick Hotel (Beirut) Luxembourg - BHK Continental Hotel (Luxembourg) malaysia - Best Western (Kota Kinabalu) - Mercure (Kota Kinabalu) - Novotel One Borneo (Kota Kinabalu) - Swiss-Garden Hotel (Kuala Lumpur) Maldives - Shangri-La’s Villingili (Addu Atoll) Mauritius - Berjaya Hotel (Le Morne Brabant) - Club Med (Pointe aux Cannoniers) - Long Beach Hotel (Belle Mare) - Maritim Hotel (Balaclava) - Sofitel (Bel Ombre) mexico - City Express Hotels (Cd. De Mexico) - Grand Velas (Cancun) - Hotel Presidente (Cd. De Mexico) - Hotel Westin Santa Fe (Cd. De Mexico) - Hoteles Citi Express (Cd. De Mexico) - W Hotel (Mexico City) Montenegro - Hotel Splendid (Budva - Becici)

Morocco - Atlas Hospitality (Agadir) - Hôtel Ibis (Marrakech) - Hôtel Sofitel (Rabat-Essaouira) - Mazagan Beach Resort (El Jadida) - Movenpick Hotel (Casablanca) - Novotel (Casablanca) - Swiss Hotel (Casablanca) netherlands - Okura Hotel (Amsterdam) - Qbic Hotel (Amsterdam) nigeria - Hawthorn Suites, Hyatt (Abuja) - Sigma Apartments (Abuja) Perú - Casa Andina (Lima) - Double Tree Hilton (Paracas) -L as Casitas del Colca/Orient Express (Arequipa) - L ibertador Luxury Collection Resort (Paracas) - Libertador Westin (Lima) - Sofitel Royal Park (Lima) poland - Novotel Hotel (Szczecin) portugal - Hotel Tivoli (Vilamoura) qatar - Millenium Hotel (Doha) Kingdom of Saudi Arabia - Le Meridien Towers Hotel (Mecca) - Movenpick (Yanbou) - Novotel (Riyadh) - Oberoi Madina (Medina) - Park Hyatt (Jeddah) - Radisson Sas (Riyadh) - Residence Hajar Tower Makkah (Mecca) romania - Bavaria Blu Hotel (Mamaia) - Golden Tulip Hotel (Bucharest) - Ibis Hotel (Bucharest/Constanta) - Majestic Hotel (Bucharest) - Marriott Grand Hotel (Bucharest) - Oxford Hotel (Constanta) - Palas Hotel (Mamaia) - Unirea Hotel (Iasi)

russia - Akvamarin Spa (St. Peterburg) - Congress-Hotel Don-Plaza (Rostov-Na-Donu) - Diveevskaya Sloboda (Nizhniy Novgorod) - Holiday Inn Hotel (Moscow) - Hotel Pravoberezhny (Ekaterinburg) - Hotel Park Inn (Izhevsk) - Hyatt Regency 5* (Ekaterinburg) - Izmailovo Vega Hotel (Moscow) - Radisson Sas Royal Hotel (St. Peterburg) - Renaissance Marriott (Samara) Seychelles - Ephelia Resort & Spa (Port Launay) singapore - Fraser Suites (Singapore) - Pan Pacific (Singapore) - Peninsula Excelsior Hotel (Singapore) slovenia - Block of flats - Livade (Sentjur) - Grand Hotel Primus (Ptuj) South Africa - Taj Hotel (Cape Town) spain - Gran Hotel La Florida (Barcelona) - Hotel Melia’ De Mar (Maiorca) - Novotel (Sevilla/Valladolid) - Parador De Lerma (Burgos) - Tierra De Biescas Hotel (Huesca) switzerland - Le Richemond Hôtel (Geneva) - Kempinski Grand Hôtel des Bains (Saint Moritz) Taiwan - Grand Formosa Regent (Taipei) thailand - Courtyard by Marriott (Bangkok Ratchadamri) - Siam Kempinski Hotel (Bangkok) - Sofitel Sukhumvit (Bangkok) - The St. Regis Ratchadamri Hotel (Bangkok)

togo - Hôtel Du 2 Fevrier (Lomo) turkey - Four Seasons Hotel (Istanbul) - Mariott Hotel (Istanbul) - My World Atasehir (Istanbul) - Uphill Court Atasehir (Istanbul) UAE - Jumeirah Zabeel Saray (Dubai) - Novotel Al Barsha (Dubai) - Sofitel Palm Jumeirah (Dubai) - Sofitel Sheikh Zayed Road (Dubai) - Centro Rotana (Dubai) - Waldorf Astoria (Ras Al Khaimah) - Waldorf Astoria Palm Island (Dubai) - Marriott Healthcare City (Dubai) united kingdom - Adelphi Hotel (Liverpool) - Four Seasons (London) - Novotel (London, Liverpool, Manchester, Birmingham,...) - Paramount Hotels (Durham) - Printing House Square (Guildford) - Ramada Encore (Birmingham) - Savoy Hotel (London) - Sofitel (London) united states - Foutainbleu (Las Vegas) - Hilton (Various locations) - Marriott (Various locations) - Marriott Courtyard City Center (Las Vegas) - MGM Grand (Various locations) - Sheraton (Starwood) Hotels (Various locations) - Trump Properties (Various locations) - W Hotel (Various locations) - Wynn Encore (Las Vegas) - Wynn Hotel and Casino (Las Vegas) vietnam - InterContinental Asiana (Ho Chi Minh Coty) - Liberty Central Hotel (Ho Chi Minh Coty) - Mercure La Gare (Hanoi) - Movenpick Hotel (Hanoi)

...

457

P. 460 Presentation of Synergy white

P. 473 Synergy Traditional

Synergy

P. 486 Synergy Grid system selection chart

MalliaTM

P. 490 Presentation of Mallia

BelankoTM

P. 508 Presentation of Belanko

British standard wiring devices NEW IN 2013 Mallia

Customisable colors (p. 490)

458

Belanko (p. 508)

P. 461 Synergy white

P. 466 Presentation of Synergy Modern

P. 466 Synergy Modern

P. 472 Presentation of Synergy Traditional

P. 478 Presentation of Synergy Flat plate

P. 479 Synergy Flat plate

P. 483 Presentation of Synergy Metal clad

P. 484 Synergy Metalclad

P. 491 Mallia complete white

P. 498 Mallia customisable colours

P. 505 Mallia plates

P. 506 Mallia plate selection charts

P. 509 Belanko white

P. 513 Belanko plates

P. 488 Synergy Grid modules

459

SynergyTM White Form and function in perfect harmony

QUALITY AND INNOVATION... WHICHEVER WAY YOU LOOK AT IT Unique LED packs for location or power indication - invisible until activated

Large contoured rockers with precision action

Patented triple action safety shutter system

Elegant slim contours

Large angled terminal entries with backed-off screws

Compact mechanisms for Clear and comprehensive maximised wiring space laser marking

More information Get detailed information on many digital or printed supports or contact your Area Commercial Manager

Commercial brochure

460

E-catalogue

www.legrand.com

SynergyTM single pole switches, single pole push and key switches, rotary dimmers - white

7 300 00

7 300 06

Surface mounting boxes

7 301 56

p. 465

Front plates: white thermoset Terminal screws captive and backed off ready for cabling - large angled terminal entries Compact mechanism for maximised wiring space Supplied with faceplate screw caps Pack

Cat.Nos

Single pole plate switches 10 AX - 250 VA

10 10 10

Conform to BS EN 60669-1 For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 16 mm deep ASTA licence Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 300 00 1 gang - 1 way 7 300 01 1 gang - 2 way 7 300 05 1 gang - intermediate

10 10

7 300 24 7 300 02

2 gang - 1 way 2 gang - 2 way

10 10

7 301 24 7 300 03

3 gang - 1 way 3 gang - 2 way

Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 146 mm 7 300 04 4 gang - 2 way

7 300 06

Pack

Cat.Nos

Single pole key switch 10 AX - 250 VA

Conform to BS EN 60669-1: 2000 Key supplied For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 16 mm deep Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 300 08 1 gang - 2 way

Push on/off rotary dimmers 400 W 100 - 240 VA - 50/60 Hz

Conform to BS EN 60669-1 For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 25 mm deep Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 301 56 1 gang - 2 way

7 301 57

7 300 49

2 gang - 2 way

6 gang - 2 way Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 146 mm 4 gang - 2 way

Single pole plate switches 20 AX - 250 VA

10 10

Conform to BS EN 60669-1 For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 16 mm deep Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 301 30 1 gang - 1 way 7 301 31 1 gang - 2 way

10 10

7 301 34 7 301 32

2 gang - 1 way 2 gang - 2 way

10 10

7 301 35 7 301 33

3 gang - 1 way 3 gang - 2 way

Rotary dimmer 1000 W - 100 - 240 VA 50/60 Hz

Conform to BS EN 60669-1 For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 25 mm deep 60-100 W for incandescent and halogen lamps 230 V 60-100 VA for halogen lamps with ferromagnetic transformers and control electronic transformers with leading edge behaviour, max. 600 VA Installation without neutral W E N Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 301 50 1 gang

Single pole push switches 10 A - 250 VA Conform to BS EN 60669-1 For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 16 mm deep ASTA licence Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 1 gang - 2 way push switch

7 300 07

7 300 11

1 gang - 2 way push switch marked "PRESS"

7 301 07

1 gang - 2 way push switch with bell symbol

Red catalogue numbers: New products

461

SynergyTM double pole switches - white

7 301 10

7 300 22

Front plates: white thermoset Terminal screws captive and backed off ready for cabling - large angled terminal entries Compact mechanism for maximised wiring space Supplied with faceplate screw caps

SynergyTM telephone, data and TV sockets - white

7 300 50

Pack

10 10 10

Conform to BS EN 60669-1 For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 25 mm deep Use cord outlet accessory box Cat.No 7 300 53 for external cord outlet ASTA licence Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 300 10 DP switch

7 300 12

Cat.Nos

DP switch + red LED power indicator LED invisible until activated

7 301 10

Telephone sockets

For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 35 mm deep Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 300 50 UK master 7 300 51 UK secondary 7 300 54 RJ 11/RJ 12 - single

Rapid cable connection For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 35 mm deep Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 300 56 RJ 45 - single

7 300 57

DP switch marked "WATER HEATER"

7 301 12

DP switch marked "WATER HEATER" + red LED power indicator LED invisible until activated

Conform to BS EN 60669-1 ASTA licence

For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 45 mm deep Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 300 22 DP switch

7 300 23

DP switch + red LED power indicator LED invisible until activated

7 301 22

DP switch red rocker marked "COOKER" COO

RJ 45 - twin

Television sockets

For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 35 mm deep Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 300 40 Screened TV socket single - male

7 301 40

Screened TV socket single - female

7 301 44

Screened TV socket single pass trough - female

7 301 45

Screened TV socket single terminal - female

7 300 41

SAT socket single - "F" type

7 300 42

TV-R socket

7 300 43

TV-R-SAT socket "F" type

KER

Nominal plate dimensions: 146 x 86 mm 7 300 20 DP switch

7 300 21

DP switch + red LED power indicator LED invisible until activated

7 301 20

DP switch red rocker marked "COOKER" COO

462

Cat.Nos

Data sockets - Cat. 6

Double pole switches 45 A - 250 VA

7 300 43

Front plates: white thermoset Terminal screws captive and backed off ready for cabling - large angled terminal entries Compact mechanism for maximised wiring space Supplied with faceplate screw caps

Double pole switches 20 A - 250 VA

Pack

7 300 57

KER

SynergyTM British standard socket outlets - white

7 300 60

7 300 65

7 300 70

BS plugs

p. 556

Front plates: white thermoset Terminal screws captive and backed off ready for cabling - large angled terminal entries Compact mechanism for maximised wiring space Supplied with faceplate screw caps

Pack

Cat.Nos

Socket outlets 13 A - 250 VA

Pack

Conform to BS 1363: Part. 2 For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 25 mm deep ASTA licence 10

7 300 65

7 300 75

Unswitched 1 gang Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 2 gang Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 146 mm

Single pole - switched Fitted with traditional earth pin release shutter and single earth terminal 7 300 66 1 gang Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 300 76

2 gang Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 146 mm

Socket outlets 13 A - 250 VA Special earth pin

For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 25 mm deep Double pole - switched 7 300 67 1 gang Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 300 77

2 gang Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 146 mm

Cat.Nos

Double pole socket outlets 13 A - 250 VA

Conform to BS 1363: Part. 2 Patented 3 pin safety shutters mechanism 2 earth terminals For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 25 mm deep ASTA licence Switched 7 300 60 1 gang Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 300 70

2 gang Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 146 mm

Switched with red LED power indicator LED invisible until activated 7 300 61 1 gang Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 300 71

2 gang Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 146 mm

Switched for standard and clean earth applications 7 300 64 1 gang Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm

7 300 74

7 301 62

7 301 61

2 gang Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 146 mm Switched with red rocker 1 gang Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 2 gang Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 146 mm

463

SynergyTM British standard socket outlets - white (continued)

7 300 89

7 300 69

Cat.Nos

Socket outlets 15 A - 250 VA

Conform to BS 546 Patented 3 pin safety shutters mechanism For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 35 mm deep Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 300 88 1 gang - unswitched

7 300 89

Conform to SASO No LIC 203182 Standard terminal screws For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 35 mm deep 7 300 85 1 gang unswitched Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 300 86

7 300 83

7 300 84

2 gang unswitched Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 146 mm

7 300 87

Cat.Nos

Socket outlet combined UK / Euro - US 13 A - 10/16 A

For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 25 mm deep Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 300 84 1 gang - unswitched UK - 13 A / EURO-US - 10/16 A - 250 VA

Euro - US socket outlets

1 gang - switched, single pole

Sockets outlets 15 A - 127 VA - SASO

SynergyTM Euro-US, German standard socket outlets and shaver socket - white

For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 25 mm deep Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 10 A - 127 VA 16 A - 250 VA 7 300 80 1 gang - unswitched

7 300 81

2 gang - unswitched

7 300 82

1 gang - switched

7 300 83

1 gang - unswitched + 10 AX 1 way switch

Socket outlets 5 A - 250 VA

Conform to BS 546 Patented 3 pin safety shutter mechanism For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 25 mm deep Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 300 68 1 gang - unswitched

7 300 69

German standard socket outlet 10/16 A - 250 VA 10

For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 35 mm deep Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 300 87 1 gang - unswitched

1 gang - switched, single pole

Shaver socket Socket outlet 2 A - 250 VA

Conform to BS 546 For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 25 mm deep Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 300 59 1 gang - unswitched 1

464

Conform to BS EN 61558-2-5 Suitable for use with European, British and Australian 2 pin plugs Rating: 20 VA IP 24 Screwless live and neutral terminals For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 45 mm deep Nominal plate dimensions: 146 x 86 mm 7 300 90 240 V - 120 VA - 50/60 Hz

SynergyTM cooker control units, fused SynergyTM blanking plates, accessories connection units and cable outlets - white and surface mounting boxes - white

7 301 58

7 300 26

7 300 29

Cat.Nos

Cooker control units 250 VA

Conform to BS 4177 For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 45 mm deep Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 146 mm 7 300 28 45 A DP switch + 13 A DP switched socket outlet 7 300 29 COO

KER

Pack

Cat.Nos

7 300 95

7 300 96

45 A DP switch + 13 A DP switched socket outlet + red LED power indicator LED invisible until activated

Conform to BS 1363: Part 4 Fused 13 A (fuse supplied) Front cable outlet with cord grip Locked captive fuse carrier (padlockable) For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 25 mm deep Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm Unswitched 7 300 32 With cord outlet

7 300 33

7 300 36

7 300 37

With red LED power indicator LED invisible until activated

45 A - 250 VA For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 45 mm deep 7 300 26 With terminal block

2 gang Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 146 mm

Surface-mounting moulded boxes 10

7 364 06

7 364 07

7 364 10

7 364 11

7 364 13

10 10 10 10 10 1

7 300 91 7 300 92 7 300 93 7 300 94 7 301 88 7 301 90

Cable outlets Conform to BS 5733 Fitted with cable clamp and outlet membrane Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 20 A - 250 VA For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 35 mm deep 7 300 19 With terminal block

1 gang Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm

Electronic LED All relevant Synergy functions are designed to accept the LED packs for fitting at time of installation or retrospectively by qualified person Can be used with fluorescent light 7 301 58 Electronic LED locator pack green diodes: max. current 0.2 mA provides illumination to locate function such as switches in low light 7 300 58 Electronic LED power indicator pack red diodes: nominal current 2 mA provides indication of "power on" condition in such functions as sockets and control switches Cord outlet 7 300 53 1 gang box Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm

Double pole switched With cord outlet

With red LED power indicator and cord outlet LED invisible until activated

Blanking plates

Accessories

Fused connection units 13 A - 250 VA

7 364 11

7 364 06

1 gang, 35 mm deep 86 x 86 mm 1 gang, 50 mm deep and cable grip 86 x 86 mm 2 gang, 35 mm deep 86 x 146 mm 2 gang, 50 mm deep and cable grip 86 x 146 mm 2 x 1 gang, 35 mm deep 86 x 172 mm

Front plates for Arteor mechanisms 1 gang for 1 Arteor module 1 gang for 2 Arteor modules 2 gang for 3 Arteor modules 2 gang for 4 Arteor modules 2 x 2 gang for 8 Arteor modules (yoke required) 3 x 3 gang for 18 Arteor modules (yoke required)

465

SynergyTM single pole switches - Modern

SynergyTM Modern

7 310 02

7 310 00

Blending the contemporary style of silver and nickel with the tradional warmth of brass, Synergy’s Modern accessories help create relaxing environments where everyone feels at home

FORM AND FUNCTION IN PERFECT HARMONY • Contemporary metal plates with hidden screws • Terminal screws captive and backed off ready for cabling

7 310 07

Terminal screws captive and backed off ready for cabling - large angled terminal entries Compact mechanism for maximised wiring space Pack

Cat.Nos

Single pole plate switches 10 AX - 250 VA Conform to BS EN 60669-1 For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 16 mm deep

1 1

1 gang - 1-way switch Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 310 00 Silver 7 312 00 Nickel

1 1

1 gang - 2-way switch Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 310 01 Silver 7 312 01 Nickel

1 1

1 gang - intermediate switch Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 310 05 Silver 7 312 05 Nickel

1 1

2 gang - 2-way switch Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 310 02 Silver 7 312 02 Nickel

1 1

3 gang - 2-way switch Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 310 03 Silver 7 312 03 Nickel

1 1

4 gang - 2-way switch Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 149 mm 7 310 04 Silver 7 312 04 Nickel

Single pole plate switches 20 AX - 250 VA Silver and Nickel, p. 466

Conform to BS EN 60669-1 For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 16 mm deep

Grid system, p. 486

MORE INFORMATION

1 1

1 gang - 2-way switch Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 311 31 Silver 7 313 31 Nickel

1 1

2 gang - 2-way switch Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 311 32 Silver 7 313 32 Nickel

Single pole push switches 10 A - 250 VA Conform to BS EN 60669-1 For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 16 mm deep

www.legrand.com 466

Commercial brochure

1 1

1 gang - 2-way push switch Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 310 07 Silver 7 312 07 Nickel

SynergyTM dimmers, isolator switches and double pole switches - Modern

7 312 09

7 313 57

7 310 12

7 310 10

7 310 23

Terminal screws captive and backed off ready for cabling - large angled terminal entries Compact mechanism for maximised wiring space Pack

Cat.Nos

Push on/off rotary dimmers 400 W 100 - 240 VA - 50/60 Hz

1 1

Conform to BS EN 60669-1-2 For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 25 mm deep 1 gang - 2-way Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 311 56 Silver 7 313 56 Nickel

1 1

2 gang - 2-way Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 311 57 Silver 7 313 57 Nickel

Pack

1 1

Double pole switches 20 A - 250 VA Conform to BS EN 60669-1 For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 25 mm deep

1 1

DP switch Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 310 10 Silver 7 312 10 Nickel

1 1

DP switch + cord outlet + red LED power indicator LED invisible until activated Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 310 16 Silver 7 312 16 Nickel

1 1

DP switch + red LED power indicator LED invisible until activated Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 310 12 Silver 7 312 12 Nickel

Isolator switches 10 A - 250 VA Conform to BS EN 60947-3: 1992 Switch locking feature For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 16 mm deep White rocker 3-pole isolator switch Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 310 09 Silver 7 312 09 Nickel

Cat.Nos

Double pole switches 45 A - 250 VA

1 1

Conform to BS EN 60669-1 For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 45 mm deep Red rocker DP switch + red LED Led invisible until activated Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 310 23 Silver 7 312 23 Nickel

467

SynergyTM telephone, data and television sockets - Modern

Home network 7 310 50

7 312 54

p. 442

7 310 57

Terminal screws captive and backed off ready for cabling - large angled terminal entries Compact mechanism for maximised wiring space Pack

Cat.Nos

Telephone sockets

1 1

For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 35 mm deep UK master Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 310 50 Silver 7 312 50 Nickel

1 1

UK secondary Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 310 51 Silver 7 312 51 Nickel

1 1

RJ 11 / RJ 12 - single Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 310 54 Silver 7 312 54 Nickel

Data sockets Cat. 6 Rapid cable connection For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 35 mm deep

468

1 1

RJ 45 - single Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 310 56 Silver 7 312 56 Nickel

1 1

RJ 45 - twin Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 310 57 Silver 7 312 57 Nickel

Pack

Cat.Nos

Television sockets

1 1

For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 35 mm deep Screened TV socket - single male Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 310 40 Silver 7 312 40 Nickel

1 1

SAT socket - single "F" type Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 310 41 Silver 7 312 41 Nickel

SynergyTM British standard socket outlets - Modern

7 312 61

7 310 60

7 312 71

7 310 89

Terminal screws captive and backed off ready for cabling - large angled terminal entries Compact mechanism for maximised wiring space Pack

Cat.Nos

Socket outlets 13 A - 250 VA

1 1

Conform to BS EN 1363: Part. 2 Patented 3 pin safety shutters mechanism 2 earth terminals For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 35 mm deep 1 gang unswitched Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 310 65 Silver 7 312 65 Nickel

1 1

2 gang unswitched Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 149 mm 7 310 75 Silver 7 312 75 Nickel

Double pole socket outlets 13 A - 250 VA

1 1

Conform to BS EN 1363: Part. 2 Patented 3 pin safety shutters mechanism 2 earth terminals Rapid cable connection For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 25 mm deep 1 gang switched Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 310 60 Silver 7 312 60 Nickel

1 1

1 gang switched with red LED LED invisible until activated Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 310 61 Silver 7 312 61 Nickel

1 1

2 gang switched Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 149 mm 7 310 70 Silver 7 312 70 Nickel 2 gang switched with red LED LED invisible until activated Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 149 mm 7 310 71 Silver 7 312 71 Nickel

Pack

1 1

Cat.Nos

Socket outlets 15 A - 250 VA

Conform to BS 546 Patented 3 pin safety shutters mechanism For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 35 mm deep 1 gang switched Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 310 89 Silver 7 312 89 Nickel

Socket outlets 15 A - 250 VA SASO Conform to SASO No. LIC 203182 For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 35 mm deep

1 1

1 gang unswitched Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 310 85 Silver 7 312 85 Nickel

1 1

2 gang unswitched Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 149 mm 7 310 86 Silver 7 312 86 Nickel

Socket outlets 5 A - 250 VA

1 1

Conform to BS 546 Patented 3 pin safety shutters mechanism For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 25 mm deep 1 gang unswitched Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 310 68 Silver 7 312 68 Nickel

1 1

1 gang switched Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 310 69 Silver 7 312 69 Nickel

469

SynergyTM fused connection units - Modern

7 312 30

7 310 33

7 312 34

7 310 35

Terminal screws captive and backed off ready for cabling - large angled terminal entries Compact mechanism for maximised wiring space

Pack

470

Cat.Nos

Fused connection units unswitched 13 A 250 VA

1 1

Conform to BS 1363: Part. 4 Front cable outlet with cord grip Fuses supplied Locked captive fuse carrier (padlockable) For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 25 mm deep Unswitched - with cord outlet Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 310 32 Silver 7 312 32 Nickel

1 1

Unswitched - without cord outlet Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 310 30 Silver 7 312 30 Nickel

1 1

Unswitched - with red LED power indicator LED invisible until activated Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 310 31 Silver 7 312 31 Nickel

1 1

Unswitched - with red LED power indicator + cord outlet LED invisible until activated Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 310 33 Silver 7 312 33 Nickel

Pack

Cat.Nos

Fused connection units switched 13 A 250 VA

1 1

Conform to BS 1363: Part. 4 Front cable outlet with cord grip Fuses supplied Locked captive fuse carrier (padlockable) For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 25 mm deep DP switched - without cord outlet Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 310 34 Silver 7 312 34 Nickel

1 1

DP switched - with red LED power indicator LED invisible until activated Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 310 35 Silver 7 312 35 Nickel

1 1

DP switched - with red LED power indicator + cord outlet LED invisible until activated Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 310 37 Silver 7 312 37 Nickel

SynergyTM shaver sockets, cooker control SynergyTM blanking plates, cord outlets units and cable outlets - Modern and front plates - Modern

7 310 29

7 312 19

Terminal screws captive and backed off ready for cabling - large angled terminal entries Compact mechanism for maximised wiring space Pack

1 1

Cat.Nos

Shaver sockets

Conform to BS EN 61558-2-5 Suitable for use with European, British and Australian 2 pin plugs Rating: 20 VA IP 24 Screwless live and neutral terminals For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 45 mm deep 240 V / 120 V - 50/60 Hz Nominal plate dimensions: 149 x 89 mm 7 310 90 Silver 7 312 90 Nickel

7 310 95

7 310 52

Terminal screws captive and backed off ready for cabling - large angled terminal entries Compact mechanism for maximised wiring space Pack

Cat.Nos

Blanking plates

1 1

1 gang Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 310 95 Silver 7 312 95 Nickel

1 1

2 gang Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 310 96 Silver 7 312 96 Nickel

Cord outlets Cooker control units - 250 VA Conform to BS 4177: 1992 For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 47 mm deep

1 1

45 A DP switch + 13 A DP switched socket outlet Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 149 mm 7 310 29 Silver 7 312 29 Nickel

1 1

1 gang Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 310 52 Silver 7 312 52 Nickel

Front plates for Arteor mechanisms 1 1

7 310 91 7 312 91

1 gang for 1 Arteor module Silver Nickel

1 1

7 310 92 7 312 92

1 gang for 2 Arteor modules Silver Nickel

1 1

7 310 93 7 312 93

2 gang for 3 Arteor modules Silver Nickel

1 1

7 310 94 7 312 94

2 gang for 4 Arteor modules Silver Nickel

Cable outlets Conform to BS 5733 Fitted with clamp and outlet membrane

1 1

20 A - 250 VA Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 310 19 Silver 7 312 19 Nickel

1 1

45 A - 250 VA Nominal plate dimensions: 89 x 89 mm 7 310 26 Silver 7 312 26 Nickel

471

SynergyTM single pole switches Traditional

SynergyTM Traditional The flat surface that most people are familiar and comfortable with is now slimmer and incorporates stylish rockers

the perfect choice for busy environments â&#x20AC;˘ 3 finished : stunning design with ingenious feature â&#x20AC;˘ Terminal screws captive and backed off ready for cabling

Grid system, p. 486

472

Single pole plate switches 10 AX - 250 VA

1 1 1

1 gang - 2-way switch Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 330 01 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 01 Polished stainless steel 7 334 01 Satin brass

1 1 1

1 gang - intermediate switch Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 330 05 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 05 Polished stainless steel 7 334 05 Satin brass

1 1 1

2 gang - 2-way switch Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 330 02 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 02 Polished stainless steel 7 334 02 Satin brass

1 1 1

3 gang - 2-way switch Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 330 03 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 03 Polished stainless steel 7 334 03 Satin brass

1 1 1

4 gang - 2-way switch Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 146 mm 7 330 04 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 04 Polished stainless steel 7 334 04 Satin brass

Single pole push switches 10 A - 250 VA

1 1 1

Commercial brochure

Cat.Nos

Conform to BS EN 60669-1 For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 16 mm deep 1 gang - 1-way switch Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 330 00 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 00 Polished stainless steel 7 334 00 Satin brass

MORE INFORMATION

www.legrand.com

7 334 07

Slim front plates: BSS: Electro plated brushed stainless steel with clear epoxy lacquer coating PSS: Electro plated stainless steel with trivalent chrome for mirror finish SB: Electro plated stainless steel with electrophoretic satin brass lacquer Terminal screws captive and backed off ready for cabling - large angled terminal entries Compact mechanism for maximised wiring space Pack

Brushed and Polished, Stainless steel and Satin Brass, p. 472

7 334 02

7 330 00

Conform to BS EN 60669-1 For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 16 mm deep 1 gang - 2-way push switch Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 330 07 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 07 Polished stainless steel 7 334 07 Satin brass

SynergyTM single pole switches Traditional (continued)

7 333 57

7 331 56

7 334 09

Cat.Nos

Single pole plate switches 20 AX - 250 VA

1 1 1

Conform to BS EN 60669-1 For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 16 mm deep 1 gang - 2-way switch Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 331 31 Brushed stainless steel 7 333 31 Polished stainless steel 7 335 31 Satin brass

1 1 1

2 gang - 2-way switch Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 331 32 Brushed stainless steel 7 333 32 Polished stainless steel 7 335 32 Satin brass

3 gang - 2-way switch Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 331 33 Brushed stainless steel

Push on/off rotary dimmers 400 W 100-240 VA - 50/60 Hz

1 1 1

Conform to BS EN 60669-1-2 For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 25 mm deep 1 gang - 2 way Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 331 56 Brushed stainless steel 7 333 56 Polished stainless steel 7 335 56 Satin brass

1 1 1

2 gang - 2 way Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 331 57 Brushed stainless steel 7 333 57 Polished stainless steel 7 335 57 Satin brass

Isolator switches 10 A - 250 VA

1 1 1

Conform to BS EN 60947-3: 1992 Switch locking feature For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 16 mm deep 3 pole isolator switch Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 330 09 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 09 Polished stainless steel 7 334 09 Satin brass

SynergyTM double pole switches Traditional

7 332 10

7 334 10

7 330 23

Slim front plates: BSS: Electro plated brushed stainless steel with clear epoxy satin lacquer coating PSS: Electro plated stainless steel with trivalent chrome for mirror finish SB: Electro plated stainless steel with electrophoretic satin brass lacquer Terminal screws captive and backed off ready for cabling - large angled terminal entries Compact mechanism for maximised wiring space Pack

Cat.Nos

Double pole switches 20 A - 250 VA

1 1 1

Conform to BS EN 60669-1 For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 25 mm deep Use cord outlet accessory Cat.No 7 300 53 (p. 465) for external cord outlet Double pole switch Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 330 10 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 10 Polished stainless steel 7 334 10 Satin brass

1 1 1

DP switch + cord outlet + red LED power indicator LED invisible until activated Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 330 16 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 16 Polished stainless steel 7 334 16 Satin brass

1 1 1

DP switch + red LED power indicator LED invisible until activated Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 330 12 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 12 Polished stainless steel 7 334 12 Satin brass

Double pole switches 45 A - 250 VA

1 1

Conform to BS EN 60669-1 For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 45 mm deep 1 gang switch Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 330 22 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 22 Polished stainless steel

1 1 1

1 gang switch + red LED power indicator LED invisible until activated Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 330 23 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 23 Polished stainless steel 7 334 23 Satin brass

1 1 1

1 gang switch + red LED power indicator large plate LED invisible until activated Nominal plate dimensions: 146 x 86 mm 7 330 21 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 21 Polished stainless steel 7 334 21 Satin brass

473

SynergyTM telephone, data sockets and television sockets - Traditional

Home network 7 330 50

7 334 57

7 332 42

p. 442

7 330 43

Cat.Nos

Telephone sockets

1 1 1

For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 35 mm deep UK master Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 330 50 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 50 Polished stainless steel 7 334 50 Satin brass

1 1 1

UK secondary Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 330 51 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 51 Polished stainless steel 7 334 51 Satin brass

1 1 1

RJ 11/RJ 12 - single Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 330 54 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 54 Polished stainless steel 7 334 54 Satin brass

Pack

474

1 1 1

RJ 45 - twin Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 330 57 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 57 Polished stainless steel 7 334 57 Satin brass

Television sockets

1 1 1

For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 35 mm deep Screened TV socket - single male Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 330 40 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 40 Polished stainless steel 7 334 40 Satin brass

1 1 1

SAT socket - single "F" type Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 330 41 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 41 Polished stainless steel 7 334 41 Satin brass

1 1

TV-R socket Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 330 42 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 42 Polished stainless steel

1 1 1

TV-R-SAT socket - "F" type Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 330 43 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 43 Polished stainless steel 7 334 43 Satin brass

Data sockets Cat. 6 Rapid cable connection For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 35 mm deep RJ 45 - single Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 330 56 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 56 Polished stainless steel 7 334 56 Satin brass

Cat.Nos

SynergyTM British standard socket outlets - Traditional

7 330 65

7 334 75

7 332 60

7 330 89

7 334 69

7 332 59

Cat.Nos

Socket outlets 13 A - 250 VA

1 1 1

Conform to BS 1363: Part. 2 Patented 3 pin safety shutters mechanism 2 earth terminals For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 25 mm deep 1 gang unswitched Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 330 65 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 65 Polished stainless steel 7 334 65 Satin brass

1 1 1

2 gang unswitched Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 146 mm 7 330 75 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 75 Polished stainless steel 7 334 75 Satin brass

Pack

Cat.Nos

Socket outlets 15 A - 250 VA

Conform to BS 546 Patented 3 pin safety shutters mechanism, For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 35 mm deep 1 gang unswitched Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 330 88 Brushed stainless steel

1 1 1

1 gang switched - single pole Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 330 89 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 89 Polished stainless steel 7 334 89 Satin brass

Socket outlets 15 A - 250 VA - SASO Double pole socket outlets 13 A - 250 VA

1 1 1

Conform to BS 1363: Part. 2 Patented 3 pin safety shutters mechanism, 2 earth terminals For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 25 mm deep 1 gang switched Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 330 60 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 60 Polished stainless steel 7 334 60 Satin brass

1 1 1

1 gang switched with red LED power indicator LED invisible until activated Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 330 61 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 61 Polished stainless steel 7 334 61 Satin brass

1 1 1

2 gang switched Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 146 mm 7 330 70 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 70 Polished stainless steel 7 334 70 Satin Abrass

1 1 1

2 gang switched with red LED power indicator LED invisible until activated Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 146 mm 7 330 71 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 71 Polished stainless steel 7 334 71 Satin brass

1 1 1

2 gang switched outboard for standard and clean earth applications Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 146 mm 7 330 74 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 74 Polished stainless steel 7 334 74 Satin brass

1 1 1

Conform to SASO Lic. 203182 For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 35 mm deep 1 gang Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 330 85 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 85 Polished stainless steel 7 334 85 Satin brass

1 1 1

2 gang Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 146 mm 7 330 86 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 86 Polished stainless steel 7 334 86 Satin brass

Socket outlets 5 A - 250 VA

1 1 1

Conform to BS 546 Patented 3 pin safety shutters mechanism, For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 25 mm deep 1 gang unswitched Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 330 68 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 68 Polished stainless steel 7 334 68 Satin brass

1 1 1

1 gang switched - single pole Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 146 mm 7 330 69 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 69 Polished stainless steel 7 334 69 Satin brass

Socket outlets 2 A - 250 VA - SASO

1 1 1

Conform to BS 546 For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 25 mm deep 1 gang unswitched Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 330 59 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 59 Polished stainless steel 7 334 59 Satin brass

475

SynergyTM fused connection units, RCD sockets and cooker control units - Traditional

7 330 32

7 334 37

7 332 97

7 332 29

476

Cat.Nos

Fused connection units 13 A - 250 VA

1 1 1

Conform to BS 1363: Part. 4 Front cable outlet with cord grip Locked captive fuse carrier (padlockable) For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 25 mm deep Unswitched with cord outlet Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 330 32 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 32 Polished stainless steel 7 334 32 Satin brass

1 1 1

Unswitched without cord outlet Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 330 30 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 30 Polished stainless steel 7 334 30 Satin brass

1 1 1

Unswitched with red LED power indicator Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 330 31 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 31 Polished stainless steel 7 334 31 Satin brass

1 1 1

Unswitched with red LED power indicator + cord outlet Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 330 33 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 33 Polished stainless steel 7 334 33 Satin brass

1 1 1

DP switched without cord outlet Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 146 mm 7 330 34 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 34 Polished stainless steel 7 334 34 Satin brass

1 1 1

DP switched with red LED power indicator Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 146 mm 7 330 35 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 35 Polished stainless steel 7 334 35 Satin brass

1 1 1

DP switched with red LED power indicator + cord outlet Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 146 mm 7 330 37 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 37 Polished stainless steel 7 334 37 Satin brass

Pack

Cat.Nos

RCD sockets 13 A - 250 VA

1 1 1

Conform to BS 7288 and BS 1363: Part. 2 Maximum operating current 16 A Incorporates a ÂŤtest and resetÂť button For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 25 mm deep 2 gang - DP 30 mA Active: Electrical latching trips on power failure Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 146 mm 7 330 97 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 97 Polished stainless steel 7 334 97 Satin brass

1 1 1

2 gang - DP 30 mA Passive: Mechanical latching does not trip on power failure Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 146 mm 7 330 98 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 98 Polished stainless steel 7 334 98 Satin brass

Cooker control units - 250 VA

1 1 1

Conform to BS 4177: 1992 For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 47 mm deep 45 A DP switch + 13 A DP switched socket outlet with red LED power indicator Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 146 mm 7 330 29 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 29 Polished stainless steel 7 334 29 Satin brass

SynergyTM shaver sockets, cable outlets, blanking plates, cord outlets and front plates - Traditional

7 332 90

7 330 19

7 334 95

7 332 96

7 332 52

1 1 1

Cat.Nos

Shaver sockets

Conform to BS EN 61558-2-5 Suitable for use with European, British and Australian 2 pin plugs Rating: 20 VA IP 24 Screwless live and neutral terminals For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 45 mm deep 240/120 VA - 50/60 Hz Nominal plate dimensions: 146 x 86 mm 7 330 90 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 90 Polished stainless steel 7 334 90 Satin brass

Cable outlets

1 1 1

Conform to BS 5733 Fitted clamp and outlet membrane With terminal block 20 A - 250 VA Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 330 19 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 19 Polished stainless steel 7 334 19 Satin brass

1 1 1

45 A - 250 VA Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 330 26 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 26 Polished stainless steel 7 334 26 Satin brass

Pack

1 1 1

Cat.Nos

Cord outlets

1 gang Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 330 52 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 52 Polished stainless steel 7 334 52 Satin brass

Front plates for Arteor mechanisms 1 1 1

7 330 91 7 332 91 7 334 91

1 gang for 1 Arteor module Brushed stainless steel Polished stainless steel Satin brass

1 1 1

7 330 92 7 332 92 7 334 92

1 gang for 2 Arteor modules Brushed stainless steel Polished stainless steel Satin brass

1 1 1

7 330 93 7 332 93 7 334 93

2 gang for 3 Arteor modules Brushed stainless steel Polished stainless steel Satin brass

1 1 1

7 330 94 7 332 94 7 334 94

2 gang for 4 Arteor modules Brushed stainless steel Polished stainless steel Satin brass

7 331 88

2 x 2 gang for 8 Arteor modules Brushed stainless steel

7 331 90

3 x 3 gang for 18 Arteor modules Brushed stainless steel

Blanking plates

1 1 1

1 gang Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 330 95 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 95 Polished stainless steel 7 334 95 Satin brass

1 1 1

2 gang Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 146 mm 7 330 96 Brushed stainless steel 7 332 96 Polished stainless steel 7 334 96 Satin brass

477

SynergyTM Flat plate In today’s world of shrinking proportions, the key trend is towards slenderness and simplicity of design With a true flat plate design, the latest addition to the Synergy family is simply stunning…Whichever way you look at it

FROM A SINGLE SWITCH TO MULTI-FUNCTION MODULAR SOLUTIONS Elegant profile • A true flat plate design. • High quality components and advanced manufacturing techniques • Available in grid modules version for more complex installations

Brushed stainless steel

Antique brass

Grid modules, p. 486

More information Get detailed information on many digital or printed supports or contact your Area Commercial Manager

Commercial brochure

478

E-catalogue

www.legrand.com

SynergyTM single pole switches and dimmers - Flat plate

7 343 32

7 343 31

7 342 47

Terminal screws captive and backed off ready for cabling - large angled terminal entries Compact mechanism for maximised wiring space Supplied with transparent protection cover and 4 fixing screws (2 long and 2 short screws) Pack

Cat.Nos

Single pole plate switches 20 AX - 250 VA

1 1

Conform to BS EN 60669-1 For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 35 mm deep 1 gang - 2-way switch Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 343 31 Antique Brass 7 347 31 Brushed stainless steel

1 1

2 gang - 2-way switch Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 343 32 Antique Brass 7 347 32 Brushed stainless steel

1 1

3 gang - 2-way switch Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 343 33 Antique Brass 7 347 33 Brushed stainless steel

1 1

4 gang - 2-way switch Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 146 mm 7 343 34 Antique Brass 7 347 34 Brushed stainless steel

SynergyTM double pole switches Flat plate

7 346 12

7 342 23

Cat.Nos

Double pole switches 20 A - 250 VA

1 1

Conform to BS EN 60669-1 For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 35 mm deep Supplied with 1 gang frame (3 mm thick) Cat.No 7341 98 in case of extra wiring space needed DP switch Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 342 10 Antique Brass 7 346 10 Brushed stainless steel

DP switch + cord outlet Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 346 14 Brushed stainless steel

DP switch + cord outlet + red LED power indicator Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 342 16 Antique Brass

1 1

DP switch + red LED power indicator Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 342 12 Antique Brass 7 346 12 Brushed stainless steel

Single pole push switches 10 A - 250 VA

1 1

Conform to BS EN 60669-1 For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 35 mm deep 1 gang - 2-way push switch Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 342 07 Antique Brass 7 346 07 Brushed stainless steel

Push on/off rotary dimmers 400 W 250 VA - 50/60 Hz

1 1

Conform to BS EN 60669-1 For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 35 mm deep 1 gang - 2 way Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 342 46 Antique Brass 7 346 46 Brushed stainless steel

1 1

2 gang - 2 way Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 342 47 Antique Brass 7 346 47 Brushed stainless steel

Double pole switches 45 A - 250 VA

1 1

Conform to BS EN 60669-1 For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 47 mm deep Red rocker DP switch + red LED power indicator Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 342 23 Antique Brass 7 346 23 Brushed stainless steel

479

SynergyTM telephone, data sockets and television sockets - Flat plate

7 342 54

7 346 57

7 346 40

7 342 43

Cat.Nos

Telephone sockets

1 1

For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 35 mm deep White rocker UK master Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 342 50 Antique Brass 7 346 50 Brushed stainless steel

1 1

UK secondary Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 342 51 Antique Brass 7 346 51 Brushed stainless steel

1 1

RJ 11 / RJ 12 - single Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 342 54 Antique Brass 7 346 54 Brushed stainless steel

Data sockets Cat. 6

480

1 1

Rapid cable connection For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 35 mm deep RJ 45 - single Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 342 56 Antique Brass 7 346 56 Brushed stainless steel

1 1

RJ 45 - twin Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 342 57 Antique Brass 7 346 57 Brushed stainless steel

Pack

Cat.Nos

Television sockets

1 1

For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 35 mm deep Screened TV sockets - single male Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 342 40 Antique Brass 7 346 40 Brushed stainless steel

1 1

SAT sockets - single "F" type Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 342 41 Antique Brass 7 346 41 Brushed stainless steel

1 1

TV-R-SAT sockets - "F" type Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 342 43 Antique Brass 7 346 43 Brushed stainless steelt

SynergyTM British standard socket outlets - Flat plate

7 346 75

7 342 61

7 346 89

7 342 59

Cat.Nos

Socket outlets 13 A - 250 VA

1 1

2 gang unswitched Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 146 mm 7 342 75 Antique Brass 7 346 75 Brushed stainless steel

Double pole socket outlets 13 A - 250 VA

1 1

Conform to BS EN 1363: Part. 2 Patented 3 pin safety shutters mechanism 2 earth terminals For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 35 mm deep 1 gang switched Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 342 60 Antique Brass 7 346 60 Brushed stainless steel

1 1

1 gang switched with red LED power indicator Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 342 61 Antique Brass 7 346 61 Brushed stainless steel

1 1

2 gang switched Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 146 mm 7 342 70 Antique Brass 7 346 70 Brushed stainless steel

1 1

2 gang switched with red LED power indicator Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 146 mm 7 342 71 Antique Brass 7 346 71 Brushed stainless steel

Pack

1 1

Cat.Nos

Socket outlets 15 A - 250 VA

Conform to BS 546 Patented 3 pin safety shutters mechanism For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 35 mm deep 1 gang switched Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 342 89 Antique Brass 7 346 89 Brushed stainless steel

Socket outlets 5 A - 250 VA

1 1

Conform to BS 546 Patented 3 pin safety shutters mechanism For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 25 mm deep 1 gang switched Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 342 69 Antique Brass 7 346 69 Brushed stainless steel

Socket outlets 2 A - 250 VA

1 1

Conform to BS 546 For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 25 mm deep 1 gang unswitched Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 342 59 Antique Brass 7 346 59 Brushed stainless steel

481

SynergyTM fused connection units, shaver sockets, cooker control units and cable outlets - Flat plate

7 346 90

7 346 37

7 342 19

1 1

Cat.Nos

Fused connection units unswitched 13 A - 250 VA

Conform to BS 1363: Part. 4 Front cable outlet with cord grip Fuses supplied Locked captive fuse carrier (padlockable) For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 35 mm deep Supplied with 2 gang frame Cat.No 7 341 99 (3 mm thick) in case of extra wiring space needed Unswitched - with cord outlet Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 342 32 Antique Brass 7 346 32 Brushed stainless steel

Fused connection units switched 13 A - 250 VA

1 1

Conform to BS 1363: Part. 4 Front cable outlet with cord grip Fuses supplied Locked captive fuse carrier (padlockable) For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 35 mm deep Supplied with 2 gang frame Cat.No 7 341 99 (3 mm thick) in case of extra wiring space needed DP switched - without cord outlet Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 342 34 Antique Brass 7 346 34 Brushed stainless steel

1 1

DP switched - with red LED power indicator + cord outlet Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 342 37 Antique Brass 7 346 37 Brushed stainless steel

Shaver sockets

1 1

482

Conform to BS EN 61558-2-5 suitable for use with European, British, American and Australian 2 pin plugs Rating: 20 VA IP 24 Screwless live and neutral terminals For flush-mounting, back box to be min. 45 mm deep Supplied with 2 gang frame Cat.No 7 341 99 (3 mm thick) in case of extra wiring space needed 240 V / 120 V - 50/60 Hz Nominal plate dimensions: 146 x 86 mm 7 342 90 Antique Brass 7 346 90 Brushed stainless steel

Pack

1 1

Cat.Nos

Cooker control units - 250 VA

Conform to BS 4177: 1992 For flush-mounting, back box to be min 47 mm deep 45 A DP switch + 13 A DP switched socket outlet Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 146 mm 7 342 29 Antique Brass 7 346 29 Brushed stainless steel

Cable outlets

1 1

Conform to BS 5733 Fitted with clamp and outlet membrane With terminal block 20 A - 250 VA Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 342 19 Antique Brass 7 346 19 Brushed stainless steel

1 1

45 A - 250 VA Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 342 26 Antique Brass 7 346 26 Brushed stainless steel

SynergyTM blanking plates, cord outlets and accessories - Flat plate

SynergyTM Metalclad 7 342 96

7 346 52

Terminal screws captive and backed off ready for cabling - large angled terminal entries. Compact mechanism for maximised wiring space Supplied with transparent protection cover and 4 fixing screws (2 long and 2 short screws) Pack

Cat.Nos

A perfect flush fit with their surface mounting back boxes, the ideal solution for simple rugged performance

Blanking plates

1 1

1 gang Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 342 95 Antique Brass 7 346 95 Brushed stainless steel

1 1

2 gang Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 146 mm 7 342 96 Antique Brass 7 346 96 Brushed stainless steel

Designed to take the rough with the smooth â&#x20AC;˘ All fonctions are available from switches to socket outlets or data sockets â&#x20AC;˘ Available in grid modules for more complex installations

Cord outlets 1 1

1 gang Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 342 52 Antique Brass 7 346 52 Brushed stainless steel

Accessories

10 10 1

Side extension frames 3 mm thick frames to be used when extra wiring space is needed 7 341 98 1 gang frame 7 341 99 2 gang frame Screw extension kit 7 341 90 To be used when the installation depth of the flushmounting box is too big (i.e. walls with marble or ceramic finish) Kit comprising: - 20 pre-assembled rods-short - 2 threaded rods

Front plates for Arteor mechanisms 1 1

7 342 91 7 346 91

1 gang for 1 Arteor module Antique Brass Brushed stainless steel

1 1

7 342 92 7 346 92

1 gang for 2 Arteor modules Antique Brass Brushed stainless steel

1 1

7 342 93 7 346 93

2 gang for 3 Arteor modules Antique Brass Brushed stainless steel

1 1

7 342 94 7 346 94

2 gang for 4 Arteor modules Antique Brass Brushed stainless steel

Metalclad, p. 484

Grid system p. 486

More information

www.legrand.com

Commercial brochure 483

SynergyTM switches, television, telephone, data sockets, blanking plates and cable outlets - Metalclad

7 338 00

7 338 03

7 338 21

7 338 40

7 338 41

7 338 57

Front plates: grey epoxy coated steel Terminal screws captive and backed off ready for cabling - large angled terminal entries Supplied complete with close fit 43 mm deep surface-mounting back box Pack

Cat.Nos

Single pole plate switches 10 AX - 250 VA

5 5 5

Conform to BS EN 60669-1: 2000 Flush-mounting back box: min. 16 mm deep Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 338 00 1 gang - 1-way 7 338 01 1 gang - 2-way 7 338 05 1 gang - intermediate

7 338 02

2 gang - 2-way

7 338 03

3 gang - 2-way

Pack

Cat.Nos

Television sockets

Flush-mounting back box: min. 35 mm deep Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 338 40 Screened TV - single, male

7 338 41

Screened satellite - single, "F" type

Telephone sockets 5 5

Flush-mounting back box: min. 35 mm deep Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 338 50 Single master 7 338 51 Single secondary

Double pole switches 20 A - 250 VA

Conform to BS EN 60669-1: 2000 Flush-mounting back box: min. 25 mm deep Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 338 10 DP switch

7 338 16

7 338 12

Data sockets Cat. 6

Rapid cable connection Flush-mounting back box: min. 35 mm deep Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 338 56 RJ 45 - single

7 338 57

7 338 95

7 338 96

7 338 91

7 338 92

7 338 93

2 gang for 3 Arteor modules

7 338 94

2 gang for 4 Arteor modules

DP switch with cord outlet + red LED power indicator RJ 45 - twin

DP switch + red LED power indicator

Blanking plates Double pole switch 45 A - 250 VA

Conforms to BS EN 60669-1: 2000 Red rocker Flush-mounting back box: min. 48 mm deep Nominal plate dimensions: 146 x 86 mm 7 338 21 DP switch + red power indicator

Cable outlet 20 A - 250 VA

484

Conforms to BS 5733: 1995 Flush-mounting back box: min. 25 mm deep Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 338 19 20 A - with terminal block and outlet gland

1 gang Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 2 gang Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 146 mm

Front plates for Arteor mechanisms 1 gang for 1 Arteor module

1 gang for 2 Arteor modules

SynergyTM British standard socket outlets, RCD sockets and fused connection units Metalclad

7 338 65

7 338 71

7 338 89

7 338 34

7 338 37

Cat.Nos

Socket outlets 13 A - 250 VA

Pack

Conform to BS 1363 - Part 2: 1995 Patented 3 pin safety shutters mechanism 2 earth terminals Flush-mounting back box: min. 25 mm deep 7 338 65 1 gang - unswitched Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 1

7 338 75

2 gang - unswitched Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 146 mm 1

Cat.Nos

Conform to BS 7288: 1990 and BS 1363 - Part 2: 1995 Maximum operating current 16 A Incorporate a "test and reset" button Flush-mounting back box: min. 25 mm deep RCD unit 2 gang DP 30 mA Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 146 mm Double pole switched 7 338 97 Active Electrical latching - trips on power failure

7 338 98

Double pole socket outlets 13 A - 250 VA

Conform to BS 1363 - Part 2: 1995 Patented 3 pin safety shutters mechanism 2 earth terminals Flush-mounting back box: min. 25 mm deep Switched 7 338 60 1 gang Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 338 70

7 338 61

7 338 71

2 gang Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 146 mm Switched with red LED power indicator 1 gang Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 2 gang Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 146 mm

RCD sockets 13 A - 250 VA

Passive Mechanical latching - does NOT trip on power failure

Fused connection units 13 A - 250 VA

Conform to BS 1363 - Part 4: 1995 Fused 13 A (fuse supplied) Fuse drawer retained by quarter turn catch, drawer padlockable in open position for safety Flush-mounting back box: min. 25 mm deep Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm Double pole switched 7 338 34 Without cord outlet

7 338 35

With red LED power indicator

7 338 36

With cord outlet

7 338 37

With cord outlet + red LED power indicator

7 338 30

7 338 31

With red LED power indicator

7 338 32

With cord outlet

7 338 33

With cord outlet + red LED power indicator

Socket outlets 15 A - 250 VA

Conform to BS 546: 1950 Patented 3 pin safety shutter mechanism Flush-mounting back box: min. 35 mm deep Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm 7 338 88 1 gang - unswitched

7 338 89

Unswitched Without cord outlet

1 gang - switched

485

SynergyTM grid system for grid modules ARCHITRAVES

GRID MODULES

FRONT PLATES WITH SMALL APERTURES

1 gang

2 gang

1 gang

2 gang

1 module

2 modules

1 module

2 modules

3 modules

4 modules

Dimensions (mm)

86 x 36

146 x 36

86 x 86

86 x 146

White

7 301 80

7 301 81

7 301 91

7 301 92

7 301 93

7 301 94

Traditional Brushed stainless steel

7 331 80

7 331 81

7 331 91

7 331 92

7 331 93

7 331 94

Traditional Polished stainless steel

7 333 80

7 333 81

7 333 91

7 333 92

7 333 93

7 333 94

Traditional Satin brass

7 335 80

7 335 81

7 335 91

7 335 92

7 335 93

7 335 94

Flat plate Antique Brass

7 343 91(1)

7 343 92(1)

7 343 93(1)

7 343 94(1)

Flat plate Brushed Stainless Steel

7 347 91(1)

7 347 92(1)

7 347 93(1)

7 347 94(1)

Metalclad

7 339 91

7 339 92

7 339 93

7 339 94

Dimensions (mm)

89 x 89

89 x 149

Modern Silver

7 311 91

7 311 92

7 311 93

7 311 94

Modern Nickel

7 313 91

7 313 92

7 313 93

7 313 94

1 x 7 354 95

1 x 7 354 96

1 x 7 354 90

1 x 7 354 91

1 x 7 354 92

1 x 7 354 81

1 x 7 354 82

7 364 00

7 364 01

GRID YOKES

For White, Traditional and Metalclad For Modern

BOXES Flush-mounting Flush-mounting with phase barriers Surface-mounting, steel with knockouts Surface-mounting, steel without knockouts Surface-mounting, metal with knockouts Example of association:

1: Yokes supplied with front plate

486

FRONT PLATES WITH SMALL APERTURES 2 x 2 gang

3 x 2 gang

3 x 3 gang

4 x 3 gang

6 modules

8 modules

9 modules

12 modules

18 modules

24 modules

146 x 146

207 x 146

267 x 206

7 301 82

7 301 83

7 301 84

7 301 85

7 301 86

7 301 87

7 331 82

7 331 83

7 331 84

7 331 85

7 331 86

7 331 87

7 333 82

7 333 83

7 333 84

7 333 85

7 333 86

7 333 87

7 335 82

7 335 83

7 335 84

7 335 85

7 335 86

7 335 87

7 343 82(1)

7 343 83(1)

7 347 82(1)

7 347 83(1)

7 339 82

7 339 83

7 339 84

7 339 85

7 339 86

7 339 87

146 x 146

7 311 82

7 311 83

7 313 82

7 313 83

2 x 7 354 92

3 x 7 354 92

3 x 7 354 93

2 x 7 354 92

3 x 7 354 92

3 x 7 354 93

0 818 52

0 818 53

0 818 54

0 818 55

0 818 57

7 364 18

7 364 28

7 364 22

7 364 32

487

SynergyTM Grid modules - decorative rockers

SynergyTM Grid system total flexibility and choice A vast selection of function modules, matching contoured rockers and a selection of rocker markings

7 395 04

7 395 03

7 398 24

Front plate selection charts p. 486

Single pole switches 10 AX - 250 VA

Pack

Cat.Nos

10 10 1 1

7 395 04 7 395 03 7 398 24 7 398 64

1-way switch Modern Silver Modern Nickel Flat plate Antique brass Flat plate Brushed Stainless Steel

unrivalled versatility without compromising on style

10 10 1 1

7 395 08 7 395 07 7 398 28 7 398 68

2-way switch Modern Silver Modern Nickel Flat plate Antique brass Flat plate Brushed Stainless Steel

â&#x20AC;˘ Grid plates are available in the complete range of Synergy finishes and in sizes from 1 to 24 gang â&#x20AC;˘ Discreet, stylish accessories offering a level of technology to meet the needs of international travellers

10 10 1 1

7 395 01 7 395 00 7 398 21 7 398 61

Intermediate switch Modern Silver Modern Nickel Flat plate Antique brass Flat plate Brushed Stainless Steel

Single pole switches 20 AX - 250 VA

For grid modules p. 488

For Arteor mechanisms p. 488

More information

www.legrand.com 488

Commercial brochure

10 10 1 1

7 396 79 7 396 80 7 398 39 7 398 79

1-way switch Modern Silver Modern Nickel Flat plate Antique brass Flat plate Brushed Stainless Steel

10 10 1 1

7 396 83 7 396 82 7 398 33 7 398 73

2-way switch Modern Silver Modern Nickel Flat plate Antique brass Flat plate Brushed Stainless Steel

10 10 1 1

7 396 93 7 396 92 7 398 23 7 398 63

2-way retractive centre off switch Modern Silver Modern Nickel Flat plate Antique brass Flat plate Brushed Stainless Steel

SynergyTM Grid modules - white and anthracite rockers without marking

7 354 00

7 355 00

7 354 21

7 355 21

7 355 48

7 354 47

7 354 50

7 353 65

Front plate selection charts p. 486 Pack

10 10 10 10 10 10

Cat.Nos

White

7 354 00 7 354 01 7 354 03 7 354 07 7 354 05 7 354 06

Anthracite

7 355 00 7 355 01 7 355 03 7 355 07 7 355 05 7 355 06

Single pole switches 10 AX - 250 VA Conform to BS EN 60669-1 1 way 1 way + neon 2 way Intermediate 2-way push switch 2-way push switch marked "BELL"

Single pole switches 20 AX - 250 VA

Pack

1 1

Cat.Nos

Dimmers 100 - 240 VA - 50-60 Hz

Conform to BS EN 60669-2-1 Rotary dimming and push on/off 7 354 46 7 355 46 2-way - 300 W - push dimmer 7 354 48 7 355 48 2-way rotary dimmer - for 0-10 V ballasts 400 W White

Anthracite

Time delay switches

White

Anthracite

7 354 47 7 355 47 300 W

Telephone sockets 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

White

7 354 10 7 354 11 7 354 12 7 354 18 7 354 13 7 354 14 7 354 15

Anthracite

7 355 10 7 355 11 7 355 12 7 355 18 7 355 13 7 355 14 7 355 15

Conform to BS EN 60669-1 1 way 1 way + neon 2 way Intermediate 2-way centre off 2-way retractive centre off 2-way push switch

Single pole key switches 20 AX - 250 VA

10 10

Conform to BS EN 60669-1 Key supplied 7 354 16 7 355 16 2-way 7 354 17 7 355 17 2-way retractive centre off White

1 10 1

White

Anthracite

7 354 50 7 355 50 BT master 7 354 51 7 355 51 BT secondary

Data sockets - Cat. 6

White

Anthracite

7 352 56 7 353 56 RJ 45 - 8 contacts

Television sockets

Anthracite

10 10

White

Anthracite

7 354 40 7 355 40 Screened TV single, male 7 354 41 7 355 41 Screened TV-SAT

Double pole switches 20 AX - 250 VA

10 10 10 10

White

7 354 20 7 354 21 7 354 22 7 354 25

Anthracite

7 355 20 7 355 21 7 355 22 7 355 25

Conform to BS EN 60669-1 Switch Switch + neon Push to make Push to break

Double pole key switches 20 AX - 250 VA

10 10

Loudspeaker sockets

White

Anthracite

7 352 65 7 353 65 Hi-Fi loudspeaker socket

Fuse carriers 13 A - 250 VA

White

Anthracite

7 350 30 7 351 30 Fuse carrier

Conform to BS EN 60669-1 Key supplied 7 354 23 7 355 23 Key switch 7 354 24 7 355 24 Key switch + neon White

Anthracite

Accessories

10 10 20

White

Anthracite

7 350 62 7 351 62 Indicator - green neon 7 350 60 7 351 60 Indicator - red neon 7 354 36 7 355 36 Blanking plate

489

Mallia, express yourself like never before Mixing colours is a breeze with Mallia. Beyond promising endless possibilities with the expanded range, the license to blend them in anywhere desired is just sheer joy

Itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s SIMPLE Complete white or customisable functions â&#x20AC;˘ Mallia plates and gang units are interchangeable and easy to install â&#x20AC;˘ Mallia goes the distance that ensures that form always complements the function

3 cover plates and 13 plate finishes

More information Get detailed information on many digital or printed supports or contact your Area Commercial Manager

Commercial brochure

490

E-catalogue

QR code for complete and customisable presentation

MalliaTM single pole switches - complete white

2 810 00

2 810 04

2 810 10

2 810 16

Conform to BS EN 60669 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 1 Polycarbonate front cover plates with a matt finish Compact mechanism for a larger wiring space Supplied with 2 screws M 3.5 for BS boxes Supplied complete with plate Dim.: 86 x 86 mm Pack

Cat.Nos

Single pole standard switches 10 AX - 250 VA

Pack

Cat.Nos

Single pole illuminated switches 10 AX - 250 VA

1 gang - 1-way switch 2 810 00 White

2 810 01

1 gang - 2-way switch White

Transparent phosphorescent lens To be equipped with green or red LED according to the needs: indicator or locator (p. 505) The LED is not supplied 1 gang - 1-way switch 2 810 10 White

2 810 08

1 gang - intermediate switch White

2 810 11

1 gang - 2-way switch White

2 810 02

2 gang - 1-way switch White

2 810 09

1 gang - intermediate switch White

2 810 03

2 gang - 2-way switch White

2 810 12

2 gang - 1-way switch White

2 810 04

3 gang - 1-way switch White

2 810 13

2 gang - 2-way switch White

2 810 05

3 gang - 2-way switch White

2 810 14

3 gang - 1-way switch White

2 810 15

3 gang - 2-way switch White

4 gang - 1-way switch Compatible with metal boxes only, for installation fold the vertical lugs of the boxes 2 810 06 White

4 gang - 1-way switch Compatible with metal boxes only, for installation fold the vertical lugs of the boxes 2 810 16 White

4 gang - 2-way switch Compatible with metal boxes only, for installation fold the vertical lugs of the boxes 2 810 17 White

4 gang - 2-way switch Compatible with metal boxes only, for installation fold the vertical lugs of the boxes 2 810 07 White

491

MalliaTM single pole switches and double pole switches - complete white

2 810 53

2 810 50

2 810 72

2 810 62

Cat.Nos

2 810 50

2 810 51

2 810 69

2 810 52

Single pole switches 20 AX - 250 VA

Pack

Cat.Nos

1 gang - 1-way switch White

Equipped with earth link connector

2 gang - 1-way with LED power indicator White

2 810 65

1 gang - 1-way with LED power indicator and cable outlet 2 810 66 White

1 gang - 1-way with LED power indicator and cable outlet, "WATER HEATER" marking 2 810 67 White

1 gang - 2-way switch White

1 gang - intermediate switch White

2 gang - 1-way switch White

TER WA

NEW 10

Double pole switches 20 AX - 250 VA

2 gang - 2-way switch 2 810 53 White

2 810 68

TER HEA

1 gang - 2-way with "WATER HEATER" marking White ER

TER WA

3 gang - 1-way switch Compatible with metal boxes only, for installation fold the vertical lugs of the boxes 2 810 54 White

HEAT

Double pole switches 45 A - 250 VA

Conform to BS EN 60669 - 1 1 gang - 1-way with red indicator 2 810 71 White OFF

3 gang - 2-way switch Compatible with metal boxes only, for installation fold the vertical lugs of the boxes 2 810 55 White

1 gang - 1-way with red indicator and cooker marking 2 810 72 White KER COO OFF

Double pole switches 20 AX - 250 VA

Equipped with earth link connector 1 gang - 1-way 2 810 60 White

2 810 61

1 gang - 1-way with LED power indicator and "WATER HEATER" marking 2 810 62 White

2 gang - 1-way vertical switch with red indicator Dim.: 86 x 146 mm 2 810 73 White OFF

1 gang - 1-way with LED power indicator White

TER WA

ER HEAT

Red catalogue numbers: New products

492

MalliaTM push-buttons, dimmers, automatic switches and other lighting functions - complete white

2 810 40

2 810 84

2 810 91

2 810 75

Push-buttons 10 A - 250 VA

Pack

Cat.Nos

2 810 41

N/O contact (push to make) White

2 810 40

N/O contact with bell symbol White

Pack

Cat.Nos

Programmable switch

Power supply: 230 VA - 50/60 Hz Maximum load: 2300 W Weekly programme Capacity: max. 28 programmes Output: 1 changeover contact 2 810 92 White

Time delay switch

Dimmers

Rotary control dimmer 60-500 W for incandescent and halogen lamps 230 VA - 60-300 VA ELV halogen lamps with ferromagnetic transformer and compensator Cat.No 0 401 39 2 810 80 White

Rotary control dimmer + switch 500 W rotary control dimmer + 2-way switch - for incandescent and halogen lamps 230 VA 2 810 84 White

Rotary dimmer 60-1000 W for incandescent and halogen lamps 2300 V 60-1000 VA for halogen lamps with ferromagnetic transformers can control electronic transformers with edge behaviour, max. 600 VA NEW leading Installation without neutral 2 810 85 White

NEW

Fan speed controls 400 VA rotary fan control White

2 810 81

5-speed fan control 100 W for fan with overall diameter 48" 2 810 82 White 0

Cooker control unit 45 A - 250 VA

Automatic switch

Adjustable time from 5 min to 12 h Maximum load: 500 W incandescent and halogen lamps 230 VA 250 W fluorescent lamps without capacitor 2 810 91 White

Conform to BS 4177 45 A DP switch + 13 A switched socket outlet with red indicator Dim.: 146 x 86 mm 2 810 75 White OFF

ON KER COO

IR movement detector Horizontal detection angle 180Â° Luminosity threshold: 43 to 1614 lux Temporization: 20 s - 15 min Detection range: max. 12 m Compatible load: 25 - 200 W for incandescent and halogen lamps 230 VA 2 810 90 White

OFF

Red catalogue numbers: New products

493

MalliaTM telephone, data, television, shaver sockets and cable outlets complete white

2 811 65

2 811 60

2 811 47

2 811 35

Cat.Nos

Telephone sockets

RJ 11 sockets - 4 contacts 1/4 turn, tool-less connector 2 811 60 White

Double RJ 11 sockets - 4 contacts 1/4 turn, tool-less connector 2 811 63 White

2 811 68

BS master telephone sockets White

2 811 69

BS secondary telephone sockets White

Pack

Cat.Nos

2 811 66

Telephone and data sockets RJ 11 + RJ 45 sockets Cat. 5e UTP White

Television sockets 10

2 811 51

TV female terminal socket White

2 811 52

TV female "F" type socket White

2 811 53

TV-R terminal socket White TV FM

2 811 70

2 A - 3 pin sockets White

2 811 57

Data sockets 5

Shaver socket

RJ 45 Cat. 5e UTP 2 811 61 White 1

494

2 811 62

RJ 45 Cat. 6 UTP White

2 811 64

Double RJ 45 Cat. 5e UTP White

Double RJ 45 Cat. 6 UTP 2 811 65 White

TV-R-SAT socket White

240 V / 120 VA - 50/60 Hz Dim.: 86 x 146 mm 2 811 35 White

Cable outlets

Conform to BS 5733 20 A 2 811 47 White

2 811 48

45 A

White

MalliaTM British standard socket outlets and fused connection units - complete white

2 811 10

2 811 14

2 811 28

2 811 29

Cat.Nos

British standard socket outlets 13 A - 250 VA

Pack

Cat.Nos

Conform to BS 1363: Part 2 10

1 gang unswitched 2 811 10 White

2 811 12

2 811 11

1 gang - single pole switched with red power indicator 2 811 14 White

2 811 27

1 gang unswitched White

2 gang unswitched White Dim.: 146 x 86 mm

2 811 28

1 gang switched White

1 gang - single pole switched White

2 811 29

1 gang switched, with red LED power indicator White

British standard socket outlets 5 A - 250 VA

Conform to BS 546 1 gang unswitched 2 811 31 White

2 811 32

2 gang - single pole switched 2 811 13 White Dim.: 146 x 86 mm

2 gang - single pole switched with red power indicator 2 811 15 White Dim.: 146 x 86 mm

1 gang - double pole switched 2 811 16 White

1 gang - double pole switched with red power indicator 2 811 18 White

Conform to BS 546 10

British standard socket outlets 15 A - 250 VA

2 gang - double pole switched 2 811 17 White Dim.: 146 x 86 mm

1 gang switched White

13 A fused connection units

Conform to BS 1363: Part 4 Unswitched 2 811 40 White

2 811 41

2 811 42

Switched

White

Switched with red LED power indicator White

2 gang - double pole switched with red power indicator 2 811 19 White Dim.: 146 x 86 mm

495

MalliaTM Euro-US and German standard socket outlets - complete white

2 811 20

2 811 00

2 818 55

Polycarbonate front cover plates with a matt finish Compact mechanism for a larger wiring space Supplied with 2 screws M 3.5 for BS boxes All sockets integrate child protection Supplied complete with plate Dim.: 86 x 86 mm Pack

Cat.Nos

2 811 00

2 811 04

2P+E - 1 gang White

2P+E - 2 gang White

Cat.Nos

2 811 25

2 811 26

1 gang switched - British standard 13 A - 250 V± 2 818 58 White

2P+E - 1 gang - Euro - US standard 10/16 A - 250 V± 2 818 47 White

2P+E - 1 gang - German standard 16 A - 250 V± 2 818 50 White

2P+E - 1 gang White - Vertical mounting

NEW

NEW 10

2 811 20

NEW

White - Horizontal mounting

Multistandard socket outlets 16 A - 250 V / 15 A - 127 V 2P+E - 1 gang White

US standard socket outlets 15 A - 127 V SASO agreement

2 811 05

2P+E - 1 gang White

2 811 06

2P+E - 2 gang White

Red catalogue numbers: New products

496

Socket outlets modular mechanisms

German standard socket outlets 16 A - 250 VA 10

2 819 30 (see p. 503)

To be equipped with 2-gang support frame and plates (p. 503) 1 gang unswitched - British standard 13 A - 250 V± 2 818 55 White

2P - 1 gang + 10 A switch White

2P - 2 gang (separated connection) 2 811 02 White

2 811 03

Pack

2P - 1 gang White

2 811 01

2 818 58

Polycarbonate front cover plates with a matt finish Compact mechanism for a larger wiring space Supplied with 2 screws M 3.5 for BS boxes All sockets integrate child protection Dim.: 146 x 86 mm

Euro-US standard socket outlets 10/16 A - 250 VA

MalliaTM modular sockets - white

MalliaTM switches for hotels, downlighters and sound distribution - complete white

2 810 48

2 810 97

2 811 82

2 811 84

Polycarbonate front cover plates with a matt finish Compact mechanism for a larger wiring space Supplied with 2 screws M 3.5 for BS boxes Supplied complete with plate Dim.: 86 x 86 mm Pack

Cat.Nos

Switches for hotels - 230 VÂą

Pack

Cat.Nos

Key card switch - 15 A Time delay arround 30 s 2 810 48 White R

CARD ERT INS

FOR

WE PO

Do not disturb / Occupied / Clean up Bell push-button 2 810 45 White

2 810 46

Kit containing: - 1 power supply - 1 tuner - 2 loudspeakers

White

Do not disturb / Clean up - 2 gang switch White DO NOT

B DISTUR

N CLEA

Downlighter

2 811 80

Stand-alone sound distribution system for 1 single room

Configurable sound distribution system for several rooms Modular power supply 230 V / 15 V - 15 W 5 DIN modules 17.5 mm

2 811 81

2 811 82

Local control unit With LCD display, child surveillance and intercommunication 2 811 83 White

Radio tuner with local control unit Dim.: 146 x 86 mm 2 811 84 White

2 811 85

Low output downlighter 230 VÂą , with LED 2P+E - 1 gang 2 810 97 White

Central unit White

Loudspeaker White

497

MalliaTM single pole switches - customisable colors

2 830 02

2 832 04

2 830 12 + 2 819 98

2 834 16 + 2 819 97

Plate selection charts p. 506 Conform to BS EN 60669 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 1 Painted polycarbonate front cover Compact mechanism for a larger wiring space Supplied with 2 screws M 3.5 for BS boxes To be equipped with plates Dim.: 86 x 86 mm Pack

Cat.Nos

Single pole standard switches 10 AX - 250 VA

Pack

Cat.Nos

5 5 5 5 5 5

2 830 01 2 832 01 2 834 01

1 gang - 2-way switch Silver Pearl Dark Silver

5 5 5

2 830 10 2 832 10 2 834 10

1 gang - 1-way switch Silver Pearl Dark Silver

4 4 4

2 830 08 2 832 08 2 834 08

1 gang - intermediate switch Silver Pearl Dark Silver

5 5 5

2 830 11 2 832 11 2 834 11

1 gang - 2-way switch Silver Pearl Dark Silver

5 5 5

2 830 02 2 832 02 2 834 02

2 gang - 1-way switch Silver Pearl Dark Silver

4 4 4

2 830 09 2 832 09 2 834 09

1 gang - intermediate switch Silver Pearl Dark Silver

5 5 5

2 830 03 2 832 03 2 834 03

2 gang - 2-way switch Silver Pearl Dark Silver

5 5 5

2 830 12 2 832 12 2 834 12

2 gang - 1-way switch Silver Pearl Dark Silver

5 5 5

2 830 04 2 832 04 2 834 04

3 gang - 1-way switch Silver Pearl Dark Silver

5 5 5

2 830 13 2 832 13 2 834 13

2 gang - 2-way switch Silver Pearl Dark Silver

5 5 5

2 830 05 2 832 05 2 834 05

3 gang - 2-way switch Silver Pearl Dark Silver

5 5 5

2 830 14 2 832 14 2 834 14

3 gang - 1-way switch Silver Pearl Dark Silver

5 5 5

4 gang - 1-way switch Compatible with metal boxes only, for installation fold the vertical lugs of the boxes 2 830 06 Silver 2 832 06 Pearl 2 834 06 Dark Silver

5 5 5

2 830 15 2 832 15 2 834 15

3 gang - 2-way switch Silver Pearl Dark Silver

5 5 5

4 gang - 2-way switch Compatible with metal boxes only, for installation fold the vertical lugs of the boxes 2 830 07 Silver 2 832 07 Pearl 2 834 07 Dark Silver

5 5 5

4 gang - 1-way switch Compatible with metal boxes only, for installation fold the vertical lugs of the boxes 2 830 16 Silver 2 832 16 Pearl 2 834 16 Dark Silver

5 5 5

4 gang - 2-way switch Compatible with metal boxes only, for installation fold the vertical lugs of the boxes 2 830 17 Silver 2 832 17 Pearl 2 834 17 Dark Silver

Transparent phosphorescent lens To be equipped with green or red LED according to the needs: indicator or locator (p. 505) The LED is not supplied

Red catalogue numbers: New products

498

Single pole illuminated switches 10 AX - 250 VA

1 gang - 1-way switch 2 830 00 Silver 2 832 00 Pearl 2 834 00 Dark Silver

MalliaTM single pole switches and double pole switches customisable colors

2 834 53

2 830 54

2 832 62

2 834 66

Single pole switches 20 AX - 250 VA

Pack

Cat.Nos

5 5 5

2 830 50 2 832 50 2 834 50

1 gang - 1-way switch Silver Pearl Dark Silver

5 5 5

2 830 51 2 832 51 2 834 51

1 gang - 2-way switch Silver Pearl Dark Silver

4 4 4

2 830 69 2 832 69 2 834 69

1 gang - intermediate switch Silver Pearl Dark Silver

5 5 5

2 gang - 1-way switch 2 830 52 Silver 2 832 52 Pearl 2 834 52 Dark Silver

5 5 5

2 830 53 2 832 53 2 834 53

5 5 5

3 gang - 1-way switch Compatible with metal boxes only, for installation fold the vertical lugs of the boxes 2 830 54 Silver 2 832 54 Pearl 2 834 54 Dark Silver

5 5 5

3 gang - 2-way switch Compatible with metal boxes only, for installation fold the vertical lugs of the boxes 2 830 55 Silver 2 832 55 Pearl 2 834 55 Dark Silver

2 gang - 2-way switch Silver Pearl Dark Silver

Cat.Nos

5 5 5

2 830 65 2 832 65 2 834 65

5 5 5

1 gang - 1-way with LED power indicator and cable outlet 2 830 66 Silver 2 832 66 Pearl 2 834 66 Dark Silver

5 5 5

1 gang - 1-way with LED power indicator and cable outlet, "WATER HEATER" marking 2 830 67 Silver 2 832 67 Pearl 2 834 67 Dark Silver

5 5 5

1 gang - 2-way with "WATER HEATER" marking 2 830 68 Silver 2 832 68 Pearl 2 834 68 Dark Silver

5 5 5 5 5 5

2 830 61 2 832 61 2 834 61

5 5 5

1 gang - 1-way with LED power indicator and "WATER HEATER" marking 2 830 62 Silver 2 832 62 Pearl 2 834 62 Dark Silver

2 gang - 1-way with LED power indicator Silver Pearl Dark Silver

Double pole switches 45 A - 250 VA

5 5 5

Conform to BS EN 60669 - 1 1 gang - 1-way with red indicator 2 830 71 Silver 2 832 71 Pearl 2 834 71 Dark Silver

5 5 5

1 gang - 1-way with red indicator and cooker marking 2 830 72 Silver 2 832 72 Pearl 2 834 72 Dark Silver

5 5 5

2 gang - 1-way vertical switch with red indicator Dim.: 86 x 146 mm Use special plates (p. 505) 2 830 73 Silver 2 832 73 Pearl 2 834 73 Dark Silver

Double pole switches 20 AX - 250 VA Equipped with earth link connector 1 gang - 1-way 2 830 60 Silver 2 832 60 Pearl 2 834 60 Dark Silver

Double pole switches 20 AX - 250 VA (continued)

Pack

OFF

1 gang - 1-way with LED power indicator Silver Pearl Dark Silver

Red catalogue numbers: New products

499

MalliaTM push-buttons, dimmers, automatic switches and other lighting functions - customisable colors

2 830 84

2 834 90

2 832 81

2 812 75

Push-buttons 10 A - 250 VA

Pack

Cat.Nos

5 5 5

2 830 41 2 832 41 2 834 41

N/O contact (push to make) Silver Pearl Dark Silver

5 5 5

2 830 40 2 832 40 2 834 40

N/O contact with bell symbol Silver Pearl Dark Silver

Pack

1 1 1

Cat.Nos

Power supply: 230 VA - 50/60 Hz Maximum load: 2300 W Weekly programme Capacity: max. 28 programmes Output: 1 changeover contact 2 830 92 Silver 2 832 92 Pearl 2 834 92 Dark Silver

Dimmers

1 1 1

Rotary control dimmer 60-500 W for incandescent and halogen lamps 230 VA 60-300 VA ELV halogen lamps with ferromagnetic transformer and compensator Cat.No 0 401 39 2 830 80 Silver 2 832 80 Pearl 2 834 80 Dark Silver

1 1 1

Rotary control dimmer + switch 500 W rotary control dimmer + 2-way switch - for incandescent and halogen lamps 230 VA 2 830 84 Silver 2 832 84 Pearl 2 834 84 Dark Silver

1 1 1

Rotary dimmer 60-1000 W for incandescent and halogen lamps 230 V 60-1000 VA for halogen lamps with ferromagnetic transformers Can control electronic transformers with leading edge behaviour, max. 600 VA Installation without neutral 2 830 85 Silver 2 832 85 Pearl 2 834 85 Dark Silver

Time delay switches

1 1 1

Adjustable time from 5 min to 12 h Maximum load: 500 W incandescent and halogen lamps 230 VA 250 W fluorescent lamps without capacitor 2 830 91 Silver 2 832 91 Pearl 2 834 91 Dark Silver

Fan speed controls 2 830 81 2 832 81 2 834 81

1 1 1

5-speed fan controls 100 W for fan with overall diameter 48" 2 830 82 Silver 2 832 82 Pearl 2 834 82 Dark Silver

Cooker control units 45 A - 250 VA

5 5 5

Supplied complete with plate Conform to BS 4177 45 A DP switch + 13 A switched socket outlet with red indicator Dim.: 146 x 86 mm 2 812 75 Silver 2 832 75 Pearl 2 834 75 Dark Silver

Red catalogue numbers: New products

500

400 VA rotary fan controls Silver Pearl Dark Silver

1 1 1

Automatic switches IR movement detector Horizontal detection angle 180Â° Luminosity threshold: 43 to 1614 lux Temporization: 20 s - 15 min Detection range: max. 12 m Compatible load: 25 - 200 W for incandescent and halogen lamps 230 VA 2 830 90 Silver 2 832 90 Pearl 2 834 90 Dark Silver

Programmable switches

OFF

KER COO

OFF

MalliaTM telephone, data, television, shaver sockets and cable outlets - customisable colors

2 835 63

2 831 62

2 835 51

2 831 35

Cat.Nos

Telephone sockets

5 5 5

RJ 11 sockets - 4 contacts 1/4 turn, tool-less connector 2 831 60 Silver 2 833 60 Pearl 2 835 60 Dark Silver

5 5 5

Double RJ 11 sockets - 4 contacts 1/4 turn, tool-less connector 2 831 63 Silver 2 833 63 Pearl 2 835 63 Dark Silver

5 5 5

2 831 68 2 833 68 2 835 68

5 5 5 5 5 5

Pack

Cat.Nos

5 5 5

2 831 66 2 833 66 2 835 66

Telephone and data sockets RJ 11 + RJ 45 sockets Cat. 5e UTP Silver Pearl Dark Silver

Television sockets 5 5 5

2 831 51 2 833 51 2 835 51

TV female terminal sockets Silver Pearl Dark Silver

BS master telephone sockets Silver Pearl Dark Silver

5 5 5

2 831 52 2 833 52 2 835 52

TV female "F" type sockets Silver Pearl Dark Silver

2 831 69 2 833 69 2 835 69

BS secondary telephone sockets Silver Pearl Dark Silver

5 5 5

2 831 53 2 833 53 2 835 53

TV-R terminal sockets Silver Pearl Dark Silver

2 831 70 2 833 70 2 835 70

2 A - 3 pin sockets Silver Pearl Dark Silver

5 5 5

2 831 57 2 833 57 2 835 57

TV-R-SAT sockets Silver Pearl Dark Silver

Shaver sockets

Data sockets 5 5 5

RJ 45 Cat. 5e UTP 2 831 61 Silver 2 833 61 Pearl 2 835 61 Dark Silver

5 5 5

2 831 62 2 833 62 2 835 62

RJ 45 Cat. 6 UTP Silver Pearl Dark Silver

5 5 5

2 831 64 2 833 64 2 835 64

Double RJ 45 Cat. 5e UTP Silver Pearl Dark Silver

5 5 5

Double RJ 45 Cat. 6 UTP 2 831 65 Silver 2 833 65 Pearl 2 835 65 Dark Silver

1 1 1

240 V / 120 VA - 50/60 Hz Dim.: 86 x 146 mm 2 831 35 Silver 2 833 35 Pearl 2 835 35 Dark Silver

Cable outlets

5 5 5

Conform to BS 5733 20 A 2 831 47 Silver 2 833 47 Pearl 2 835 47 Dark Silver

5 5 5

2 831 48 2 833 48 2 835 48

45 A - supplied complete with plate Silver Pearl Dark Silver

Red catalogue numbers: New products

501

MalliaTM British standard socket outlets and fused connection units customisable colors

2 833 13

2 817 18

2 835 28

2 833 42

Plate selection charts p. 506 Conform to BS EN 60669 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 1. Painted polycarbonate front cover Compact mechanism for a larger wiring space. Supplied with 2 screws M 3.5 for BS boxes. All sockets integrate child protection To be equipped with plates. Dim.: 86 x 86 mm Pack

Cat.Nos

British standard socket outlets 13 A - 250 VA

5 5 5

Conform to BS 1363: Part 2 1 gang unswitched 2 831 10 Silver 2 833 10 Pearl 2 835 10 Dark Silver

5 5 5

2 831 12 2 833 12 2 835 12

5 5 5

1 gang - single pole switched 2 831 11 Silver 2 833 11 Pearl 2 835 11 Dark Silver

5 5 5

1 gang - single pole switched with red power indicator 2 831 14 Silver 2 833 14 Pearl 2 835 14 Dark Silver

5 5 5

2 831 13 2 833 13 2 835 13

5 5 5

2 gang - single pole switched with red power indicator - Dim.: 146 x 86 mm 2 831 15 Silver 2 833 15 Pearl 2 835 15 Dark Silver

2 gang unswitched - Dim.: 146 x 86 mm Silver Pearl Dark Silver

2 gang - single pole switched - Dim.: 146 x 86 mm Silver Pearl Dark Silver

British standard double pole socket outlets 13 A - 250 VA

5 5 5

Supplied complete with plate 1 gang - double pole switched 2 813 16 Silver 2 816 16 Pearl 2 817 16 Dark Silver

5 5 5

1 gang - double pole switched with red power indicator 2 813 18 Silver 2 816 18 Pearl 2 817 18 Dark Silver

5 5 5

2 813 17 2 816 17 2 817 17

5 5 5

2 gang - double pole switched with red power indicator - Dim.: 146 x 86 mm 2 813 19 Silver 2 816 19 Pearl 2 817 19 Dark Silver

Pack

Cat.Nos

5 5 5

Conform to BS 546 1 gang unswitched 2 831 27 Silver 2 833 27 Pearl 2 835 27 Dark Silver

5 5 5

2 831 28 2 833 28 2 835 28

1 gang switched Silver Pearl Dark Silver

5 5 5

2 831 29 2 833 29 2 835 29

1 gang switched, with red LED power indicator Silver Pearl Dark Silver

British standard socket outlets 5 A - 250 VA

5 5 5

Conform to BS 546 1 gang unswitched 2 831 31 Silver 2 833 31 Pearl 2 835 31 Dark Silver

5 5 5

2 831 32 2 833 32 2 835 32

1 gang switched Silver Pearl Dark Silver

13 A fused connection units

5 5 5

Conform to BS 1363: Part 4 Unswitched 2 831 40 Silver 2 833 40 Pearl 2 835 40 Dark Silver

5 5 5

2 831 41 2 833 41 2 835 41

Switched Silver Pearl Dark Silver

5 5 5

2 831 42 2 833 42 2 835 42

Switched with red LED power indicator Silver Pearl Dark Silver

2 gang - double pole switched - Dim.: 146 x 86 mm Silver Pearl Dark Silver

Red catalogue numbers: New products

502

British standard socket outlets 15 A - 250 VA

MalliaTM Euro-US and German standard socket outlets - customisable colors

2 835 02

2 833 25

2 831 26

MalliaTM modular socket outlets customisable colors

2 818 56

Plate selection charts p. 506

Cat.Nos

Euro-US standard socket outlets 10/16 A - 250 VA

5 5 5

2P - 1 gang 2 831 00 Silver 2 833 00 Pearl 2 835 00 Dark Silver

5 5 5

2 831 01 2 833 01 2 835 01

2P - 1 gang + 10 A switch Silver Pearl Dark Silver

5 5 5

2 831 02 2 833 02 2 835 02

2P - 2 gang (separated connection) Silver Pearl Dark Silver

5 5 5

2 831 03 2 833 03 2 835 03

2P+E - 1 gang Silver Pearl Dark Silver

5 5 5

2P+E - 2 gang 2 831 04 Silver 2 833 04 Pearl 2 835 04 Dark Silver

2 831 25 2 833 25 2 835 25

5 5 5

2 831 26 2 833 26 2 835 26

2 831 20 2 833 20 2 835 20

Cat.Nos

5 5 5

2 818 56 2 818 75 2 818 76

5 5 5

2 818 59 2 818 78 2 818 79

8 8 8

2 818 48 2 818 67 2 818 68

5 5 5

2 818 51 2 818 70 2 818 71

2P+E - 1 gang Silver - vertical mounting Pearl - vertical mounting Dark Silver - vertical mounting Silver - horizontal mounting Pearl - horizontal mounting Dark Silver - horizontal mounting

Multistandard socket outlets - 16 A - 250 V/ 15 A - 127 V 5 5 5

Painted polycarbonate front cover

Pack

German standard socket outlets 16 A - 250 VA 5 5 5

2P+E - 1 gang Silver Pearl Dark Silver

US standard socket outlets 15 A - 127 V SASO agreement 5 5 5

2 831 05 2 833 05 2 835 05

2P+E - 1 gang Silver Pearl Dark Silver

5 5 5

2 831 06 2 833 06 2 835 06

2P+E - 2 gang Silver Pearl Dark Silver

2 819 31

Plate selection charts p. 506

Painted polycarbonate front cover. Compact mechanism for a larger wiring space. Supplied with 2 screws M 3.5 for BS boxes All sockets integrate child protection. To be equipped with plates Dim.: 86 x 86 mm Pack

2 818 59

Modular socket outlets Compact mechanism for a larger wiring space Supplied with 2 screws M 3.5 for BS boxes All sockets integrate child protection To be equipped with 2-gang support frames and plates Dim.: 146 x 86 mm 1 gang unswitched - British standard 13 A - 250 V± Silver Pearl Dark Silver 1 gang switched - British standard 13 A - 250 V± Silver Pearl Dark Silver 2P+E - 1 gang - Euro - US standard 10/16 A - 250 V± Silver Pearl Dark Silver 2P+E - 1 gang - German standard 16 A - 250 V± Silver Pearl Dark Silver

Support frames and plates - for modular socket outlets 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 1 1 1 1

2 819 30 2 819 31 2 819 32 2 819 33 2 819 34 2 819 46 2 819 47 2 819 48 2 819 49 2 819 20 2 819 21 2 819 22 2 819 23

2 gang Supplied with fixing screws White Silver Champagne Pearl Dark Silver Brass Bronze Matt Black Copper Brushed Stainless Steel Gold Polished Stainless Steel Lacquered Black

Red catalogue numbers: New products

503

MalliaTM switches for hotels, downlighters and sound distribution customisable colors

2 830 45

2 834 97

2 833 80

2 831 85

Plate selection charts p. 506 Painted polycarbonate front cover Compact mechanism for a larger wiring space Supplied with 2 screws M 3.5 for BS boxes To be equipped with plates Dim.: 86 x 86 mm Pack

Cat.Nos

Switches for hotels - 230 VÂą

1 1 1

Key card switches - 15 A Time delay arround 30 s 2 830 48 Silver 2 832 48 Pearl 2 834 48 Dark Silver

5 5 5

Do not disturb / Occupied / Clean up Bell push-buttons 2 830 45 Silver 2 832 45 Pearl 2 834 45 Dark Silver

5 5 5

2 830 46 2 832 46 2 834 46

Pack

2 830 97 2 832 97 2 834 97

1 1 1

2 831 80 2 833 80 2 835 80

Do not disturb / Clean up - 2 gang switches Silver Pearl Dark Silver

Low output downlighters 230 VÂą , with LED Silver Pearl Dark Silver

Silver Pearl Dark Silver

Configurable sound distribution system for several rooms 1

2 811 81

Modular power supply 230 V / 15 V - 15 W 5 DIN modules 17.5 mm

1 1 1

2 831 82 2 833 82 2 835 82

Central units Silver Pearl Dark Silver

1 1 1

Local control units With LCD display, child surveillance and intercommunication 2 831 83 Silver 2 833 83 Pearl 2 835 83 Dark Silver

1 1 1

Radio tuner with local control units Dim.: 146 x 86 mm 2 831 84 Silver 2 833 84 Pearl 2 835 84 Dark Silver

1 1 1

2 831 85 2 833 85 2 835 85

Red catalogue numbers: New products

504

Stand-alone sound distribution system for 1 single room Kit containing: - 1 power supply - 1 tuner - 2 loudspeakers

Downlighters 5 5 5

Cat.Nos

Loudspeakers Silver Pearl Dark Silver

MalliaTM plates, frames, blanking plates, adaptors and accessories - customisable

2 819 65

2 819 78

2 819 76

2 819 62

2 811 92

Plate selection charts p. 506 Pack

Cat.Nos

Plates

Pack

Cat.Nos

10 10 10 10

2 811 90 2 831 90 2 833 90 2 835 90

5 5 5 5

2 811 91 2 831 91 2 833 91 2 835 91

1 gang 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 1 1 1

2 819 00 2 819 05 2 819 10 2 819 50 2 819 55 2 819 60 2 819 65 2 819 70 2 819 75 2 819 78 2 819 82 2 819 86 2 819 90

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 1 1 1 1

2 819 01 2 819 06 2 819 11 2 819 51 2 819 56 2 819 61 2 819 66 2 819 71 2 819 76 2 819 79 2 819 83 2 819 87 2 819 91

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 1 1 1 1

2 819 02 2 819 07 2 819 12 2 819 52 2 819 57 2 819 62 2 819 67 2 819 72 2 819 77 2 819 80 2 819 84 2 819 88 2 819 92

Blanking plates 1 gang

White Silver Champagne Pearl Dark Silver Brass Bronze Matt Black Copper Brushed Stainless Steel Gold Polished Stainless Steel Lacquered Black

White Silver Pearl Dark Silver 2 gang

White Silver Pearl Dark Silver

Arteor adaptors

2 x 1 gang

White Silver Champagne Pearl Dark Silver Brass Bronze Matt Black Copper Brushed Stainless Steel Gold Polished Stainless Steel Lacquered Black 2 gang - Vertical For 2 gang vertical DP switch 45 A (p. xxx) White Silver Champagne Pearl Dark Silver Brass Bronze Matt Black Copper Brushed Stainless Steel Gold Polished Stainless Steel Lacquered Black

5 5 5 5

2 811 92 2 831 92 2 833 92 2 835 92

5 5 5 5

2 811 93 2 831 93 2 833 93 2 835 93

1 gang

2 gang

White - Supplied with plate (complete) Silver - Supplied without plate Pearl - Supplied without plate Dark Silver - Supplied without plate White - Supplied with plate (complete) Silver - Supplied without plate Pearl - Supplied without plate Dark Silver - Supplied without plate

Transparent rockers with label holders for switches 5

Can be used instead of the standard rocker plates Supplied with white labels 2 818 95 1 gang

2 818 96

2 gang

2 818 97

3 gang

2 819 97

LED 220 V, green low consumption For locator use

2 819 98

LED 220 V, red - high luminosity For indicator use

Lamps

Red catalogue numbers: New products

505

MalliaTM plate selection charts - customisable

PLATES Support frames and plates for modular socket outlets

Plates 1 gang

2 x 1 gang

2 gang

White

2 819 00

2 819 01

2 819 02

2 819 30

Silver

2 819 05

2 819 06

2 819 07

2 819 31

Champagne

2 819 10

2 819 11

2 819 12

2 819 32

Pearl

2 819 50

2 819 51

2 819 52

2 819 33

Dark Silver

2 819 55

2 819 56

2 819 57

2 819 34

Brass

2 819 60

2 819 61

2 819 62

2 819 46

Bronze

2 819 65

2 819 66

2 819 67

2 819 47

Matt Black

2 819 70

2 819 71

2 819 72

2 819 48

Copper

2 819 75

2 819 76

2 819 77

2 819 49

Brushed Stainless Steel

2 819 78

2 819 79

2 819 80

2 819 20

Gold

2 819 82

2 819 83

2 819 84

2 819 21

Polished Stainless Steel

2 819 86

2 819 87

2 819 88

2 819 22

Lacquered Black

2 819 90

2 819 91

2 819 92

2 819 23

Red catalogue numbers: New products

506

MalliaTM plate selection charts - customisable (continued)

PLATES Blanking plates

Arteor adaptors

1 gang

2 gang

1 gang

2 gang

White

2 811 90

2 811 91

2 811 92

2 811 93

Silver

2 831 90

2 831 91

2 831 92

2 831 93

Pearl

2 833 90

2 833 91

2 833 92

2 833 93

Dark Silver

2 835 90

2 835 91

2 835 92

2 835 93

Red catalogue numbers: New products

507

Belanko, the ideal choice Fitting switches is probably only one of the many tasks that you have to undertake. By making sure that installation is safe and easy, you are left with more time to tackle other tasks

EASY AND SAFE WIRING DEVICES COMPLIANT WITH SAFETY STANDARDS • Choice of large or small rocker for switches • 1500 W dimmer ideal for upgrade or retrofit • Safety connected to power in different standards

new

new Dimmers, p. 510

Switches, p. 509

Socket outlets, p. 512

More information Get detailed information on many digital or printed supports or contact your Area Commercial Manager

Commercial brochure

508

E-catalogue

QR code

BelankoTM

single pole switches and push-buttons, small rocker

6 171 00

6 171 08

6 171 15

Colour: White T084 Material: Thermoplastic with glossy finish Dimensions: 86 x 86 x 9.5 mm (1 gang) / 86 x 146 x 9.5 mm (2 gang) Supplied with 2 screws M3.5 for BS boxes Pack

Cat.Nos

Single pole switches - small rocker

BelankoTM

single pole switches and push-buttons, large rocker

6 170 00

6 170 06

Colour: White T084 Material: Thermoplastic with glossy finish Dimensions: 86 x 86 x 9.5 mm (1 gang) / 86 x 146 x 9.5 mm (2 gang) Supplied with 2 screws M3.5 for BS boxes Pack

Cat.Nos

Single pole switches - large rocker

Conform to BS EN 60669-1 and SASO No LIC 204803

10 AX - 250 V±

6 171 00

1 gang - 1-way switch

6 170 00

1 gang - 1-way switch

6 171 01

1 gang - 2-way switch

6 170 01

1 gang - 2-way switch

6 171 02

2 gang - 1-way switch

6 170 02

2 gang - 1-way switch

6 171 03

2 gang - 2-way switch

6 170 03

2 gang - 2-way switch

6 171 04

3 gang - 1-way switch

6 170 04

3 gang - 1-way switch

6 171 05

3 gang - 2-way switch

6 170 05

3 gang - 2-way switch

6 171 06

4 gang - 1-way switch

6 170 06

4 gang - 1-way switch

6 171 07

4 gang - 2-way switch

6 170 07

4 gang - 2-way switch

6 171 08

5 gang - 1-way switch

6 170 09

Intermediate switch

6 171 10

6 171 09

6 gang - 1-way switch

20 AX - 250 V± 10

6 170 20

1 gang - 1-way

6 170 21

1 gang - 2-way

Intermediate switch

Architrave 5

6 171 15

1 gang - 1-way

6 170 22

2 gang - 1-way

617 116

Bell push

6 170 23

2 gang - 2-way

6 171 11

Push-button 4 A - 250 V±

Conform to BS EN 60669-1 and SASO No LIC 204803

Bell push

6 170 11

Bell push

Red catalogue numbers: New products

509

BelankoTM

double pole switches and cooker control unit

6 170 72

dimmers and ventilation control

6 170 76

6 170 31

Colour: White T084 Material: Thermoplastic with glossy finish Dimensions: 86 x 86 x 9.5 mm (1 gang) / 86 x 146 x 9.5 mm (2 gang) Supplied with 2 screws M3.5 for BS boxes Pack

Cat.Nos

Double pole switches

6 170 33

Colour: White T084 Material: Thermoplastic with glossy finish Dimensions: 86 x 86 x 9.5 mm (1 gang) / 86 x 146 x 9.5 mm (2 gang) Supplied with 2 screws M3.5 for BS boxes

20 A - 250 V± Conform to SASO No LIC 204803 10

6 170 70

1 gang - 1-way switch + red neon indicator

6 170 71

1 gang - 1-way switch + red neon indicator + earth connection

6 170 72

1 gang - 1-way switch + red neon indicator + earth connection with "Water Heater" marking

Cat.Nos

6 170 30

6 170 311

60 - 1000 W for incandescent and halogen lamps 230 V ( 60 - 500 W under 127 V ) 60 - 1000 VA for ELV halogen lamps with ferromagnetic transformer ( 60 - 500 VA under 127 V ) 60 - 600 VA for ELV halogen lamps with electronic transformer ( 60 - 300 VA under 127 V ) 50 - 60 Hz 1 gang - 2-way 86 x 86 mm Push on/off and rotary dimmer

6 170 321

60 - 1500 W for incandescent and halogen lamps 230 V ( 60 - 750 W under 127 V ) 60 - 1500 VA for ELV halogen lamps with ferromagnetic transformer ( 60 - 750 VA under 127 V ) 60 - 900 VA for ELV halogen lamps with electronic transformer ( 60 - 450 VA under 127 V ) 50 - 60 Hz 2 gang - 2-way 86 x 146 mm Push on/off and rotary dimmer Can be mounted on 1 gang or 2 gang boxes

32 A - 250 V± 10

6 170 74

1 gang - 1-way switch + red neon indicator, white rocker 45 A - 250 V± Conform to SASO No LIC 204803

6 170 75

1 gang - 1-way switch

6 170 76

1 gang - 1-way switch + red neon indicator

6 170 77

2 gang - 1-way vertical switch + red neon indicator

Dimmers

Pack

Conform to BS EN 60669-1

Conform to BS EN 60669-1 and SASO No LIC 204803 40 - 600 W for incandescent and halogen lamps 230 V - 50 Hz 1 gang - 1-way 86 x 86 mm Rotary on/off dimmer

Ventilation control Conform to BS EN 60669-1 and SASO No LIC 204803 1

6 170 33

Fan control 250 V± 50 Hz

Cooker Control Unit - 250 V Conform to SASO No LIC 204830 5

6 170 78

45 A DP switch + red neon and 13 BS switched socket outlet + red neon

1: Use only transformers which are compatible with an electronic switch Red catalogue numbers: New products

510

BelankoTM television, telephone, data sockets and hotel equipment

6 171 21

6 170 97

6 170 92

6 170 12

6 170 13

6 170 68

Colour: White T084 Material: Thermoplastic with glossy finish Dimensions: 86 x 86 x 9.5 mm (1 gang) / 86 x 146 x 9.5 mm (2 gang) Supplied with 2 screws M3.5 for BS boxes Pack

Cat.Nos

Television sockets

Pack

6 171 21

Single TV socket, female

6 171 20

Single TV socket, "F" type

6 171 23

6 170 94

RJ11+RJ45 sockets Cat. 5e UTP

Key card switch 1

Telephone and data sockets

NEW

Conform to SASO No LIC 204834 10

Cat.Nos

6 170 12

16 A - 230 V - 50 Hz Time delay of approx. 30s after card removal

Double TV socket, female + "F" type

Hotel bedrooms call indicators NEW 10

6 171 27

6 170 13

2 setting: - Do not disturb - Please clean the room Indicator lamp + bell push Installed in the corridor, display calls

6 170 14

Internal control unit Installed in the room, allows the user to select the desired setting

Double TV socket, female

Telephone sockets Conform to SASO No LIC 204834 10

6 170 99

Telephone connection block 10 connections

6 170 97

RJ 11 socket

Shaver socket Conform to BS 61558 1

6 170 98

6 170 68

Double RJ 11 socket

Data sockets

Conform to SASO No LIC 204834 10

6 170 90

RJ 45 Cat.5e UTP

6 170 91

RJ 45 Cat.6 UTP

115/230 V - 20 VA - 50/60 Hz Surface or flush-mounting, back box to be min. 47 mm deep - 2 gang

Security switch 1

6 170 19

1 A resistive - 250 V Panic button

1: Do not coply with the Saudi Arabian Standards Organization (SASO)

6 170 92

Double RJ 45 Cat.6 UTP Red catalogue numbers: New products

511

NEW

BelankoTM

socket outlets, fused connection units

6 170 41

6 170 46

6 170 65

6 170 81

Colour: White T084 Material: Thermoplastic with glossy finish Dimensions: 86 x 86 x 9.5 mm (1 gang) / 86 x 146 x 9.5 mm (2 gang) Supplied with 2 screws M3.5 for BS boxes Pack

Cat.Nos

British Standard socket outlets

Pack

Cat.Nos

5 A - 250 VA Conform to BS 546

13 A - 250 VA Conform to BS 1363-2 and SASO No LIC 204830 10

6 170 40

6 170 45

1 gang unswitched

British Standard socket outlets (continued)

6 170 54

1 gang single pole switched

2 gang unswitched

Euro/US socket outlets - 10 A - 250 VA / 15 A - 127 VA 10

6 170 41

1 gang single pole switched

6 170 46

2 gang single pole switched

6 170 42

1 gang single pole switched + neon

6 170 47

6 171 41

1 gang single pole switched with external rocker

6 171 46

2 gang single pole switched with inboard rockers

6 170 49

2 gang single pole switched with red cover + neon

2 gang single pole switched + neon

6 170 60

1 gang - 2P

6 170 61

1 gang - 2P + 10 AX switch

6 170 62

1 gang - 2 x 2P

6 170 63

1 gang - 2P+E

US socket outlet - 15 A - 127 VA

6 170 43

6 170 48

1 gang double pole switched

6 170 65

6 170 67

1 gang - 2P+E

Multistandard socket outlet Switched socket

2 gang double pole switched

Fused connection units 13 A Conform to BS 1363-4 and SASO No LIC 204803

15 A - 250 VA Conform to BS 546 10

6 170 50

1 gang unswitched

6 170 51

1 gang single pole switched

6 170 52

1 gang single pole switched + neon

6 170 80

Unswitched + cord outlet

6 170 81

Switched + cord outlet

6 170 82

Switched + neon + cord outlet

Red catalogue numbers: New products

512

BelankoTM cable outlets, surface-mounting boxes plates and blanking plates

6 171 31 + 6 170 42 Pack

Cat.Nos

6 133 51

6 171 51

Cable outlets

Pack

6 171 55 Cat.Nos

1 gang - horizontal

Conform to BS 5733 and SASO No LIC 204840 10

6 170 85

20 A - 250 V±

6 170 86

45 A - 250 V±

Cover plates

5 5

6 171 50 6 171 55

● beige ● Taupe

1 gang - vertical 5 5

6 171 51 6 171 56

● beige ● Taupe

Fixing accessories 100

6 171 30

6 171 31

2 gang - horizontal

Screw caps Splash-proof cover Mainly for socket protection IP44 with or without plug engaged Space inside : 86 x 86 mm (for Belanko, Mallia and Synergy products)

Conform to BS 5733 and SASO No LIC 204803 depth 35 mm 6 133 49 Architrave surface box

6 133 50

6 133 51

6 171 52 6 171 57

● beige ● Taupe

2 gang - vertical

Surface-mounting boxes

5 5

6 171 53 6 171 58

1 gang surface box - 86 x 86 mm Supplied with earth terminal

2 gang surface box - 86 x 146 mm Supplied with earth terminal

● beige ● Taupe

Blanking plates Conform to BS 5733 and SASO No LIC 204803 10

6 171 28

6 171 29

NEW 10

6 171 32

1 gang

2 gang

Arteor adaptor 1 gang – 2 module

Red catalogue numbers: New products

513

P. 516 Plexo flush-mounting complete units

PlexoTM P. 522 Green’up access sockets for electric vehicles

Soliroc

Plexo

Weatherproof wiring accessories and installation equipment NEW IN 2013 Green'up Access sockets For electric vehicles (p.522)

514

boxes

P. 524 Soliroc lighting control units

P. 526 Plexo boxes

P. 530 Rigid conduits

Connection and lighting P. 536 Terminal strips, screwless connection terminals

P. 517 Plexo surface-mounting, complete units

P. 518 Plexo modular mechanisms

P. 523 Plexo 66 flush-mounting

P. 523 Plexo 66 surface-mounting

P. 525 Soliroc socket outlets

P. 525 Soliroc accessories

P. 521 Plexo boxes and frames

P. 527 Plexo boxes ISO type cable entries

P. 531 Cable and conduit fixing devices

P. 532 Plastic industrial boxes

P. 537 Equipotential bonding connectors

P. 538 Flush mounting boxes

P. 534 Colson cable ties

P. 535 Duplix marking system

515

PlexoTM complete flush-mounting IP 55

0 698 55

0 698 24

Rigid conduits

0 698 31

p. 530

Mechanisms supplied complete Pack

Cat.Nos

Switches 10 AX - 250 VA

10 10

IP 55 - IK 07 Automatic terminals 1 gang two-way switch 0 698 51 White 0 698 11 Grey

2 gang two-way switch 0 698 55 White

Pack

Cat.Nos

Socket outlets 20 A

IP 44 - IK 08 Screw terminals 2P+E - 230 VA 0 557 03 Grey

0 557 06

3P+E - 400 VA Grey

0 557 08

3P+N+E - 400 VA Grey

0 903 59

Push-buttons 10 A - 250 VA

5 10

IP 55 - IK 07 Automatic terminals Illuminated changeover push-button (N/O + N/C contact) Supplied with 230 VA lamp 0 698 61 White 0 698 21 Grey

5 5

Illuminated changeover push-button with labelholder (N/O + N/C contact) Supplied with 12 V lamp Can be equipped with 230 VA lamp 0 698 64 White 0 698 24 Grey

German standard socket outlets 16 A - 250 VA

10 10 5

IP 55 - IK 07 Screw terminals 2P+E with earth lateral contacts 0 698 69 White 0 698 33 Grey 0 707 72 White antimicrobial

0 707 73

2P+E with earth lateral contacts, with claws White antimicrobial

French standard socket outlets 16 A - 250 VA

10 10

516

IP 55 - IK 07 Automatic terminals 2P + E with shutters for child protection 0 698 70 White 0 698 31 Grey

Surface-mounting box Surface-mounting box for 20 A sockets Cat.Nos 0 557 03/06/08 Dimensions: 79 x 86 x 40 mm

PlexoTM complete surface-mounting IP 55

Lamp d supplie

0 697 11

Pack

0 697 12

Cat.Nos

0 697 33

Switches 10 AX - 250 VA

0 697 39

Pack

Cat.Nos

10 5

0 697 12

Two-way switch with indicator Supplied with 230 VA lamp

0 697 32

0 697 13

Illuminated two-way switch Supplied with 230 VA lamp

0 697 39

0 697 15

Two-gang two-way switch

0 697 17

British standard 13 A – 250 VA 2P+E with screw terminals

2 x 2P+E screw terminals

NEW 5

0 697 50

2P+E unswitched + switch screw terminals

0 697 31

French standard 16 A – 250 VA 2P+E with shutters for child protection, automatic terminals

NEW 1

Socket outlets

Grey German standard 16 A – 250 VA 0 697 33 2P+E with earth lateral contact screw terminals

IP 55 – IK 07 Automatic terminals Grey 0 697 11 Two-way switch 0 697 16 Intermediate switch

Double pole switch

Push-buttons 10 A

IP 55 – IK 07 Automatic terminals Grey 0 697 20 N/O contact

0 697 22

Socket outlets 20 and 32 A

Illuminated N/O contact Supplied with 230 VA lamp

Screw terminals Grey 20 A - IP 55 - IK 08 Compatible with membrane glands Cat.No 0 919 14 0 916 55 2P+E - 230 VA

0 916 56

3P+E - 230 VA

0 916 57

3P+N+E - 230 VA

Movement detectors

1 1

IP 55 - IK 04 Automatic terminals Allows control of a lighting device as soon as the movement is detected Maximum load: - 2000 W for incandescent and halogen lamps 230 VA and - 2000 W for ELV halogen lamps, - 1000 VA for fluorescent tubes and compact fluorescent lamps Detection range from 0 to 12 m Detection angle : 360° Coverage pattern adjustable during installation process Temporization between 12 s and 16 min. Dim. 90x90x85 mm 0 697 80 White 0 697 40 Grey

32 A - IP 44 - IK 08 Compatible with membrane glands Cat.No 0 919 15 5

0 558 72

2P+E - 230 VA

0 558 75

3P+E - 230 VA

0 558 77

3P+N+E - 230 VA

50 50

0 919 14 Grey (RAL 7035) 0 919 15 Grey (RAL 7035)

Membrane glands

Red catalogue numbers: New products

517

PlexoTM mechanisms IP 55

switches, push-buttons and automatic switches

Lamp d supplie

0 695 13

0 695 25

0 695 00

0 695 02

Mechanisms supplied with cover plate Installation with surface-mounting boxes or flush-mounting support frames (p. 521) Automatic terminals Pack

Cat.Nos

Switches 10 AX - 250 VA

10 10 5

IP 55 - IK 07 Two-way switch 0 696 11 White 0 695 11 Grey 0 707 11 White antimicrobial

5 10

Two-way switch with indicator Supplied with 230 VA lamp 0 696 12 White 0 695 12 Grey

5 5

Illuminated two-way switch Supplied with 230 VA lamp 0 696 13 White 0 695 13 Grey

10 5

0 695 25 0 707 26

2 gang two-way switch Grey White antimicrobial

0 695 30 0 707 27

Double pole switch Grey White antimicrobial

Pack

IP 55 - IK 07 Two-way switch 0 695 23 Grey

Illuminated two-way switch Supplied with 230 VA lamp 0 695 24 Grey

0 695 27

Double pole switch with indicator Supplied with 230 VA lamp 0 695 28 Grey

Double pole switch Grey

10 5

Illuminated N/O contact Supplied with 230 VA lamp 0 695 42 Grey 0 707 32 White antimicrobial

Illuminated - N/O contact with label-holder Supplied with 12 V lamp 0 707 33 White antimicrobial

Automatic switches 230 VA

IP 55 - IK 07 Maximum detection range: 8 m (adjustable) Without neutral - 2-wire connection Can be used instead of a 1 way switch No additional wiring required Operates: 60 to 300 W incandescent and halogen lamp. 230 V± Temporization: 6 s to 6 min. Detection angle: 130° Luminosity threshold: 3 to 1000 lux 0 695 00 Grey/White

With neutral - 3-wire connection Operates: - 500 to 1000 W incandescent and halogen lamps 230 VA - ELV halogen lamps - compact fluorescent lampe Temporization: 1 s to 16 min. Detection angle: 180° Luminosity threshold: 3 to 1000 lux 0 695 02 Grey/White

Red catalogue numbers: New products

518

Push-buttons 10 A

IP 55 - IK 07 N/O contact 0 695 40 Grey 0 707 30 White antimicrobial

Switches 16 A - 250 VA NEW

Cat.Nos

PlexoTM mechanisms IP 55 controls and socket outlets

0 695 34

0 695 47

Green'Up Access socket outlets for electric vehicles

0 695 71

p. 522

Mechanisms supplied with cover plate Installation with surface-mounting boxes or flush-mounting support frames (p. 521) Pack

Cat.Nos

Light sensitive switches, 230 VA

Light sensitive switch 1 function Can be used to switch a lighting circuit “ON” and “OFF” based on light conditions (nightfall, daybreak) Supplied in one piece, including photoelectric cell Maximum load: - 1400 W incandescent and halogen lamp. 230 VA - 400 VA fluorescent tubes Luminosity threshold: 0,5 to 1500 lux IP 55 - IK 07 0 695 17 Grey

Photoelectric cell For use with modular light sensitive switches IP 55 0 695 18 Grey

Key-operated switches 3 A - 250 VA

Supplied with RONIS key n° 455 Key removable in all position 2 N/O contacts 2 positions marked “0 – I” 0 695 34 Grey

Pack

5 5

Cat.Nos

Illuminated time lag switch - 250 VA

Electronic time lag switch - IP 55 2-wire connection Supplied with lamp Temporization: 25 s to 15 min. Maximum loads: - 1000 W incandescent and halogen 230 V± - 400 W halogen 130 V - 400 VA ELV halogen lamps - 400 VA fluorescent lamps - 2300 W resistive (heating) 0 696 04 White 0 695 04 Grey

German standard socket outlets 16 A - 250 VA

10 10 5

With earth lateral contact 2P+E screw terminals 0 696 39 White 0 695 71 Grey 0 707 22 White antimicrobial

5 10

0 696 40 0 695 70

2P+E automatic terminals White Grey

British standard socket outlets 13 A - 250 VA 1

0 695 35

3 positions marked “I – 0 – II” Grey

0 695 85

Emergency stop functions 3 A - 250 VA

Supplied with “emergency stop” label in 8 languages. Yellow cover plate, red button Emergency stop button - 1 N/C contact 0 695 47 Grey/yellow

Emergency stop with key for reset - N/O + N/C contact Key RONIS n° 455 supplied Key removable in 0 position 0 695 48 Grey/yellow

Emergency stop - stay put 1/4 release - N/O + N/C contact Key removable in 0 position 1

0 695 49

2P+E screw terminals Grey

French standard socket outlets 16 A - 250 VA 2P+E automatic terminals With shutters for child protection 10

0 696 21

White

0 695 51

Grey

0 707 21

White antimicrobial

0 695 53

2P+E tamperproof-screw terminals Grey

2P+E with flap-automatic terminals Automatic opening of the flap 5

0 695 55

0 502 99

Grey

Grey/yellow

Tamperproof insert for Cat.No 0 695 53 Tamperproof insert for socket Fits directly into the plug

519

PlexoTM mechanisms IP 55

prewired socket outlets, data, TV sockets and adaptors

0 695 76

0 695 69

0 695 80

6 806 33

Mechanisms supplied with cover plate Installation with surface-mounting boxes or flush-mounting support frames (p. 521) Pack

Cat.Nos

Prewired German standard socket outlets 16 A - 250 VA

Automatic terminals One piece mechanism, only one connection required For two or three gang surface-mounting boxes or flush-mounting supports 2 x 2P+E horizontal 0 695 76 Grey

0 695 77

2 x 2P+E vertical Grey

Pack

Cat.Nos

Can be equipped with any 2-module Arteor functions (except specific mechanisms with depth > 18 mm) in order to obtain an IP 55 wiring device Adaptor with smooked polycarbonate flap 0 695 80 Grey/white

Adaptor with smooked polycarbonate flap lockable Lockable with special tool Cat.No 0 919 45 0 695 79 Grey/white

0 695 82

RJ 45 data sockets

0 695 61

0 695 57

0 695 56

Cat. 6 UTP

Cat. 5e FTP

Cat. 5e UTP

20 20

Weatherproof IP 55 with membrane Allows operations of switches without opening cover maintaining IP 55 rating 6 806 33 Grey 6 806 32 White

0 919 45

100 50

0 849 00 0 849 01

Grey

Accessories

Grey

TV-R-SAT sockets

For terrestrial and satellite installation with individual demodulator For receiving analogue and digital programmes (DTT, satellite channels, etc) Fitted with an automatic connection terminal for connection of the coaxial cable 0 707 24 White antimicrobial

Red catalogue numbers: New products

520

Adaptor without flap - IP 20 Grey/white

Adaptors for 3-module Arteor mechanisms

IP 55 with closed shutter IK 07 Cat. 6 FTP 0 695 69 Grey

NEW

Adaptors for 2-module Arteor mechanisms

Special tool for adaptor Cat.No 0 696 79 Standard claws Long claws

PlexoTM surface-mounting boxes and support frames IP 55

0 696 51

0 696 68

Flush-mounting boxes for all ranges and standards p. 539

0 696 92

To be equipped with modular Plexo mechanisms (p. 518-520) Pack

10 10 10

5 5 1 5 5 1

Cat.Nos

Surface-mounting boxes with membrane glands

Equipped with removable membrane glands Direct entry of cables (no need to be cut) 1 gang - 1 entry 0 696 89 White 0 696 51 Grey 0 707 41 White antimicrobial 2 gang - 2 entries No separation between compartments, in order to facilitate the cabling operations and to allow the installation of pre-wired socket outlets 0 696 90 White - horizontal mounting 0 696 72 Grey - horizontal mounting 0 707 42 White antimicrobial - horizontal mounting 0 696 91 0 696 61 0 707 43

White - vertical mounting Grey - vertical mounting White antimicrobial - vertical mounting

Pack

Cat.Nos

Flush-mounting support frames Used for flush-mounting version for German and French standard boxes only

10 10 10

5 5 1 5 5 1

1 gang Can be equipped with claws Cat.Nos 0 849 00/01 0 696 92 White 0 696 81 Grey 0 707 92 White antimicrobial 2 gang - 2 entries 71 mm fixing centres 0 696 94 White - horizontal mounting 0 696 83 Grey - horizontal mounting 0 707 94 White antimicrobial - horizontal mounting 0 696 96 0 696 85 0 707 49

White - vertical mounting Grey - vertical mounting White antimicrobial - vertical mounting

Surface-mounting boxes for cable glands 5

0 696 56

1 gang - 1 entry Grey

0 696 78

2 gang - 2 entries (2 top) Grey - horizontal mounting

0 696 68

Grey - vertical mounting

521

>>>

PLEXO 66

Green'up Access sockets 3.2 kVA

NEW

for electric vehicles

The ultimate weatherproof solution Plexo 66 ensures safety and peace of mind by delivering maintained IP 66 protections, even with moulded plugs inserted

0 904 71

Used for safely charging rechargeable electric and hybrid vehicles which take mode 2 cord (compatible with mode 1) Connected to the consumer panel via one 3 x 2.5 mm2 dedicated line (1 line per socket) protected by 30 mA - 20 A C curve, type A or HPi RCBO (or 30 mA type A or HPi RCCB + 20 A C curve m.c.bs) Recommended installation height: 1.30 m from the ground Suitable for residential and workplace use Emb.

> Easy to install 1 1 1

Réf.

Surface mounting 3.2 kVA socket outlet mode 2

Fitted with a plug/socket detection device Green'up Access sockets trigger maximum power, thus ensuring safe charging, faster than with a conventional socket 2P+E socket outlets with safety shutters for 2P+E plug (mode 2) Single phase – screw connection – 230 V IP 66 - IK 08 Suitable for installation in private houses For charging 1 vehicle Plastic Supplied complete with surface-mounting box equipped with an ISO 20 cable gland Dimensions (H x W x D): 98 x 98 x 70 mm (excluding cable gland) 0 904 72 German standard socket outlet 0 904 73 British standard socket outlet 0 904 71 French standard socket outlet

Accessory Stainless steel captive terminal screws supplied

> Plug inserted, IP 66 guaranteed

Maintained IP 66 protection even with moulded plugs inserted

522

0 904 79 Shelf on which to place the control unit of the electric vehicle charging cord, thus limiting the traction on the cable associated with the weight of the unit For fixing below the wall sockets

PlexoTM 66 complete flush-mounting IP 66 - IK 08

6 845 53

PlexoTM 66 complete surface-mounting IP 66 - IK 08

6 846 19

6 845 70

0 904 67

White RAL 9010 Polypropylene/ABS housing Temperature rating: - 20 to + 40 째C (+ 50 째C for short periods) Supplied without back boxes, can mount directly on to standard metal flush boxes Stainless steel captive terminal screws supplied in backed-off position Supplied with flush-mounting gasket Supplied without lamps Pack

Cat.Nos

20 A - 250 VA switches

Grey RAL 7016/TO 29 Supplied with ISO 20 membrane glands and caps (for rear cabling) Stainless steel captive terminal screws supplied in backed-off position Pack

1 1

Conform to BS EN 60669-1 Flush-mounting gasket is not required when fitting these mechanisms on to back boxes Cat.Nos 6 845 89/90/91 6 845 53 1 gang 2 way switch - SP

6 845 54

2 gang 2 way SP

6 845 56

1 gang 1 way DP + indicator

20 A - 250 VA switches

Conform to BS EN 60669-1 Fitted with rear gasket with groove to deposit silicone 6 846 03 1 gang Two-way switch - SP 6 846 02 1 gang One way switch - DP 6 846 04 2 gang Two-way switch - SP

6 A - 250 VA push-buttons 1

Cat.Nos

6 846 11

1 gang Two-way switch - SP with "Bell"

13 A - 250 VA fused spur unit 1

Conform to BS 1363: Part 4 Fitted with rear gasket with groove to deposit silicone 6 846 45 1 gang - DP switched

6 A - 250 VA push-button 1

6 845 60

1 gang 2 way SP retractive switch

13 A - 250 VA socket outlet 1

Conform to BS 1363: Part 2 Fitted with rear gasket with groove to deposit silicone 6 846 22 1 gang Switched socket with opaque lid

6 846 20

6 846 19

6 846 29

Conforms to BS 1363 : Part 2 6 845 70 1 gang unswitched

Arteor adaptor 1

13 A - 250 VA socket outlets

6 845 85

2 modules with opaque lid

NEW 1

0 904 67

1 1

6 846 36 6 846 38

1 gang Unswitched socket with opaque lid 1 gang unswitched Accepts moulded plugs with side outlet

2 gang switched

RJ 45 socket Cat.6 - FTP

Arteor adaptors 2 module adaptor - semi-transparent lid 3 module adaptor - semi-transparent lid

Red catalogue numbers: New products

523

SolirocTM control mechanisms IK 10

0 778 11

0 778 25

Support frames

0 778 74

p. 525

Suitable for public buildings, unsupervised passageways, car parks, communal areas in buildings High resistance to IK 10 impacts and humidity 4 fixing points by plugging the plate directly on the wall and 4 blanking plates to be force-mounted on the plate (can only be removed by drilling) Mechanisms supplied with cover plates, to be equipped with support frames (p. 525) and plates (p. 525)

Switches 10 AX - 250 VA

Pack

Cat.Nos

1 1

0 778 11 0 778 21

2-way switch Intermediate switch

0 778 12

0 778 14

0 778 13

Illuminated 2-way switch Supplied with lamp Cat.No 0 676 66 2-way indicator switch Supplied with lamp Cat.No 0 676 68 2-way switch with label holder

0 778 22

Double pole switch 20 A

Pack

Cat.Nos

0 778 23

Without neutral, 2-wire - 1000 W For controlling 1000 W incandescent and halogen lighting 230 VA, 400 VA ELV halogen fluo lighting For controlling a motor (eg: Ventilation) - 250 VA Time delay from 25 s to 15 mins

Keyswitches - IK 10 - IP 54 1

To be equipped with European key barrel Cat.No 0 697 95 0 778 74 2-position keyswitch 2 NO contacts - 6 A - 230 V Key can be removed in either position

0 778 75

Automatic switches - IK 10 - IP 55 Infrared detection Detection range adjustable from 3 m to 8 m Horizontal detection angle: 130째 Light level threshold adjustable from 3 to 1000 lux Time delay adjustable from 1 s to 16 mins with repetition of cycle as long as movement is detected Remote manual control possible with normally closed push-button Integrated self-protection against overloads and short-circuits Should preferably be installed in box depth 50 mm With neutral, 3-wire 1000 W 0 778 25 For controlling lamps: - Up to 1000 W, incandescent and halogen 230 VA - Up to 500 VA, ELV halogen via ferromagnetic or electronic transformer - Fluo 500 VA Can control a ventilation appliance (100 VA max.) Without neutral, 2-wire 400 W 0 778 27 Can be installed as a replacement for a conventional switch without additional wiring For controlling lamps: 40 W min. to 400 W max. incandescent, halogen 230 VA or ELV halogen with ferromagnetic or electronic transformer

Time-delayed switch - IK 10 - IP 55

3-position key-operated push-button Changeover switch with off position - 6 A - 230 V Key can be removed in off position

Outdoor flush-mounting readers - IK 10 - IP 55 Power supply 12/24 V= /A Stand-alone badge reader 0 778 72 1 relay output for door release or electromagnetic lock 1 push-button input for internal unlocking Up to 500 users Backlit coded keypad 0 778 76 Consumption: 75 mA at 12 V= 1 relay output for door release or electromagnetic lock 1 push-button input for internal unlocking Up to 99 users Backlit coded keypad with push-button 0 778 78 Consumption: 75 mA at 12 V= 1 relay output for door release or electromagnetic lock 1 push-button input for internal unlocking 1 push-button on the front panel for call, chime or door opening. Up to 99 users

NEW

Illuminated sign 230 VA- IK 10 - IP 55 Push-buttons 6 A - 230 VA - IK 10 - IP 55 1

0 778 41

Two-way push-button NO-NC contact

0 778 42

Illuminated two-way push-button NO contact Supplied with lamp Cat.No 0 676 66

0 778 44

Two-way push-button + indicator light NO contact with potential free terminal Supplied with lamp Cat.No 0 676 68

0 778 43

Two-way push-button with label-holder NO-NC contact

0 778 68

0 778 67

Passage lighting - IK 10 - IP 55

Red catalogue numbers: New products

524

Mechanism incorporating white LEDs and a pivoting window which can take preprinted labels 2 choices of power rating (0.2 W or 1 W)

For lighting a staircase, etc 250 VA Supplied complete with: - Soliroc plate 5 modules - 1 set of 4 blanking plates that can be removed by drilling Mechanism: screw fixing in flush-mounting boxes, depth 40 mm Supplied with: - 16 white LEDs (2 W) - 1 x 5 modules Batibox support

SolirocTM sockets and mounting accessories IK 10

Green'Up Access socket outlets for electric vehicles 0 778 31

0 778 91

p. 522

0 778 51

Cat.Nos

Socket outlets - IK 10

German standard 16 A - 250 V 0 778 35 2P+E with safety shutters, screw terminals and cover IP 55 0 778 36

2P+E with safety shutters, screw terminals, no cover IP 20

0 778 37

French standard 16 A - 250 V 0 778 31 2P+E with automatic terminals and cover IP 55

0 778 33

0 778 32

Cat.Nos

0 778 82

0 778 91

0 778 50

2P+E with automatic terminals and locked cover IP 55

0 778 51

2P+E with automatic terminals, no cover IP 20

0 778 52

0 778 53

1 1 1 1

Supplied with cable grip

1-gang plate 110 x 110 mm 2-gang plate 110 x 181 mm Horizontal or vertical mounting 71 mm fixing centres 3-gang plate 110 x 252 mm Horizontal or vertical mounting 71 mm fixing centres

Surface-mounting boxes

Adaptor without cover - IP 20

Replacement blanking plugs 0 778 96 Can only be removed by drilling Set of 4 Seals for surface correction Made of foam to compensate for unevenness of the wall 0 778 85 For 1-gang plate 0 778 86 For 2-gang plate 0 778 87 For 3-gang plate Blanking plate 0 778 66 2 modules Fixing accessory NEW Fits on Batibox boxes for masonry and 0 778 83 concrete, for fixing directly in the wall The Soliroc plate can be fixed onto this accessory with no need for drilling or using plugs in the wall 1-gang, can be joined to create 2-gang

Cat. 6 - FTP

Plates - IK 10

Male TV socket 0-2400 MHz

Cable outlet - IK 10 - IP 55

Adaptors for Arteor functions Take 2-module Arteor mechanisms (except special W NE surface-mounting type) 0 778 84 Adaptor with lockable cover - IP 55 - IK 10 0 778 80 Adaptor with cover - IP 55 - IK 10

0 778 81

TV socket - IK 10 - IP 20

RJ 45 socket - IK 10 - IP 20

2P+E with safety shutters, screw terminals and locked cover IP 55

Accessories

1 1

Pack

Cannot be used for Cat.Nos 0 778 74/75 Supplied with 4 blanking plugs Take ISO 20 protective conductors 0 778 90 1-gang 110 x 110 x 45 mm

0 778 92

0 802 51

0 802 52

0 802 53

2-gang 110 x 181 x 45 mm Horizontal or vertical mounting 71 mm fixing centres

Supports with site protection For 2 modules For 4, 5 or 2x2 modules, horizontal or vertical For 6, 8 or 3x2 modules, horizontal or vertical

Red catalogue numbers: New products

525

PlexoTM boxes IP 55 - IK 07

PlexoTM boxes IP 55 - IK 07 with direct entry membrane glands

0 921 36 0 921 01

0 920 32

0 921 26

Dimensions p. 528 Technical characteristics p. 529

Resistance to glow wire test: 650 °C (EN 60695 2-1) Operating temperature: – 25 °C to + 40 °C Interchangeable membrane glands with direct entry Material: polystyrene box and polypropylene cover Opaque cover Membrane gland or pre-cut knock-out for ISO type cable gland

Pack

Cat.Nos

Standard boxes

5/100 5/100

Resistance to glow wire test: 750 °C (EN 60695 2-1) Operating temperature: – 25 °C to + 40 °C Interchangeable membrane glands with direct entry Captive cover with clippable tie between box and cover except boxes 310 x 240 and 360 x 270 Cover opens/closes with a 1/4 turn of a regular screwdriver, marking 0 and I Class II is ensured by protection caps (supplied) for the attachment screws Pack

Grey RAL 7035 With fixing slots for easy alignment Use 5 mm Ø screws Alternatively use wall fixing Cat.No 0 319 57 Clip-on cover 5/100

0 920 52

Ø60 mm x 40 mm 0 921 00 4 glands (Cat.No 0 919 10) Ø70 mm x 40 mm 0 921 01 4 glands (Cat.No 0 919 10) 65 x 65 x 40 mm 0 921 04 7 glands (Cat.No 0 919 10)

Cat.Nos

Grey RAL 7035 130 x 130 x 74 mm 0 920 32 10 glands Ø cables and tubes accepted 4 to 25 mm

Rectangular boxes

Class II boxes

5/100

Grey RAL 7035 Mounting by: - either internal fixing points - use 5 mm Ø screws - or at three corners outside the wiring area - use 4 mm Ø screws Provision for anti-tamper seal Cover with 4 x 1/4 turn fixings, indicated I-O, can be retained open during installation 80 x 80 x 45 mm 0 921 26 7 glands (Cat.No 0 919 10)

5/50

0 921 27 With pre-cut knock-outs

5/50

105 x 105 x 55 mm 0 921 36 7 glands (Cat.No 0 919 11)

5/30

0 921 37 With pre-cut knock-outs

0 920 42

1/10

0 920 52

1/10

0 920 62

1/2

0 920 82

0 920 92

Accessories 20

0 312 10 Strip with four 4 mm2 terminal for junctions For fitting in Plexo boxes Cat.Nos 0 921 00/01, 0 921 04/26/27

Bold pack quantities: Minimum quantities to be ordered

526

Square boxes

Grey RAL 7035 155 x 155 x 74 mm 10 glands Ø cables and tubes accepted 4 to 25 mm 180 x 140 x 86 mm 10 glands Ø cables and tubes accepted 4 to 32 mm 220 x 170 x 86 mm 14 glands Ø cables and tubes accepted 4 to 32 mm 310 x 240 x 124 mm 24 glands Ø cables and tubes accepted 4 to 40 mm 360 x 270 x 124 mm 24 glands Ø cables and tubes accepted 4 to 40 mm

PlexoTM boxes IP 55 - IK 07

PlexoTM boxes

with pre-cut knock-out ISO type cable entries

accessories

0 919 15

0 919 16

0 920 34

0 920 44

0 358 02 mounted on box

0 920 84

0 358 00 mounted on box

Dimensions p. 528 Technical characteristics p. 529 Resistance to glow wire test: 750 °C (EN 60695 2-1) Operating temperature: – 25 °C to + 40 °C Knock-out entries Captive cover with clippable tie between box and cover except boxes 310 x 240 and 360 x 270 Cover opens/closes with a 1/4 turn of a regular screwdriver, marking 0 and I Fixing with level adjustment • At 2 or 4 internal points (screw Ø5 mm max.) • At the four corners out of wiring volume (screw Ø4 mm max.) • With brackets Cat.No 0 358 02 Class II is ensured by protection caps (supplied) for the attachment screws Pack

1/10

Cat.Nos

Square boxes

0 920 44

1/5

0 920 54

1/5

0 920 64

1/2

0 920 84

0 920 94

Grey RAL 7035 155 x 110 x 74 mm 16 knock-out entries for ISO 12/16 4 knock-out entries for ISO 20/25 180 x 140 x 86 mm 16 knock-out entries for ISO 16/20 4 knock-out entries for ISO 20/25 220 x 170 x 86 mm 12 knock-out entries for ISO 16/20 8 knock-out entries for ISO 20/25 4 knock-out entries for ISO 25/32 310 x 240 x 124 mm 2 knock-out entries for ISO 16/20 22 knock-out entries for ISO 20/25 6 knock-out entries for ISO 25/32 6 knock-out entries for ISO 32/40 360 x 270 x 124 mm 2 knock-out entries for ISO 16/20 18 knock-out entries for ISO 20/25 10 knock-out entries for ISO 25/32 6 knock-out entries for ISO 32/40

Cat.Nos

0 919 14

0 919 15

0 919 16

0 919 17

Grey RAL 7035 130 x 130 x 74 mm 0 920 34 16 knock-out entries for ISO 12/16 4 knock-out entries for ISO 20/25

Rectangular boxes

1/10

Pack

Direct entry membrane glands With marking of Ø for tubs and cables Direct entry for tubes (up to 16 mm) and cables Up to Ø20 Grey (RAL 7035) Up to Ø25 Grey (RAL 7035) Up to Ø32 Grey (RAL 7035) Up to Ø40 Grey (RAL 7035)

Membrane glands 50

Grey (RAL 7035) With marking of Ø for tubes and cables 0 919 10 Up to Ø20

0 919 11 Up to Ø25

Fixing accessories 1

Set of 4 lugs 0 358 02 For wall fixing supplied with screws

Equipment accessories 1 1

Set of 2 hinges (RAL 7016) 0 358 00 For boxes 130 x 130 mm up to 220 x 170 mm included 0 358 01 For boxes 310 x 240 and 360 x 270 mm

Bold pack quantities: Minimum quantities to be ordered

527

PlexoTM boxes IP 55 - IK 07

n Dimensions Cat.Nos 0 921 26/27

Cat.Nos 0 921 00/01

94 34

5.7

Ø 20

Ø E

R23

94 Cat.Nos

0 921 00

44.5

0 921 01

49.5

Cat.Nos 0 921 36/37 O

5.7

Ø 16 78

K M

Cat.No 0 921 04

R23 11 78

Cat.Nos

Fixing of box

S dm2

Fixing of accessories (screw Ø4 mm)

0 921 36 116 116 132 132

60 41.8 13.4 50

1.34

0 921 37 116 116 121 121

60 41.8 13.4 50

1.34

Plexo square boxes 130 x 130 mm Cat.Nos 0 920 32/34 Plexo rectangular boxes Cat.Nos 0 920 42/44/52/54/62/64/82/84/92/94 B

C D

O Q

G E

M L

A P

F N

Plots de fixation Fixing slots en fond de boîte

Cat.Nos

Dimmensions (mm)

0 920 32/34

130 x 130 x 74

150

149

Fixing of accessories (screw Ø4 mm)

Fixing of box K

120

103

106

0 920 42/44

155 x 110 x 74

175

130

173

128

100

128

131

0 920 52/54

180 x 140 x 86

200

160

205

165

104

130

153

116

156

0 920 62/64

220 x 170 x 86

240

190

245

195

144

160

193

146

196

124

0 920 82/84

310 x 240 x 124

332

262

340

270

132

116

220

160

222

276

200

260

150

0 920 92/94

360 x 270 x 124

382

292

390

300

132

116

270

190

252

326

230

310

150

528

n Technical characteristics Additional regulation In accordance with European directive RoHS (2002/95/CE modified by decision 2005/618/CE) and with its FAQ "guidance for EEE directives", widened to all halogenated flame retardants, Plexo boxes (Cat.Nos mentioned below) don't contain halogenated flame retardant: 0 920 32/0 920 42/0 920 44/0 920 52/0 920 62/0 920 82/0 921 26/0 921 36 Equipment with terminal blocks Bare terminal blocks on support and IP 2X blocks

Boxes (mm)

4 holes

8 holes

13 holes

130 x 130 x 74

•

155 x 110 x 74

•

180 x 140 x 86

•

220 x 170 x 86

•

17 holes

22 holes

35 holes

Max. number of Nybloc auto terminal support 4 4 6

•

310 x 240 x 124

•

360 x 270 x 124

•

Spare membrane glands for Plexo boxes • Direct entry

• To be cut

ØA ØC

ØA ØE ØC

ØA ØC

ØE

ØE Trou dans la paroi

A (mm)

B (mm)

C (mm)

Ø D (mm)

E (mm)

Ø20

Ø27.6

Ø20

Ø22

Ø25

Ø33.8

Ø25

12.8

Ø27.5

Ø32

Ø42

Ø32.2

14.5

Ø34.6

Ø40

Ø50

Ø40.2

16.2

Ø42.5

A (mm)

B (mm)

C (mm)

D (mm)

E (mm)

Ø20

Ø27.6

2,4

Ø20.2

15.5

Ø22

Ø25

Ø33.8

2,4

Ø25.6

Ø27.5

User of membrane glands per type of boxes Membrane glands Boxes

Ø20

Ø25

Ø32

Ø40

Round Ø60

Ø70

Square 65 x 65 x 40

80 x 80 x 45

105 x 105 x 55 130 x 130 x 74

7 2

Rectangular 155 x 110 x 74 180 x 140 x 86

220 x 170 x 86

6 6

310 x 240 x 124

360 x 270 x 124

529

rigid conduits

accessories for flexible and rigid conduits

6 514 16

6 516 01

0 319 06

0 319 00

0 313 82

6 516 11

0 313 83

Rigid conduits with integrated coupling

6 514 16 6 514 20 6 514 25 6 514 32

Ø exterior (mm)

16 20 25 32

Grey RAL 7035

Cat.Nos

100 100 50 25

6 516 01 6 516 02 6 516 03 6 516 04

100 50

Elbows

1.50 1.55 1.80 2.10

50 50 25

Fixing by Ø7 mm thread 150 mm pin, screw-in wall plugs Cat.No 0 319 57, screw Ø5 mm or nail For interior use Low fire hazard Holding of flexible and rigid conduits

0 319 03 For IRL Ø16 mm 0 319 04 For IRL Ø20 mm 0 319 06 For IRL Ø25 mm

Ø mini

Ø maxi

15 18.4 22.3

16 20.6 25

50 25 25

Conduit supports with screw-in wall plug

200

Used to join conduits together and to change direction even after the wires have been installed 2-part assembly to save time and simplify installation 6 516 18 Ø16 mm 6 516 19 Ø20 mm 6 516 20 Ø25 mm

Bends

Adjustable for conduits IRL Ø16 to 32 mm or for cableØ13 to 38 mm Fixing by Ø7 mm thread 150 mm pin, screw in wall plugs Cat.No 0 319 57, screw Ø5 mm Can be fixed using Pulsa 700 E staple gun Low fire hazard 100 0 319 02 For interior and exterior use - U.V. protected Black colour 100/1000 0 319 00 For interior use - Grey RAL 7035

Conduit supports 0 313 80 For conduit Ø16 0 313 81 For conduit Ø20 0 313 82 For conduit Ø25 Conduit supports accessory 0 313 83 For fixing in plasterboard plate

Used to change direction even after the wires have been installed. 2-part assembly to save time and simplify installation 6 516 11 Ø16 mm 6 516 12 Ø20 mm 6 516 13 Ø25 mm

Tees

Cable ties with base

100 100 50

20 10 25

90° curves 6 516 26 Ø20 mm - length: 130 mm 6 516 27 Ø25 mm - length: 160 mm 6 516 28 Ø32 mm - length: 200 mm A

Bending springs Used to bend rigid conduits 1 1 1

6 516 32 6 516 33 6 516 34

Ø (mm)

16 20 25

Length (mm)

600 800 800

Nylon draw tape

Flexible cable which can be used to guide the wires into an unwired conduit. 2 metal end caps End cap diameter: 6 mm at both ends for attaching the wires 6 516 36 Length: 20 m

Bold pack quantities: Minimum quantities to be ordered

530

For connecting conduits of the same diameter Ø16 mm Ø20 mm Ø25 mm Ø32 mm

For connecting conduits of different diameters 6 516 08 Ø20 x 16 mm 6 516 09 Ø25 x 20 mm

Ø interior thickness (mm) (mm)

13 16.9 21.4 27.8

Couplings

Reducers

Clipsotubes

100 100 100

Pack

Cat.Nos

Grey (RAL 7035)

Flame-retardant Surface-mounting or flush-mounting Suitable for prefabricated concrete Conforming to European standard: EN 61386-21 and IEC 61386-21 Crush resistance: 750 Newtons Shock resistance: 2 joules at - 5 °C Min operating t°: - 5 °C Max operating t°: + 60 °C IK 07 Can be used outside Supplied wrapped in film. Grey (RAL 7035) Length of tubes: 3 m 30 30 30 15

6 516 18

6 516 32

Conduit supports installation p. 531 Pack

6 516 08

fixing devices for conduits

conduit supports

n Installation Cat.Nos 0 313 80/81/82 (p. 530)

Cable clips come packaged so as to allow for unit distribution and storage of unused clips 0 315 78 Pack

100

Drill to diam. 8 mm

0 315 35 Cat.Nos

Black

0 319 57

Screw-in wall plugs For use with cable ties with base, clipsotube, conduit supports Low fire hazard For fixing screw-on base and cable ties with base Ø8 mm drilling (Ø7 mm smooth material) Threaded head Ø6.6 mm pitch 150 Supplied with punch for inserting pin

Strike conduit support

Cable clips for concrete materials Multifix Expanding cable clips, accept several sizes of cable Cable

100/1000 100 100 30

Grey

0 315 77 0 315 78 0 315 79 0 315 81

Ø (mm)

Ø (inches)

7 to 10 9/32 to 25/64 10 to 14 25/64 to 9/16 14 to 20 9/16 to 5/8 25 to 32 1 to 5/4

Ø (mm)

1.8 1.8 2.5 2.5

Length (mm)

25 30 40 50

Untie unused elements

Fixfor 100/2000 100/1000 100/1000 100/1000 100/1000 100 100 100 100 100 80 60 40 20

Grey RAL 7035

0 315 24 0 315 25 0 315 26 0 315 27 0 315 28 0 315 29

White

0 315 54 0 315 55 0 315 56 0 315 57 0 315 58 0 315 59

0 315 30 0 315 31 0 315 32 0 315 33 0 315 34 0 315 35 0 315 36

Cable Ø (mm)

5 6 7 8 9 10 10 12 14 16 17 19 22 29

Ø (inches)

13/64 15/64 9/32 5/16 23/64 25/64 25/64 15/32 9/16 5/8 43/64 3/4 7/8 1"9/64

Ø (mm)

1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

Length (mm)

20 25 25 25 25 30 30 30 40 40 40 40 50 50

Conduit support is fixed

Clip conduit

Lock with flap

Bold pack quantities: Minimum quantities to be ordered

531

plastic industrial boxes

Hinges Cat.No 0 358 01

Can be equipped with a rail for fixing equipment

Wall mounting lugs Cat.No 0 358 02 for horizontal or vertical installation

IP 2X terminal blocks fixed at the top from 130 x 130 mm

0 359 71

Weatherproof cabinets

Smooth surfaces Choice of fixing: - Internal: 4 oblong holes at back of box - At the 4 corners outside the wiring space, with Ă&#x2DC;4 screws - Using wall mounting lugs Cat.No 0 358 02 (except boxes 130 x 75 x 74 mm) Pack

5/50 5/50 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat.Nos

Opaque cover

IP 55 - IK 07 grey RAL 7035 Class II provided by protective caps for the fixing screws (supplied) Equipment can be fixed on rail or solid plate IP 2X terminal blocks fixed at the top from 130 x 130 mm size (p. 190) Cover opened/closed with 1/4 turn of a flat screwdriver. Indication of closed/open position: I/O Captive covers with ties, except boxes 310 x 240 mm and 360 x 270 mm

Transparent Internal dimensions cover Height x Width x Depth (mm)

0 921 28 0 921 38 0 359 00 0 359 30 0 359 40 0 359 50 0 359 60 0 359 61 0 359 70 0 359 71 0 359 80

80 x 80 x 45 105 x 105 x 55 130 x 75 x 74 130 x 130 x 74 155 x 110 x 74 180 x 140 x 86 220 x 170 x 86 270 x 170 x 86 310 x 240 x 124

Pack

Cat.Nos

0 921 22

0 350 58

0 922 84

0 358 00

0 358 01

5 5 5 5 5 5

0 358 10 0 358 11 0 358 12 0 358 13 0 358 14 0 358 15

Wall mounting lugs 0 358 02 Set of 4 lugs for boxes from width 110 mm For wall fixing supplied with screws

Box depth 140 mm IK 07 220 x 170 x 240 mm with 4 locks Box depth 154 mm IK 08 359 x 265 x 154 mm with hinges and 2 locks Box depth 160 mm IK 08 310 x 240 x 160 mm with 4 locks

Bold pack quantities: Minimum quantities to be ordered

532

Hinges RAL 7016 - set of 2 For boxes 130 x 130 up to 270 x 170 mm included For boxes 310 x 240 mm and 360 x 270 mm Metal mounting plates Galvanized steel 15/10 thick For boxes 130 x 130 mm For boxes 155 x 110 mm For boxes 180 x 140 mm For boxes 220 x 170 mm For boxes 270 x 170 mm For boxes 310 x 240 mm

IP 55 - grey RAL 7035 - increased depth Opaque cover

Accessories for IP 55 - IK 07 grey RAL 7035

p. 238-263

plastic industrial boxes

n Characteristics - IP 55 - IK 07 boxes

n Characteristics - IP 55 - increased depth boxes

Box: - IP 55: polypropylene Cover - opaque: polypropylene (except 0 359 80: polycarbonate) - transparent: polycarbonate Operating temperature: - 25 °C to + 40 °C Self-extinguishing: 750 °C (EN 60695-2-11) For indoor use

Operating temperature: - 20 °C to + 50 °C Self-extinguishing: 750 °C (EN 60695-2-11) For indoor use

n Dimensions

Boxes Cat.No 0 921 22 C E

212

A N

(1)

233

Mounting plate

140

144

B M R

200

Boxes

n Dimensions

183 (1) (1)

Usable area 3.7 dm2

132.6 60.7 79.6

162

146 L

1:(1) Fixing (rail, de mounting Plotsfordeaccessories fixation en fond boîtier plates)

51 106

0 359 00

140 85

0 359 30

150 150 81

70 120 103 102

87 106 106 84

0 359 40

175 130 81

50 100 128 112

0 359 50

200 160 94

80 104 50 130 153 137 112 116 156 94

0 359 60/61

240 190 94

80 144 80 160 193 175 142 146 196 124

0 359 70/71

290 190 94

80 194 80 160 243 226 142 146 246 122

0 359 80

332 262 132 97

65 120

Cat.No 0 350 58

R -

86 131 64

Ø 4.5

27 116 220 160 222 276 248 198 200 260 150

Cat.No 0 921 28

148.5 3.8 62 92

182 Usable area 3.5 dm2 Weight: 1.08 kg

246

Accessories fixing (Ø4 mm screw supplied)

273

Box fixing (mm)

Dimensions (mm)

Cat.Nos

155

165

Cat.No 0 922 84

211

Ø 4.5

5.7

Ø20

9.2

121 95 80

54 41.8

282

Cat.No 0 921 38

146

251 12.3 Usable area 5.5 dm Weight: 2.3 kg

271

190

37 50 116

121 95 80

342

321

R23

47 116

Metal mounting plates

B D

A C

Cat.Nos

0 358 10

114

106

0 358 11

139

131

0 358 12

124

164

116

156

0 358 13

154

204

146

196

0 358 14

154

254

146

246

0 358 15

211

271

200

260

Maximum length of terminals Box dimensions (mm)

Number of holes

130 x 130 x 74

155 x 110 x 74

180 x 140 x 86

220 x 170 x 86

310 x 240 x 124

533

ColsonTM installation cable ties

n Performance LLOYD'S REGISTER OF SHIPPING

0 319 16

(see p. 770)

0 319 28

Conform to EN 62275 type 1 (NFC 68-146) "cable ties for electrical installations" Test conditions: • Temperature: 23 °C • Relative humidity of air: 50 % • Traction speed: 25.4 mm/min Ratchet force

0 319 96

0 319 02

0 319 57

Cat.Nos 0 319 10 0 319 13 0 319 16 0 319 19 0 319 20 0 319 21 0 319 22 0 319 25 0 319 28 0 319 29 0 319 30 0 319 32

Dimensions see e-catalogue

Ratchet force (daN) 4 4 5 5 5.5 5.5 4 4 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5

F (d aN)

Tensile strength Pack

Cat.Nos

Conform to EN 50146 and IEC 62275 External teeth 100/1000 0 319 10 100/1000 0 319 13 100/1000 0 319 16 100/1000 0 319 19 100/500 0 319 20 100 0 319 21 100 0 319 22 100/1000 0 319 25

100 100 100 100

0 319 28 0 319 29 0 319 30 0 319 32

Tensile strength

Black Colson U.V. protected cable ties

Width (mm)

Flat length (mm)

9 123 9 185 9 262 9 357 9 498 9 750 6 119 6 180 Internal teeth Easy manual tightening 7.6 128 7.6 194 7.6 260 7.6 359

Ø grip capacity (mm) max. min.

22 42 62 92 140 220 25 45

4 10 26 26 74 74 4 10

22 42 62 92

8 15 15 15

36 36 53 53 53 53 22 22

36 45 45 45

Ø8 mm drilling (Ø7 mm smooth material) 0 319 58 Wall spacer plug base Ø8 mm drilling (Ø7 mm smooth material) 0 319 50 Screw-on base, can be fixed with plug Cat.No 0 319 57 or metal stud Ø7 mm pitch 150 or countersunk screw Ø5 mm

Black U.V. protected screw-in plug 100

0 319 57 For fixing screw-on base and cable ties with base Ø8 mm drilling (Ø7 mm smooth material) Threaded head Ø6.6 mm pitch 150 Supplied with punch for inserting pin

Black cable tie with U.V. protected base

100

Adjustable for conduits IRL Ø16 to 32 mm or for cable Ø13 to 38 mm Fixing by Ø7 mm thread 150 mm pin, screw in wall plugs Cat.No 0 319 57, screw Ø5 mm Can be fixed using Pulsa 700 E staple gun Low fire hazard 0 319 02 For interior and exterior use - U.V. protected Black colour

Colson tool 1

% 400

Tensile strength depending on temperature

350

0 319 96 Facilitates tightening and strip cut the nearest of Colson cable ties head

250 200 180 140 120 100 80 60 50

100 % of strength at 23 °C according to EN 50146 Temperature (°C) - 40 - 20

20 40

60 80 100

Temperature resistance • operating (permanent use): from - 40 °C to + 85 °C from - 25 °C to + 60 °C for Cat.Nos 0 319 28/29/30/32 • operating (minimum): - 30 °C, 0 °C for Cat.Nos 0 319 28/29/30/32 Resistance to external agents Good resistance to bases, oils, greases, saline mist, oil products, diluted acids Fire resistance • Flame retardant • Conform to UL 94 requirements, HB classification • Glow-wire flammability resistance according to IEC 60695-2-11: 650 °C • Oxygen index (LOI) according to EN ISO 4589-1/ASTM D 2863-00: 20 % • Low fire hazard polyamide UV protected according to norm IEC 62275 type 1 UV protected black cable ties for outdoor use These black cable ties have successfully undergone UV resistance and climatic ageing tests representing actual conditions of use These cycles combine a 1000 hours radiance under arc or xenon lamp according to ISO 4892-2 method 1

Bold pack quantities: Minimum quantities to be ordered

534

Min. strength (daN) 36 36 53 53 53 53 22 22 36 45 45 45

300

100/1000 0 319 55 Standard plug base

100

0 319 10 0 319 13 0 319 16 0 319 19 0 319 20 0 319 21 0 319 22 0 319 25 0 319 28 0 319 29 0 319 30 0 319 32

Tensile Strength (kg)

Black U.V. protected bases 100

Test Ø (mm) according to EN 50146 20 20 26 26 74 74 20 20 20 20 20 20

Cat.Nos

DuplixTM marking system for cables

Cat.No 0 384 52 with label and label-holder Cat.No 0 384 98

Cat.No 0 384 56 with marker and protective cover Cat.No 0 384 97

Opened marking system with marker-holders Cat.No 0 384 55

Other marking systems

Clip-on marking system

p. 310

Opened or closed marking system, with markers or labels Pack

100 100 100 100 100

Cat.Nos 7 markers

0 384 50 0 384 52 0 384 54 0 384 55 0 384 56

14 markers

0 384 60 0 384 62 0 384 64 0 384 65 0 384 66

Marker-holders Fitted using Colring 2.4 and 3.5 mm cable ties Black Red Yellow Green Blue

Markers

800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800

600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600

0 384 00 0 384 01 0 384 02 0 384 03 0 384 04 0 384 05 0 384 06 0 384 07 0 384 08 0 384 09

Price per marker Numbers: Black or white marking on colour background (international colour code) Supplied by packs of 40 x 20 markers 0 Black 1 Brown 2 Red 3 Orange 4 Yellow 5 Green 6 Blue 7 Purple 8 Grey 9 White

0 384 10 0 384 11 0 384 12 0 384 13 0 384 14 0 384 15 0 384 16 0 384 17 0 384 18 0 384 19 0 384 20 0 384 21 0 384 22 0 384 23 0 384 24 0 384 25 0 384 26 0 384 27 0 384 28 0 384 29 0 384 30 0 384 31 0 384 32 0 384 33 0 384 34 0 384 35

Letters: Black on yellow background Supplied by packs of 30 x 20 markers A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

Pack

Cat.Nos

Markers (continued)

600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600

0 384 40 0 384 41 0 384 42 0 384 43 0 384 44 0 384 45 0 384 46 0 384 99

Conventional symbols: Black on a yellow background / • + – ± = T Blank

0 384 96

Set of Duplix markers 100 pieces of each number from 0 to 9

Accessories 100

0 384 98

100

0 384 97

Label-holder for 7 markers Clips onto marker-holders Duplix or on end cap Cat.No 0 375 13 Holds and protects labels 9 mm UV protective cover Enables closed cable marking system Clips onto label-holders for 7 markers

535

NylblocTM auto screwless connection terminals

NylblocTM connection strips and connectors without screws

0 342 17 0 343 22 Pack

100 100 100 50

0 343 23 Cat.Nos

0 343 22 0 343 23 0 343 25 0 343 28

0 343 25

0 342 21

0 343 28

Screwless connection terminals - Nylbloc auto No tool direct connection after simple stripping of copper conductors Test socket for tester screwdriver or test tip Cat.No 0 394 45 (p. 328) for IP 2X test or Ø4 mm tip on Nylbloc auto terminals Conform to EN 60998-2-2 For rigid cable from 0.75 to 2.5 mm2 Stripping length: 11 mm Connection by separate crimping blades Transparent base providing full visibility of the connections Colour code to identify products Duplix marking possible on 3.5 and 8-wire terminals Max. intensity: 24 A Insulating voltage: 450 V± Grey terminal for 2 wires Orange terminal for 3 wires Blue terminal for 5 wires Grey terminal for 8 wires

0 343 38 Pack

0 343 44 Cat.Nos

Conductor stripping tool 0 343 99 For cable desheathing and rapid wire stripping in flush-mounting and junction boxes, in trunking 10 For cable Ø8 mm to 13 mm (from 2 G 1.5 to 10 5 G 2.5 mm2) and wires 1.5 mm2 and 2.5 mm2 10/200 10 Nylbloc auto terminal support 10 0 343 98 For up to 3 screwless connection terminals Nylbloc auto (Cat.Nos 0 343 22/23/25/28) 10 Direct fixing: 10 - in top of Plexo boxes and industrial plastic cabinets 10 ≥ 130 x 130 mm 10 - on flat bar 12 x 2 mm - in bottom of fully assembled, adaptable and aluminium DLP trunkings (from 50 x 80 mm) Screw fixing: - in bottom of Plexo boxes ≥ 105 x 105 mm and industrial plastic cabinets - universal Fixing on rail with accessory Cat.No 0 048 11 (p. 274) Accessible test socket Marking zone with felt tip pen Cat.No 0 395 98 (p. 326) 100/1000

Black

0 342 11 0 342 13 0 342 15 0 342 17 0 342 19 White

0 342 21 0 342 23 0 342 25 0 342 27

6 340 51

Nylbloc connection strips

Rated capacity (mm2)

Hole Ø (mm)

Max current (A)

2.5 6 10 16

2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5

24 41 57 76

2.5 6 10 16 25

2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 7

24 41 57 76 101

Connectors without screws - Capvis caps Rapid connection for 1.5 - 2.5 - 4 and 6 mm2 solid conductor cables - 440 V insulation 0 343 38

Nominal capacity (mm2)

1.5

100/1000 0 343 44

1.5 to 2.5

100/2000 0 343 51

100

0 343 57

2 000

6 340 51

1 500

6 340 52

Bold pack quantities: Minimum quantities to be ordered

536

6 340 52

12 elements with captive screws Supplied with screws undone Flame retardant polypropylene (– 25 °C to + 100 °C) Ambient temperature from – 25 °C to + 55 °C (T 55) Conform to EN 60998-2-1 and EN 60664-1 Self-extinguishing to EN 60695-2-11 at 850° Insulation voltage: 250 V according to EN 60 998-2-1 Use at 400 V integrated in a series of products that comply with the requirements of EN 60664-1, pollution degree 2, overload category III

Accessories 1/5

6 340 51

No of cables and corresponding sections (mm2)

3 to 5 of 0.52 2 to 4 of 0.752 2 of 1.52 3 to 5 of 0.52 2 to 5 of 0.752 2 to 3 of 1.52 2 of 2.52 2 to 4 of 1.52 2 to 3 of 2.52 2 of 42 2 to 5 of 2.52 2 to 3 of 42 2 of 62 2 to 4 of 1.52 2 to 3 of 2.52 2 of 42 2 to 5 of 2.52 2 to 3 of 42 2 of 62

Cap colour

Packaging type

blue

box

orange

box

yellow

box

red

box

yellow

bucket

red

bucket

line taps and equipotential bonding connectors

equipotential bonding connectors

n Screwless connections terminals Connection terminals Nylbloc auto Cat.Nos 0 343 22/23/25/28 Ambient temperature: - 25 °C to + 55 °C (T55) Self-extinguishing: 960 °C according to EN 60695-2-11 Low fire hazard Use

0 340 03

0 340 33 Pack

0 340 42 Cat.Nos

Cat.No 0 343 99 tool for cable desheathing and rapid wire stripping

Test via IP 2X test tip Cat.No 0 394 45

Plexo box with support Cat.No 0 343 98 directly fixed on top part

Trunking adaptable DLP with support Cat.No 0 343 98 directly fixed

0 343 85

0 340 45

Line taps Strip of 10 separable line taps

With feet

0 340 00 0 340 01 0 340 02 0 340 03 0 340 04

Capacity per tap (mm2)

2x6 2 x 10 2 x 16 2 x 25 2 x 35

Width (mm)

15 19.5 21 21.5 25

Non-shear line taps Hexagonal head Without feet

20 10

0 340 33 0 340 34

20 20 10 10

0 340 42 0 340 43 0 340 44 0 340 45

2 x 25 2 x 50 2 x 16 2 x 25 2 x 50 2 x 75

Width of slot (max. cable Ø in mm)

7.4 9.5

5.8 7.4 9.5 11.7

n Characteristics Overall height (mm)

Fixing centres (mm)

41 49 59 71

37 37 44 62

49 59

- Resistance to incandescent wire 960°C - Resistivity ≤ 0.4 m Ω - Polyamide - Grey

With feet

Capacity per tap (mm2)

10 10 10 10 10

Equipotential bonding connectors

20 10 10

0 343 85 0 343 86 0 343 87

Busbar system Ø min. (mm) Ø max. (mm)

12 18 28

16 22 32

Max. connection cross-section (mm)

Used to make equipotential connections on the installation busbar systems Safe, intuitive 1/4 turn mounting ensuring an excellent, lasting equipotential link

Cat.Nos 0 343 85 0 343 86 0 343 87

A 24 24 24

Dimensions (mm) B C 8 40.5 9 49 11 59

D 31.5 40 46.5

n Installation

6 16 16

1 Fixed with a quarter turn

2 Held in place by a stainless steel spring blade

3 Final locking with 5.5 mm screwdriver

4 Connecting the equipotential bonding with a through and/or terminating connection

537

Flush mounting boxes

7 364 40

0 891 09

7 364 41

0 891 18

0 891 13

Material: galvanised steel Top, side and back knockout entries, according to the type of box Conform to BS 4662 Pack

Cat.Nos

0 891 09

Steel flush-mounting boxes

Depth 16 mm 1 gang with: - 1 fixed lug - 1 adjustable lug - 1 earth terminal Depth 25 mm 0 891 10 1 gang with: - 3 fixed lugs - 1 adjustable lug - 1 earth termina 0 891 11 2 gang with: - 1 fixed lug - 1 adjustable lug - 1 earth terminal

Depth 28 mm - architrave 7 364 40 1 gang

7 364 41

2 gang

Pack

Cat.Nos

0 891 13

Depth 35 mm 1 gang with: - 3 fixed lugs - 1 adjustable lug - 1 earth terminal 0 891 14 2 gang with: - 1 fixed lug - 1 adjustable lug - 1 earth terminal

0 891 40

0 891 17

Dual box with 2 earth terminals Accepts 2 single gang accessories

Depth 48 mm 1 gang with: - 2 fixed lugs - 2 adjustable lugs - 1 earth terminal 0 891 18 2 gang with: - 1 fixed lug - 1 adjustable lug - 1 earth terminal

Red catalogue numbers: New products

538

Steel flush-mounting boxes (continued)

BatiboxTM flush-mounting boxes for dry partitions

0 800 51

0 800 42

0 801 93

0 801 95

Installation see e-catalogue Technical characteristics for multimedia boxes p. xxx Pack

Cat.Nos

0 800 40

0 800 41 0 800 51

50 50

1-gang boxes

Pack

For 1 module Drilling diameter 32 mm Depth 40 mm For 1 gang or 2 modules For wiring accessories using screws or claws Drilling diameter 67 mm Depth 40 mm Depth 50 mm

Depth 40

0 800 49

10 10 10 10

0 800 43 0 800 53 3-gang or 6/8 modules Horizontal or vertical use

0 893 72 0 893 73 0 893 74 0 893 75

Box ext. dim. (mm)

115 x 115 x 40 mm 160 x 105 x 40 mm 170 x 170 x 50 mm 230 x 170 x 50 mm

Cover dim. (mm)

140 x 140 mm 190 x 135 mm 195 x 195 mm 225 x 210 mm

Batibox multimedia boxes

For mounting equipment using screws Drilling diameter 67 mm Supplied with removable dividers for accommodating extended functions For 83.5 mm fixing centres Compatible with: Arteor and Mosaic ranges 3 modules horizontal mounting

For 60 and 71 mm fixing centres Compatible with: Arteor range 0 800 42 0 800 52 2-gang or 4/5 modules Horizontal or vertical use

Depth 50

Junction boxes Supplied with cover and screws Knockout base

Multi-gang boxes

Cat.Nos

1 1

Multi-material flush-mounting boxes for connecting wall-mounted LCD or plasma screens Supplied with 2 Mosaic programme 5-module supports for flush-mounting high/low current functions (e.g.: 2P+E, TV sockets, HDMI, RCA sockets, etc.) Supplied without sockets Can be installed in advance to reserve the future space for a screen Extra-slim cover with cut-out panel for cable outlet Equipped with a site protective cover Storage space for cords with retaining bar for cords NEW Supplied Suitable for solid or cavity walls. Depth: 50 mm 0 801 93 Max. capacity: 1 x 5 modules Dimensions: 142 x 142 mm 0 801 95 Max. capacity: 2 x 5 modules Dimensions: 285 x 142 mm

0 800 44 0 800 54 4-gang or 8/10 modules Horizontal or vertical use

Universal covers

0 801 80

0 892 81

0 801 82

0 801 97

For converting wiring devices boxes into junction boxes or for closing up an existing box Supplied with fixing screws For one-gang or multi-gang boxes Round cover, Ă&#x2DC;85 mm, for 1-gang box Square cover, 80 x 80 mm, for 1-gang box Cover for Batibox 2-gang box,

Accessory

Long screw Ă&#x2DC;3 mm length 40 mm Flush-mounting boxes for dry partitions installation, see E-catalogue Red catalogue numbers: New products

539

Universal box and flush-mounting boxes for masonry

0 313 01 (fitted alongside)

0 801 41 + 0 801 99

2 x 0 801 08 (back to back joining)

Installation p. 541 Pack

250

Cat.Nos

Universal 1-gang box

For screw or claw mounting Supplied without screws Horizontal and vertical mounting 0 313 01 1-gang unit Can be fitted alongside one another Can be used as junction box with cover Cat.No 0 892 81

Pack

1 1 1

1-gang boxes for masonry 10

100 100

100

For 1 module 0 801 40 Depth 40 mm - Width 32 mm Square boxes for joining together For wiring accessories using screws or claws 1-gang boxes can be used to make up multi-gang boxes by joining Can be used horizontally or vertically 71 mm fixing centres Cutting out of internal partitions for mounting extended functions Supplied with screws fitted with protective shield Knockout cable entries, Ø16-20-255 0 801 41 Depth 40 mm 0 801 51 Depth 50 mm Round for joining together back to back Upper flange can be cut to obtain a depth of 30 mm (for controls, 2-way switches, push-buttons, etc.) Boxes can be joined back to back by 1/4 of a turn Adjustable dimensions (80, 70 or 60 mm) by cutting the flange With screws 0 801 08 Depth 40 mm - Ø67 mm

1 1 1

540

Batibox 0 801 49 For 3 module Arteor range Supplied with screws Depth 40 mm Knockout cable entries, Ø16-20-25 Italian type boxes for masonry For screw or claw mounting devices Arteor range Supplied without screws Horizontal mounting Depth 50 mm 0 892 39 For 3 modules - 106 x 71 mm 0 892 49 For 4 modules - 130 x 71 mm 0 892 50 For 6 modules - 186 x 71 mm

Multi-gang boxes for multi-material

For Arteor Depth 50 mm 0 801 24 2 x 2 gang or 2 x 4/5 modules Dimensions: 142 x 142 mm 0 801 26 2 x 3 gang or 2 x 6/8 modules Dimensions: 213 x 142 mm 0 801 28 2 x 10 modules Dimensions: 284 x 142 mm

Box for 20 A and 32 A sockets 5

1-gang 85 x 85 mm 0 801 85 For cable outlets Cat.No 0 314 90, 20 A sockets and 32 A sockets Depth 50 mm Vertical positioning of the screws for fixing 20 A and 32 A sockets

Box for shaver socket 5

0 801 55 For Arteor shaver sockets (p. 384) Depth 50 mm

Luminaire box with cover 50

For striplights 0 892 46 Ø40 mm - depth 40 mm

Universal covers

Multi-gang boxes for masonry 10

Cat.Nos

20 20 10

For converting wiring devices boxes into junction boxes or for closing up an existing box Supplied with fixing screws For one-gang or multi-gang boxes 0 801 80 Round cover, Ø85 mm, for 1-gang box 0 892 81 Square cover, 80 x 80 mm, for 1-gang box 0 801 82 Cover for Batibox 2-gang box, 71 mm fixing centres

BatiboxTM flush-mounting boxes for masonry (continued)

BatiboxTM flush-mounting boxes for masonry n Installation 1

0 819 40 Pack

Cat.Nos

0 819 60

Complete junction boxes

Horizontal or vertical joining of 1 gang boxes (Cat.No 0 801 41)

Rectangular with knockout cable entries Boxes supplied with cover and screws Supplied with plaster shield (except for Cat.No 0 892 71) 10 10 10 10 10

2 2

Box ext. dim. (mm)

Cover dim. (mm)

0 892 71 85 x 85 x 40 100 x 100 0 892 72 120 x 120 x 40 140 x 140 0 892 73 165 x 115 x 40 190 x 135 0 892 74 175 x 175 x 40 195 x 195 0 892 75 230 x 180 x 50 255 x 210 Large capacity Accept Ø25 and 32 tubes 0 892 77 400 x 180 x 70 mm 0 892 78 390 x 245 x 70 mm

Box for concrete walls 50

One-gang box 0 819 40 For mounting - in wooden casing alone, - with blanking cover Cat.No 0 819 72 Fixing of screw or claw-mounting wiring accessories with ring Cat.No 0 819 60 Can be combined side by side with cover Cat.No 0 819 71 (consult us) Cover for concrete boxes 0 819 72 Installation/blanking cover used for installation on wooden casing or for blanking in back to back mounting Ring 0 819 60 Ø64 mm ring for 1-gang box Cat.No 0 819 40 Supplied with screws

The sides can be removed before or after joining

Accessory 20

Screw 0 801 97 Long screw Ø3 mm length 40 mm for all Batibox boxes

NEW 1

0 778 83

The screws are supplied with protection cap (against plaster)

Fixing accessory Fits on Batibox boxes for masonry and concrete, for fixing directly in the wall The Soliroc plate can be fixed onto this accessory with no need for drilling or using plugs in the wall 1-gang, can be joined to create 2-gang

Red catalogue numbers: New products

541

Door entry systems

Chimes & bells

P. 544 D45 system presentation

P. 550 Chines

Lighting

P. 552 Decorative bulkhead lights

Connection

P. 556 British standard plugs

Door entry systems, lighting and connection NEW IN 2013 Color video door entry kit (p.546)

542

Chimes (p.550)

P. 546 Colour video door entry kit

P. 547 Audio door entry kit

P. 550 Bells

P. 551 Movement detectors

P. 552 Weatherproof bulkhead lights

P. 553 Vandal-lights resistant bulkhead

P. 548 Audio door entry system 1 > 8 apartments

P. 555 Lighting equipment

543

D45 system Audio and video door entry system A security monitoring system using serial devices connected using DIGITAL BUS technologies. The system is designed to perform such functions as call, doorbell, conversation, monitor, unlock, network and alarms, by connecting riser systems to system network devices

HIGH PERFORMANCE FOR MULTI-STOREY AND LARGE BUILDINGS â&#x20AC;˘ Automatically equalizes and amplifies the video signals, providing high quality video performance even with long cable runs â&#x20AC;˘ No intermediate amplifier needed for video: - black and white video signals can reach up to 2 km - colour video signals can reach 1 km

INSTALLATION OF UP TO:

4000 800

Use of UTP cables and RJ45 connectors is easy and economical compared to traditional cable installations

Entrance panels per riser

Porter switchboards

544

Riser shunts

1 km

Distance for colour video installation

2 km

Distance for B/W video installation

Innovative security functions -

Handsets per riser

80 100

The Simplicity

Apartments

SOS pushbutton on all indoor handsets Intercom between all riser apartments Anti-tamper function on indoor handsets Possibility to connect an additional camera to switchboard

More information Get detailed information on many printed supports or contact your Area Commercial Manager

Commercial brochure

Technical guide

545

colour video door entry kit hands free

NEW

colour video door entry kit with handset

1 apartment

3 690 83 : Complete video kit

NEW

1 apartment

+ 3 690 73 : Complete video kit

Surface-mounting street panel Colour 7" screen analog video kit Hands free - 4 wires (+ 2 to open the gate) The monitor allows surveillance and opening of the gate The system allows 2 additional monitors, with intercom function Pack

Cat.Nos

British standard

Surface-mounting street panel Colour screen analog video kit With handset - 4 wires (+ 2 to open the gate) The monitor allows surveillance and opening of the gate The system allows 2 additional monitors, with intercom function Pack

3 690 83 Complete video kit Composition: - 1 metal street panel (entrance) with LEDs - 1 colour 7’’ monitor with integrated power supply and British standard plug and cable - 1 wall-mounting base - 1 set of screws for wall fixing 3 690 88 Additional video internal unit

Cat.Nos

3 690 73 Complete video kit Composition: - 1 metal street panel (entrance) with LEDs - 1 colour 3.5’’ monitor with integrated power supply and British standard plug and cable - 1 wall-mounting base - 1 set of screws for wall fixing 3 690 78 Additional video internal unit

Red catalogue numbers: New products

546

British standard

audio door entry kit with handset 1 apartment

video and audio door entry kits wiring diagrams

n Colour screen analog video kit - Hands free Optional

DC 15V

VIDEO OUT

DC 15V

VIDEO OUT

3 690 00

Surface-mounting street panel 2 wires (+ 2 to open the gate) Opening of gate with handset The system allows 2 additional audio internal units Can be used as intercom within the house Pack

Cat.Nos

n Colour screen analog video kit - with handset Optional

British standard

100-240 Vac (50/60 Hz)

3 690 03 Complete video kit Composition: - 1 slim street panel (entrance) - 1 audio handset with transformer equipped with British standard plug - 1 set of screws for wall fixing 3 690 08 Additional audio internal unit with transformer equipped with British standard plug

n Audio kit - with handset Optional

547

audio door entry system

flush-mounting street panel 1 > 8 apartments kits

flush-mounting street panel 1 > 8 apartments kits n Wiring diagram 1 apartment

230 V

Âą

= 8 apartments 3 650 11 5 Pack

1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat.Nos

3 650 11

3 650 12 3 650 13 3 650 14 3 650 15 3 650 16 3 650 18

NEW 10 1 1

Audio kits 4 + n (number of apartments) 1 apartment Composition: - 1 complete anodized aluminium street panel with flush-mounting box - 1 white audio handset with electronic call tone - 1 power supply E-30 Up to 8 apartments Composition: - complete anodized aluminium street-panel with flush-mounting box - n audio handsets (electronic call tone) - power supply E-30 With the same call button, the system accepts in addition 3 audio handsets (Cat.No 3 742 00) for additional internal units For 2 apartments For 3 apartments For 4 apartments For 5 apartments For 6 apartments For 8 apartments

4 + (n-1) 5

4+n

Âą

230V

Additional accessories

3 742 00 Telephone white with electronic call tore with the same call button the system accepts 3 additional telephones 3 650 91 Sound unit 3 650 08 Electronic mechanism for push-button

Red catalogue numbers: New products

548

audio door entry system

surface-mounting street panel 1 > 6 apartments kits

surface-mounting street panel 1 > 6 apartments kits n Wiring diagram 1 apartment - analog

+ 4 1

5 2

230 V

Âą

2 to 6 apartments - analog 3 757 10 4 Pack

1 1 1 1

Cat.Nos

3 757 10

3 757 20 3 757 30 3 757 40 3 757 60

n-2

Analog audio kits 4 + n (number of apartments) 1 apartment Composition: - 1 aluminium extra-slim street panel - 1 audio handset with electronic call tone - 1 audio control interface Up to 6 apartments For 2 apartments For 3 apartments For 4 apartments For 6 apartments Composition: - 1 aluminium extra-slim street panel - n audio handsets with electronic call tone - 1 audio control interface

n-1

Âą

230 V

549

chimes

0 416 18 Pack

Cat.Nos

0 416 23

0 416 18

bells, bell pushes

0 416 19

NEW

0 416 19

0 416 48

0 416 50

Surface-mounting radio-controlled chimes 230 V chime kit Choice of 15 melodies 433 MHz - Range 100 m Configuration via switch to avoid interference 8 V chime kit with light indicator Choice of 36 melodies 3 adjustable sound levels - Range 100 m 2 x 1.5 V AA alkaline batteries (not included) Preset configuration Supplied with push-button Possibility to connect 4 push-buttons 8 V chime kit Choice of 36 melodies 2 x 1.5 V AA alkaline batteries (not included) Preset configuration For wall mounting in desired location Supplied with push-button Radio controlled push-button Additional push-button for Cat.Nos. 0 416 18/19

0 416 46

Pack

0 416 47

Cat.Nos

24 V - 2 A universal - bell push with label holder 0 416 47 Weatherproof IP 44 (IK 07) - Class III W Dim.: 70 x 70 x 25 mm Illuminated with lamp Cat.No 0 898 26 Can be used with any type of chimes (electronic or electromechanical)

Lido bells

White Dim.: 116 x 116 x 48 mm Tone level: 80 dB at 1 m 8-12 VA chime 0 416 50 Compatible with non-illuminated push-button Cat.No 0 416 46 or illuminated push-buttons Cat.Nos 0 416 45/47 Use a 8 VA transformer Cat.No 0 042 25 or 0 420 25 230 VA chime 0 416 51 2 note chime - 50/60 Hz Compatible with illuminated push-button Cat.No 0 416 45 230 VA chime with transformer 0 416 52 50/60 Hz with built-in 8-12 V transformer Class II Compatible with non-illuminated push-button Cat.No 0 416 46 or illuminated push-buttons Cat.Nos 0 416 45/47

IP 20 - IK 04 Average acoustic output at 1 m: 80 dB at 1 m Surface-mounting with screws with levelling facilities Class II Consumption Average (double insulated) (mA) acoustic 10

0 412 21 230 VÂą - 50/60 Hz 30 Dim.: 95 x 61 x 33 mm With built-in transformer 0 412 43 230 VÂą - 50/60 Hz 45 Dim.: 135 x 88 x 48 mm Warning: take lamps out of the bell pushes

Red catalogue numbers: New products

550

Bell pushes

Surface-mounting White Supplied without fixing screws 24 V - 2 A bell push 0 416 46 IP 30 - class III W Dim.: 50 x 25 x 20 mm 230 V - 2 A bell push with illuminated label holder 0 416 45 IP 30 - class II Supplied without lamp Dim.: 70 x 35 x 24 mm Use lamps Cat.No 0 898 26 - 12 V and Cat.No 0 898 21 - 220 V

Electromechanical chimes

0 412 43

output at 1 m in dB

movement detectors

chimes and movement detectors

n Infrared movement detector Cat.No 0 419 11 Vertical installation

Horizontal installation

Cat.Nos

Movement detectors B

Infrared detector 0 419 11 Electrical power 230 VÂą - 50/60 Hz - class II IP 31 - IK 05 Possibility to connect one or several detectors with one or several electromechanical chimes (3 maxi) Cat.Nos 0 416 06/26 Adjustable time between 2 detections: 7 seconds Optical barrier 0 419 12 Electrical power 24 to 230 VÂą - 50/60 Hz - class II IP 67 - IK 08 Compatible with all electronic wired chimes and Legrand bell Adjustable time between 2 detections: 7 seconds Supplied with reflector and fixing brackets

For shops, entrance halls 1

Pack

0 419 12

0 419 11

2.5 m

4.5 m

2.5 m

1.2 m

2.2 m

2.6 m

3.9 m

0.4 m

0.5 m

0.7 m

0.85 m

1.55 m

0.25 m

0.3 m

0.45 m

4.5 m

n Optical barrier detector Cat.No 0 419 12

Door contact 10

Class III W 0 419 00 Recessed contact - normally closed when door open and open when door closed x.

m 0

1 m

n Door contact Cat.No 0 419 00 Chimes control SELV, bell or light (30 V max) Recessed contact Cat.No 0 419 00

Door

Flush fitting : 70 x 10 mm

Up to signal

551

decorative bulkhead lights

0 620 00

weatherproof bulkhead lights IP 44

0 620 03

0 620 06

0 604 50

0 620 20

0 604 14

0 620 36

Dimensions p. 554 0 604 05

0 604 15 Pack

1 1 1 1

1 1 1

Cat.Nos

E 27 - 75 W PL 11 W

G 23 2x9W

Decorative bulkhead lights IP 54 - For exterior use Polycarbonate base and trim Diffuser: opal glass Compact fluorescent lamp can be used in bulkhead lights with E 27 lampholder High resistance weatherproof seal Black stainless steel captive posidrive screws Electrical connection: 1 entry via the rear with membrane gland Bulkhead lights with E 27 lampholder: class II Bulkhead lights with G 23 lampholder: class I Supplied without lamp in cardboard box Size 1 - Ø296 mm

Dimensions p. 554 Pack

5/200 10

Cat.Nos

Polypropylene base. For 100 W incandescent lamps or for 15 W compact fluorescent lamps Diffuser is assembled by a 1/4 turn rotation Porcelain lampholder White RAL 9010 B 22 E 27 0 604 50 0 604 51 Glass diffuser 0 604 58 0 604 59 Polycarbonate diffuser

Oval - IP 44 - IK 06 - Class II Polypropylene base Glass diffuser Galvanised steel or plastic Protection wire grid 3 side knockable entries, for Ø16, 20 mm cable - 230 V - 50 Hz Self-extinguisting: 850 °C For incandescent lamps Porcelain lampholder Screw terminals

0 620 00 0 620 01 Plain - white 0 620 03 With grille - white

E 27 - 60 W PL 11 W

0 620 06

E 27 - 100 W PL 15 W

0 620 20

E 27 - 75 W PL 11 W

0 620 30

E 27 - 60 W PL 11 W

0 620 34 0 620 36

With visor - white Size 2 - Ø340 mm Plain - white

12 12 12

Oval bulkhead lights

60 W - E 27 Grey White 0 604 14 Metal grid - no tool required 0 604 15 Metal grid - screw fixing 0 604 05 0 604 92 Plastic grid - screw fixing

Plain - white With horizontal visor - white With vertical visor - white

Grey

0 604 19

Bulkhead with a built-in infrared detector 1/10

6 604 54

IP 30 - Class I - 230 VA - 50 Hz Incandescent 60 W max/E 27 Operation by motion detection according to light illumination Range: between 1.2 m to 2.70 m for a product installed at 2.70 m height Adjustment of detection area by adjustable covers Time setting: adjustable from 10 sec to 3 mn after the last detection Metal base Polycarbonate brim ABS diffuser Ceiling fixing only Bold pack quantities: Minimum quantities to be ordered

552

Round - IP 44 - IK 07 - Class II

100 W - E 27 Metal grid - screw fixing

weatherproof and vandal-resistant bulkhead lights IP 54/IP 55

0 604 83 + 0 605 09

0 624 02

0 624 25

0 624 25 + 0 624 49

0 624 15

Dimensions p. 554 For domestic, commercial areas and tough environments Pack

Cat.Nos

E 27

0 604 77

0 605 08

0 604 83

0 605 09

Weatherproof bulkhead lights for tough environments Metal/glass bulkhead lights. For exterior/indoor use For industrial use. Earth terminal - 3 entries in T Operating temperature: • min.: - 30 °C, • max.: + 35 °C IP 55 - IK 04 Oval - for 75 W incandescent lamp With colourless glass diffuser Metal protection grid for Cat.No 0 604 77 For IK 07 protection Round - for 100 W incandescent lamp With colourless diffuser Metal protection grid for Cat.No 0 604 83 For IK 07 protection

Pack

Cat.Nos

IP 54 - IK 08 - class II Polycarbonate diffuser, mounted on hinge Opening can be reversed right/left Supplied with 1 Plexo end cap, not assembled Through wiring or terminal connection (side or back) Porcelain lampholder mounted on reflector (swivel pull-out type). Self-extinguishing at 850 °C. White E 27 0 624 25 For 100 W lamps

0 624 26

0 624 49

G 23

Plexo rectangular - IP 54 - IK 08 - class II

Polycarbonate diffuser, mounted on hinge Opening can be reversed Top/Base Supplied with one Plexo end cap, not assembled Through wiring or terminal connection (side or rear) Lampholder mounted on reflector (swivel pull-out type) Grey base self-extinguisting: 850 °C E 27 For 75 W incandescent lamp 0 624 00 With clear diffuser 0 624 02

Round Koro bulkhead lights and accessory

For 2 x 9 W compact fluorescent lamps Finishing accessories White clip-on cover plate for round bulkhead lights Polycarbonate

Vandal-resistant Koro bulkhead lights For risk situation, indoors and outdoors tough environments, internal and external applications IP 55 - IK 09 - class II

Security assured by covering trim. Locked with 2 special screws which may be locked with key Cat.No 0 919 45 (below). Shock-resistant polycarbonate diffuser. Opening can be reversed right / left supplied with 1 Plexo membrane gland. Through. wiring or E 27 terminal connection (side or rear). White 0 624 15 Round for 100 W lamps

0 919 45

With red diffuser

Vandal resistant accessory Screwdriver to remove/tighten tamperproof screws

553

bulkhead lights

n Decorative bulkhead lights

n Weatherproof bulkhead lights

For exterior use

Round - IP 44 - IK 07 Cat.Nos 0 604 50/51/58/59 Ø 4.5

Ø 227

321

Cat.Nos 0 620 00/01/03/06/20

Cat.Nos 0 620 30/34/36

B A 95 A

Size 1

296

190

Size 1

340

240

110

120 225

110

40 107.30

Oval - IP 44 - IK 06 Cat.No 0 604 19

Cat.Nos 0 604 15/16/05/92

For interior use

147

190 309

192

Cat.No 0 621 90

Cat.Nos

0 604 92

178

126

108

0 604 05

178

126

108

0 604 15

169

126

106

0 604 14

175

126

105

129

Plexo retangular - IP 54 - IK 08 Cat.Nos 0 624 00/02

554

219

126

205

72 140

Ø 50 mini

Ø 70 maxi

113

111

bulkhead lights

Koro round - IP 54 - IK 08

n Vandal - resistant bulkhead lights

Cat.Nos 0 624 25/26

Cat.No 0 624 15

240

160

Ø 261

Ø 50 mini

Ø 70 maxi

264

118

110

118

Koro bulkhead lights have multiple access points and can be wired without removing the plate A distinct advantage when one finds oneself 3 m from the ground

254

For tough environment Cat.Nos 0 604 77, 0 605 08

Cat.Nos 0 604 83, 0 605 09 127 115

122 115

193

120 62

for CM 10

Ø6

Ø ISO 20

228 109

Protective grid

The articulated plate swivels and enables direct wiring while retaining the option of connection outside the bulkhead lamp

Total accessibility with 6 knock-out cable entries Several power supply methods (tube with Plexo end cap Ø20) or DLP mini-trunking 32 x 20 with Plexo adaptor Power supply cables way through at the rear, outside of the enclosure

Bold pack quantities: Minimum quantities to be ordered Red catalogue numbers: New products

555

lighting equipment

6 915 06

0 606 25

Pack

0 601 30

Cat.Nos

Incandescent British standard shaverlight

Conform to BS EN 60598 and IEE wiring regulations (16th edition) For linear incandescent tube, Ø25 mm, length 284 mm Polycarbonate diffuser Pull cord switch in front + 2P socket protected by a 20 VA transformer Supplied with 60 W lamp 6 915 06 Incandescent shaverlight IP 24 - IK 04

Incandescent French standard shaverlights

1/10

For linear incandescent tube, 75 W max Ø38 mm, length 310 mm Polycarbonate diffuser Front switch and side socket Supplied with a 60 W lamp (tube) 0 606 20 Unswitched - IP 24

1/10

0 606 21 Switched - IP 24

1/10

0 606 25 Switched with 2P+T socket - IP 21

1/10

0 606 28 With socket + transfo 230/20 VA and switch IP 24

0 601 80

E 27 lampholder 50

Insulating material - 100 W 0 601 21 Screw connection Threaded base - single bushing 10 mm connector With retaining screw 4 A - 250 V±

Lampholders for public lighting 10 10

Porcelain - white 0 601 30 Base retaining clip, protective skirt 4 A - 250 V± E 27 lampholder 0 601 80 Base retaining clip - 16 A max. One piece unit 16 A - 750 V± E 40 lampholder

Incandescent tubes to fit striplights Ø38 mm, length 310 mm S19 end cap Ø19 mm 0 606 84 60 W - 230 V± in cardboard pack 0 606 90 60 W - 125 V± in cardboard pack Frosted

25 1/25

Bold pack quantities: Minimum quantities to be ordered

556

lighting equipment

0 401 92

British standard plugs and multi-outlet extensions

0 401 93

0 401 94

0 503 26

0 401 75

Pack

Cat.Nos

Cord switches

20 20 20

Coloured Easy connection by cutting the 2 wires Double pole 0 401 92 White 0 401 93 Old gold, old gold rocker 0 401 94 Black

Pack

Cat.Nos

0 503 26

NEW

British standard plugs 13 A - 250 V± - 2P+T ASTA Certification

6 500 13

13 A - 250 V± - 2P+T -

6 500 15

15 A - 250 V± - 2P+T -

6 745 32 2P+E non-standard round earth pin

13 A non-standard earth pin plug

Door contact switch 0 401 75

6 500 15

0 622 41

Fluorescent Easy connection by cutting the 2 wires Double pole 0 401 87 White spotted

6 500 13

Normally closed contactor complete with roller actuator Automatically illuminates cupboards upon opening of the door Single pole 2 A - 250 V

Fluorescent inspection lamps

1 1

IP 64 - IK 09 Supplied with fluorescent tube Class II 5 m cable H05 RNF (2 x 1 mm2) 0 622 40 8 W - 230 V - with 2P - 10/16 A plug G5 lampholder 0 622 41 11 W - 230 V - with 2P - 10/16 A plug IP 65 With hook - Rubber handle supplied with fluorescent tube, G23 lampholder 0 622 32 11 W - 230 V with 2P plug - 16 A 10 m cable - Class II 0 622 33 11 W - 24 V with Hypra plug 10 m cable - Class III 1: Do not comply with the Saudi Arabian Standards Organization (SASO)

Red catalogue numbers: New products

557

P. 562 Antimicrobial wiring accessories selection chart

Healthcare equipment 1

P. 571 Secure wandering device

P. 582 Supply power and data through floor

P. 600 Flush floor metal trunking system P. 606 Floor boxes for tiles/marble

Workstation solutions

Healthcare equipment and workstation solutions

P. 612 Desktop and meeting room multi-outlet extensions P. 624 Skirting DLP trunking

NEW IN 2013 Nurse call units (p. 564)

558

Pop-up boxes (p. 608)

P. 564 Call units

P. 565 Call devices

P. 566 Nurse call units

P. 568 BUS/SCS nurse call units

P. 572 Antimicrobial snap-on trunking

P. 574 Bedhead strips

P. 578 Lighting to assist with independant living

P. 581 Isolating transformers for hospitals

P. 584 Soluflex selection chart

P. 586 Soluflex cable floor system

P. 594 Electrak underfloor power distribution system

P. 598 Raised access floor metal trunking system

P. 602 Screed floor ducting system: PVC and metal

P. 603 Screed back boxes

P. 604 Supply power and data right to the desktop

P. 606 Floor boxes for carpet

P. 607 Socket outlet plates for floor boxes

P. 607 Empty wiring accessory plates for floor boxes

P. 608 Pop-up type flush mounting boxes

P. 610 Power and data desk grommets

P. 614 Columns and mini columns

P. 617 Over floor trunking

P. 618 Supply power and data through walls

P. 620 Mini-trunking

P. 626 Dado DLP trunking

P. 628 DLP wall trunking: PVC

P. 630 DLP wall trunking: aluminium

Power and data desk grommet (p. 610)

559

Specific functions for healthcare buildings Legrand offers you a wide range of antimicrobial functions for all healthcare buildings, from nursing homes to hospitals, but also for schools and non-medical residential homes

DISCOVER THE NEW ANTIMICROBIAL FUNCTIONS Solutions for all types of establishments • Ensure reliability, comfort and safety

• Guarantee the non-proliferation of bacteria, viruses and fungi • More efficiency and traceability

Antimicrobial call and nurse call units, p. 562 to 571

Antimicrobial snap-on trunking and mechanisms, p. 572 to 573

Antimicrobial bedhead strips for non-medical and medical establishments, p. 574 to 577

Lighting to assist with independent living • Prevention of falls and risks

• Centralisation and creation of living scenarios to make the home communicate

Stand-alone or BUS/SCS solutions, p. 578 to 580 560

MORE INFORMATION Get detailed information on many digital or printed supports, or contact your Area Commercial Manager

www.legrand.com

E -catalogue

S olutions for retirement homes & healthcare establishments

QR-code

561

Wiring accessories, antimicrobial mechanisms and plates selection chart

Controls

Low current sockets Cat.Nos

2 A - 230 V two-way switch 0 783 75 Switch with ejectable pull cord - 1 module White Cat.Nos

0 782 41 Magnetic connection socket for nurse call unit (call only) - 2 modules White 0 782 45 Magnetic connection socket for nurse call unit (call, lighting, shutters) - 2 modules White 0 765 83 RJ 45 socket, Cat. 6 shielded STP - 1 module White

10 AX - 250 VA two-way switches 0 787 10 Two-way switch - 1 module White 0 787 11 Two-way switch - 2 modules White

0 765 82 RJ 45 socket, Cat. 6 shielded FTP - 1 module White

0 787 12 LED indicator two-way switch 2 modules (modular) - White

0 765 81 RJ 45 socket, Cat. 6 shielded UTP - 1 module White

2 A - 230 V pushbutton 0 783 76 Pushbutton with ejectable pull cord - 1 module White

Signage

Pushbuttons 6 A - 250 VA 0 787 14 Pushbutton - 1 module White

Blanking plates

0 785 10 0.2 or 1 W illuminated sign 2 modules White

0 787 20 Blanking plate 1 module - White

0 787 15 Pushbutton - 2 modules White

0 787 21 Blanking plate 2 modules - White

0 787 16 LED indicator two-way pushbutton 2 modules (modular) - White 0 770 43 Two-way pushbutton with label-holder 2 modules White

Plates 2 modules 0 787 22 Plate 2 modules - White

Ventilation control 0 770 27 Ventilation control - 2 modules White

0 788 80 Plate 2 modules IP 44 - White

Touch-sensitive switch 0 766 66 Touch-sensitive switch, 10 AX - 2 modules White

4 modules 0 787 24 Plate 4 modules horizontal - White

Touch controls 0 787 09 Switch with neutral - 2 modules White

Horizontal 2 x 2 modules 0 787 25 Plate 2 x 2 modules horizontal - White

0 787 13 Non-powered NO/NC contact switch 2 modules - White Roller shutter switch 0 787 05 Roller shutter switch - 2 modules White

Vertical 2 x 2 modules 0 787 23 Plate 2 x 2 modules vertical - White

Mains voltage sockets Easy-insert 2P+E socket 0 772 31 Easy-insert 2P+E socket - 5 modules White Equipotential socket 0 787 00 Equipotential socket 2 modules White 2P+E German standard sockets - 2 modules 0 787 02 2P+E socket screw terminals - White 0 772 16 2P+E socket automatic terminals - Green 0 772 17 2P+E socket automatic terminals - Orange 0 772 20 2P+E socket screw terminals - Red 0 772 19 2P+E socket with flap - White

6 horizontal modules 0 787 26 Plate 6 modules horizontal - White

Hand-held remote control units - IP67 waterproof/weatherproof

2P ELV socket 0 771 50 2P ELV socket 1 module - White Anti-extraction module 0 770 80 Anti-extraction module 1 module - White 2P+E German standard sockets with screw terminals - 2 modules 0 772 12 2P+E socket with indicator - White 0 772 14 2P+E tamperproof socket with indicator - Red Red catalogue numbers: New products

562

For call only 0 782 40 White For call and lighting control 0 782 42 White For calls and controlling lighting and roller shutters 0 782 44 White

Wiring accessories, antimicrobial

conversion table

mechanisms and plates selection chart (continued)

old vs new ranges

Complete mechanisms (mechanism + support + plate) Call pull cord 0 782 48 Bathroom call pull cord IP 55, ejectable 2 modules - White

Cat.Nos old range

Cat.Nos new range

Description

Cat.Nos

LED call unit 0 766 85 Call unit with red indicator 2 modules - White Door unit 0 782 04 Door unit with 1 red indicator, 1 white indicator and 1 call and presence cancel pushbutton Automatic detector 0 784 90 BUS/SCS automatic detector 2 modules - White

Lighting strips and controls 0 783 18

0 783 32

LED extendable bedhead strip, 8 modules, reading + room lighting, antimicrobial

0 783 18

0 783 38

LED fluorescent extendable bedhead strip, 8 modules, reading + room lighting, antimicrobial

0 783 17

0 783 45

Fluorescent T5 extendable bedhead strip, 8 modules, reading + room lighting

0 783 90

0 783 77

230 VÂą remote control module for lighting or other SELV functions

0 766 67

0 783 75

Two-way switch with ejectable pull cord, 1 module, antimicrobial

Pushbutton cord and sockets

Magnetic connection sockets 0 782 46 Socket for call only hand-held remote control unit 2 modules - White 0 782 47 Socket for call, lighting and shutter hand-held remote control unit 2 modules - White

0 781 03 / 0 782 40 0 783 62

0 771 50

0 782 41

2-module socket mechanism for call only hand-held remote control unit, ejectable, magnetic connection Works with call only remote control unit Cat.No 0 782 40

0 766 63

0 782 46

2-module complete plug for ejectable hand-held remote control unit with magnetic connection Works with call only remote control unit Cat.No 0 782 40

Supports with site protection 0 802 51 2 modules

Ejectable call only hand-held remote control unit (pushbutton cord) Works with 2-module sockets Cat.No 0 782 41/46

Ejectable hand-held remote control units and sockets

0 802 14 4 modules

0 783 67/69 0 782 42

0 802 52 2 x 2 modules - Horizontal or vertical 0 783 66

0 782 44

Call, lighting and roller shutter control hand-held remote control unit (6 functions), ejectable Works with sockets Cat.No 0 782 45/47

0 782 45

2-module socket mechanism (for 3 or 6 functions) hand-held remote control unit, ejectable, with magnetic connection Works with hand-held remote control units Cat.No 782 42/44

0 782 47

Complete socket (for 3 or 6 functions) hand-held remote control unit, ejectable, with magnetic connection Works with hand-held remote control units Cat.No 0 782 42/44

0 802 16 6 modules - Horizontal 0 766 68

0 766 68

0 766 65

Call and lighting control hand-held remote control unit (3 functions), ejectable Works with sockets Cat.No 0 782 45/47

2-module socket mechanism (for 3 or 6 functions) hand-held remote control unit, ejectable, with 0 782 45/47 magnetic connection Works with hand-held remote control unit Cat.No 0 782 42

Bathroom call 0 766 64

0 782 48

Waterproof bathroom call pull cord, ejectable, antimicrobial

Red catalogue numbers: New products

563

NEW

call units

nurse call units

n Connection of the call panel and the socket for call push-button cord 0 766 57 12 V SELV

766 57

Selection chart for plates p. 562 Supports p. 563 Suitable for hotels, schools, non-medical residential homes For centralisation of 1 to 6 calls via indicator lights Call control via pushbutton 2 wires per direction Registration of calls via numbered indicator lights and brief audible signal Several calls can be registered simultaneously Individual cancelling for each direction Supplied with numbers Possibility of using a 12 V protected supply for 12 V SELV units

1 1

Cat.No

Call units

6-direction modules Used to create call panels according to requirements 6 modules 0 766 55 With integrated power supply 127/230 VA - 50/60 Hz 0 766 57 For external 12 V SELV power supply (not provided)

6-direction transfer unit 1

0 766 56 6 directions For remote transfer of calls 6 modules

Component for call unit 10

0 783 62

C contact - 2 A N Equipped with cord, length 2 m With 12 mm fixed-pitch for 2P socket Cat.No 0 771 50

Socket outlet 10

0 771 50

P ELV screw terminals 2 Automatic terminals - Antimicrobial 1 module

Red catalogue numbers: New products

564

MADE IN FRANCE

12 V 12V 200mA 2

R1 R2

A B R3 R4 R5 R6

12 V

0 783 62

Pack

Îź 6A 250V

0 766 55

NEW

nurse call units

call devices for rooms and bathrooms

ith all tible w Compand nurse call Legra ystems s

0 782 42

0 782 40

0 782 44

0 782 48

0 782 43

0 782 47

0 782 46 non indexed

Technical characteristics p. 567 Parts used for calling a nurse Information report on door unit and control unit for nurses' station Compatible with all Legrand nurse call systems Pack

Cat.Nos

robial: Antimicld remote e h hand unit and cord control 6

0 782 40

0 782 42

0 782 44

Call units for rooms

Pack

White antimicrobial Magnetic connection between hand-held remote control unit and socket Can be ejected in all directions with pull-out torque designed to avoid any damage to the equipment Hand-held remote control unit for call only IP 67 waterproof hand-held remote control unit: - designed ergonomically for ease of handling - 1 call button and red indicator for call confirmation - visible at night via 2 illuminated LEDs Fitted with a 2.5 m cord For use in conjunction with socket Cat.No 0 782 41 Call and lighting control hand-held remote control unit IP 67 waterproof hand-held remote control unit: - designed ergonomically for ease of handling - 1 call button and red indicator for call confirmation - visible at night via 2 illuminated LEDs - 1 button for reading light control - 1 button for room light control Fitted with a 2.5 m cord For use in conjunction with socket Cat.No 0 782 45 Hand-held control unit for calls and controlling lighting and roller shutters IP 67 waterproof hand-held remote control unit: - designed ergonomically for ease of handling - 1 call button and red indicator for call confirmation - visible at night via 2 illuminated LEDs - 1 button for reading light control - 1 button for room light control - 2 buttons for controlling roller shutters - 1 free function button (example: switched socket) Fitted with a 2.5 m cord For use in conjunction with socket Cat.No 0 782 45 Sockets for hand-held remote control units Supplied pre-assembled with finishing plate in white, antimicrobial and 2-module support Non-indexed magnetic connection socket for hand-held remote control unit Cat.No 782 40

0 782 46

0 782 47 Magnetic connection socket for hand-held remote control units Cat.Nos 0 782 42/44

Accessory for hand-held remote control units 5

0 782 43 Clamp for holding the hand-held remote control unit within reach: on beds, clothes, armchairs, edge of beds, etc.

Cat.Nos

Call units for bathrooms

White antimicrobial Mechanisms supplied with support and finishing plate Ejectable call pull cord 0 782 48 Bathroom call pull cord, IP 55 waterproof, ejectable With red indicator for call confirmation Fitted with height-adjustable handle Red antimicrobial cord Can be installed in a shower at a height of 2.20 m 0 766 85

Call unit Antimicrobial bathroom call pushbutton With red indicator for call confirmation IP 20 IP 44 with plate Cat.No 0 788Â 80 (p. 562)

Call units for specific environments 1

Waterproof call unit - Plexo 55 finish IP 55 Mechanism supplied with support and finishing plate in white With red indicator for call confirmation Suitable for damp environments (e.g.: rehabilitation and recovery centres with swimming pool, steam room, sauna, etc.) High-resistance call unit - Soliroc finish 0 782 51 Call unit with high resistance to impacts IK 10 and to humidity IP X5 Grey metallic alloy With red indicator for call confirmation Suitable for psychiatric and penal institutions, etc. Supplied pre-assembled with plate and support

0 782 49

Biomedical call units for bedrooms or special rooms 1 module

Socket mechanism for biomedical calls Signals the end of a cycle via an alarm on the nurse call unit system For connecting portable electrical medical appliances such as syringe pumps, respirators, etc. 0 771 50 12 mm fixing centres White antimicrobial 0 782 07

Shunt plug Shunt plug for biomedical alarm standby 12 mm fixing centre Used with socket Cat.No 0 771 50

Red catalogue numbers: New products

565

NEW

nurse call units

for day hospitals, dialysis centres, etc.

Call units for schools and hotels 0 766 60

0 782 14 + 0 766 60

p. 564

782 04

Designed for nurse call equipment in day hospitals, dialysis and transfusion centres, scanners, etc. Functions: • from the room: calls, emergency calls, nurse present indicator and call cancelling • from the nurses' station: patient reassurance Possibility of adding a paging system Pack

Cat.Nos

0 766 60

0 782 14

0 782 89

0 782 12

Display units and management

Pack

6-direction call display unit Registration of calls via numbered indicator lights and audible signal Several calls can be registered simultaneously Display of reassurance indicator and nurse present Possibility of transferring calls to 4 other display units (e.g.: treatment room, rest area, etc.) Installed: - in surface mounting box Cat.No 0 802 86 - on table control unit Cat.No 0 782 14 6 modules Table control unit Takes up to 6 display units Cat.No 0 766 60 Horizontal or vertical mounting Dim.: 310 x 295 x 75 mm 36 modules 24 V - 2 A - 48 W power supply Powers the system If necessary, a 24 V protected power supply can be used 8 modules 3-direction management module Manages 3 rooms (or directions) Possibility of forwarding via NO volt-free contact for indicator, audible signal, paging, master indicator 4 modules

Cat.Nos

Supplied with metal support for screw mounting and white finishing plate 2 modules Can be flush or surface mounting Fitted with long life LEDs Double display corridor overdoor light unit 0 766 72 Double indicator (red/white) Displays calls and nurse present in the corridor 0 782 04

Red catalogue numbers: New products

566

Corridor and room equipment

Door unit Includes 1 red indicator, 1 white indicator and 1 call and nurse presence cancel pushbutton. Antimicrobial

nurse call units

for nursing homes and hospitals

n Selection guide: how to draw up your list of equipment 1 Gather the following information

D D

Number of separate rooms

Number of rooms with bathroom

Number of separate bathrooms

Number of beds

2 Calculate the number of directions To determine the number of directions, simply add: A + B + C =

3 Draw up your list of equipment

• Power supply: Power supply Cat.No 0 782 89 Number of power supplies to be calculated using the table below

• Nurses' station and management equipment Cat.No 0 766 60 = E /6 i.e. Cat.No 0 782 12 = E /3 i.e. Option: Table control unit Cat.No 0 782 14 = E /36 i.e. • Corridor equipment Cat.No 0 766 72 = E i.e. • Room/bathroom equipment Door unit Cat.No 0 782 04 = E i.e. Bathroom call unit Cat.No 0 766 64 = B + C i.e. • Bed equipment Socket for push-button cord Cat.No 0 766 63 = D i.e. Push button cord Cat.No 0 783 62 = D i.e. Option: Shunt plug for biomedical alarm Cat.No 0 782 07 = D i.e. Socket for biomedical alarm Cat.No 0 766 63 = D i.e.

displays modules ctrl. units light units

0 782 04 0.7 W

0 766 72 0.9 W

0 766 64 0.7 W

H/h rem. ctrl unit 0.8 W

0 766 60 0.4 W per direction used

NB: A maximum of 30% of the directions can normally be used simultaneously. You can therefore apply a coefficient of 0.3 to calculate the power supply

door units call units

2 x 6/10th pairs 230 V±

sockets cords plugs sockets

2 x 1.5 mm2 Power supply Cat.No 0 782 89

9 pairs 6/10th for 3 directions 6-direction display unit Cat.No 0 766 60

Bathroom call unit Cat.No 0 782 48

2 x 6/10th pairs per direction Management module Cat.No 0 782 12

1 x 6/10th pair Door unit Cat.No 0 782 04

Socket for push-button cord Cat.No 0 782 46 + 0 782 40

2 x 6/10th pairs Corridor overdoor light unit Cat.No 0 766 72

567

BUS/SCS nurse call unit

crobial i m i t n A

signalling and acknowledgement units for rooms

0 766 06

0 766 07

0 766 08

0 782 00

NEW BUS/SCS nurse call unit corridor signalling units

0 766 70

Technical characteristics p. 570

Technical characteristics p. 574

BUS/SCS system with star wiring around the door unit: - call centralisation - acknowledgement - communication with nursing control unit and all elements of the system via BUS/SCS - signalling forwarded to all indicators (e.g.: corridor overhead light unit, door unit, hand-held remote control unit) Pack

Cat.Nos

0 766 04

Ensures that information is transferred into the corridor Pack

Cat.Nos

Antimicrobial door units for rooms

For installation at the entrance to the room, can be seen from the bed Connect directly to the BUS/SCS cable Cat.Nos 0 492 32/33 With indicator and pushbutton for calls, nurse presence and 2nd nurse presence Comply with standards VDE 0834-1 and 0834-2 Fault display 4-module wiring mechanisms supplied complete Flush mounting in 50 mm deep box or surface mounting with frame Cat.No 0 766 14 (p. 569) Door unit with indicators 0 766 06 Door unit with illuminated call indicators Nurse presence and acknowledgement via pushbutton. Audible and illuminated signal of a call coming from another room Suitable for shared bathrooms and for secure wandering Door unit with display 0 766 07 Door unit with alphanumerical display Nurse presence and acknowledgement via pushbutton. Call display from another room Used in conjunction with the interphone unit Cat.No 0 766 09 for communicating with rooms issuing calls and with a nurse present User is able to acknowledge at the end of the communication

0 766 71

0 766 70

0 766 04

0 766 05

0 766 03 For fixing a corridor display unit projecting

Fixing accessory for corridor display unit

Interphone door unit 0 766 08 For installation: - at the entrance to the room connected to the door unit with display Cat.No 0 766 07 - in the nurses' room linked to the control unit Cat.No 0 766Â 11 (p. 569) Allows the user to: - communicate from one room to another room issuing a call or with a nurse present - broadcast a general call Must be connected to a microphone Cat.No 0 782 00 for communication between the patient and the nursing staff 4-module wiring mechanism supplied complete Flush mounting for Mosaic in 50 mm deep box or surface mounting with frame Cat.No 0 766 14 (p. 569) Room microphone 0 782 00 Remote microphone for connection to the interphone unit Cat.No 0 766 08 For installation next to the bed. For communication between the patient and the nursing staff. 2-module mechanism. Supplied pre-assembled with finishing plate in white and 2-module support Red catalogue numbers: New products

568

For installation in the corridor above the doors Supplied with support and white finishing plate Flush-mounting or surface-mounting. Call only overdoor light unit for corridors LED triangular overdoor light unit for call signalling 1 red indicator For call signalling 2 modules Call and nurse presence overdoor light units for corridors LED triangular overdoor light units for call signalling, bathroom calls and nurse presence Monobloc indicator in red, white, green 2 modules Recommended for compliance with standards VDE 0834-1 and 0834-2 Corridor display unit For installation in the corridor 10-character alphanumeric display Indication of calls and nurse presence by level of priority For fixing in false ceiling or on the wall Supplied with connection interface to the BUS/SCS Double sided display unit

Antimicrobial interphone unit for room and nurses' station 1

Corridor signalling devices

BUS/SCS nurse call unit

crobial i m i t n A

NEW

signalling units for nurses' station

Wall fixing... 0 766 18 Traceability software

0 766 11

â&#x20AC;Śor on inclined plane 0 766 12

0 035 44

Technical characteristics p. 574 Pack

1 1

Cat.Nos

Antimicrobial control units

Pack

Call and presence display for all bedrooms and rooms in order of priority (max. 150) 4-module wiring mechanism supplied with support Installation in 50 mm deep flush-mounting box or on inclined plane Cat.No 0 766 12/13 with alphanumeric display and adjustable audible signal Scrolled display of the calls and nurse visits in progress Fitted with a malfunction indicator Used in conjunction with the interphone unit Cat.No 0 766 08 allows: - communication with the bedrooms issuing calls and with a nurse present - call acknowledgement at communication end - calls to be made to all rooms with a nurse present Connects directly to the BUS/SCS cable Cat. Nos 0 492 32/33 Main control unit 0 766 11 For installation in the nurses' station Secondary control unit 0 766 09 Can be used in addition to the main control unit in another room (break room, dining room, etc.) or in a corridor

Cat.Nos

Traceability on PC

Traceability software 0 766 18 Memorises and categorises events by information type (calls, nurse presence, acknowledgement, etc.) Time stamping of events Export of the elements as .csv files which can be used on a PC Works with traceability interface Cat.No 0 766 17 to be ordered separately Traceability interface 0 766 17 Works with call traceability software Cat.No 0 766 18 2 x 17.5 mm DIN modules

Building manager 1

0 035 44 Ensures communication of the Modbus-Bacnet protocols, storing and information history Can be used to centralise the following software packages: - lighting actimetry Cat.No 0 783 80 - traceability Cat.No 0 766Â 18

BUS/SCS cables 1 1

Supplied on a reel 0 492 32 Length 500 m 0 492 33 Length 200 m Non-halogen cable

Fixing accessories 1 1

For control units 0 766 12 Inclined plane for fixing control unit only onto table 0 766 13 Inclined plane for fixing control unit + interphone unit onto table For control units, door units and interphone units 0 766 14 Surface mounting frame for refurbishment

Call transfer interface to DECT 1

0 766 19 Interface for forwarding information as ESPA 444 protocol to the DECT system (text messages only) 2 x 17.5 mm DIN modules

Red catalogue numbers: New products

569

BUS/SCS nurse call unit

system products

n Example diagram of the BUS/SCS nurse call device for a 50 room ward

0 766 11 main control unit

0 782 90

0 035 60

0 766 07

Max. 250 m

Electrical distribution board

Traceability interface Cat.No 0 766 17

Cat.Nos

SELV power supplies

For sound system 0 634 35 Power supply unit Input voltage: 230 VA Output voltage: 27 V= Maximum consumption: 1 A 8 DIN modules For indicators 0 782 90 For overdoor light units with bulb or LED 230 V/24 V - 2.5 A power supply For mounting in modular cabinets 6 modules

0 766 07

Electrical cabinet Max. 250 m

0 766 10 For communicating information between 2 BUS/SCS nurse call systems Used where departments are grouped together or for departments with more than 80 rooms (e.g.: nursing homes, residential homes for the elderly, etc.)

Physical configuration of the installation

1 5

BUS/SCS power supply Cat.No 0 035 60

0 766 07

BUS/SCS extension 1

Power supply indicator Cat.No 0 782 90

For BUS/SCS 0 035 60 Secure power supply 230 VA - 27 V= - 1.2 A 17.5 mm 8 modules DIN Max. 50 rooms

Pack

DECT interface Cat.No 0 766 19

0 261 45

0 766 10

0 766 07

Power supply indicator Cat.No 0 782 90

Suitable for establishments with fewer than 80 rooms Configuration using a configurator Used to associate an address with the different system components Kit with configurators 0 261 45 0 to 9 (10 configurators for each digit) 0 492 20 I!

0 766 07

Virtual configuration of the installation

Recommended for installations above 80 rooms Configuration via PC 0 766 15 Virtual configuration software For installations of 0 to 150 departments For use with interface Cat.No 0 766 16 (to be ordered separately) for connecting a PC Configuration kit 0 766 16 Interface for connecting a PC and the installation Works with software Cat.No 0 766 15

0 766 07 BUS/SCS SCS cable Cat.No 0 492 33

Red catalogue numbers: New products

570

0 766 07 Power supply indicator 1 pair 2 x 0.9 SYT cable

BUS/SCS nurse call unit secure wandering device

0 766 20

0 767 09

0 766 22 Pack

Cat.Nos

NEW 1

0 766 20

0 766 21

0 766 22

0 766 06

0 431 00

Secure wandering device

0 408 96 Pack

Indicates that a door has been crossed by the resident wearing the device Works with door unit Cat.No 0 766 06 configured for secure wandering and allowing acknowledgement Simultaneous alarm transmission over DECT Ring Fitted with 869 MHz radio transmitter Anti-allergy White Permanent fixing Aerial Receives the ring signal and transmits it to the controller Door controller Coded keypad for capturing the ring's signal when a certain door has been crossed Works with aerial Cat.No 0 766 21 Door unit With illuminated escape indicator Acknowledgement via pushbutton

0 767 08 Cat.Nos

Electromagnetic lock 300 kg 0 767 07 Signalling of the leaf position via 2-colour LED and forwarding possible by changeover switch Control of the door position by Hall effect (not compatible with operation of the local emergency exit management unit Cat.No 0 380 57) Consumption: 24 V 300 mA 7.2 W, 12 V 600 mA 7.2Â W NEW Electromagnetic lock 500 kg 0 767 08 Signalling of the leaf position via 2-colour LED and forwarding possible by changeover switch Control of the door position by Hall effect (not compatible with operation of the local emergency exit management unit Cat.No 0 380 57) Consumption: 24 V 250 mA 7.2 W, 12 V 500 mA 7.2Â W

Protected power supply 1

0 767 18 12 V power supply = - 4 A. Backed up by 12 V - 7 Ah battery Cat.No 0 407 49 (not supplied)

Filtered rectified power supply

Magnetic opening detector 0 431 00 Surface-mounted magnetic detector 1 spring blade switch to be fixed on the door frame 1 moving magnet to be fixed on the door leaf

Comprising: - a safety transformer with interference filtering - a filter capacitor - protection by PTC integrated in the primary - double operating terminals PTC: Positive temperature coefficient. In the event of an automatic cut-off due to an overload or short circuit, switches off the power supply and allows it to cool down before switching on again.

Electric door release 1

0 408 98 Shunt trip door release 12 VA/ = 6 W - 158 x 26 x 32 mm - 500 mA

NEW 1

0 408 96 Very short shunt trip door release (2-stage) 12 V= - 200 mA For operation in double-entrance security doors Dimensions: 158 x 26 x 32 mm 0 408 95 Undervoltage door release 12 V= - 600 mA For operation in emergency exits Dimensions: 158 x 26 x 32 mm

NEW 1

Electromagnetic locks

12 V=

NEW 1

4 131 05

Power (W)

Current (A)

1.3

Terminal capacity flexible cables (mm2) input output

No. of modules

Motorised bolt

0 767 09 Motorised bolt with manual internal unlocking Built-in position contact 12 V= - 410 mA For surface-mounting installation

Red catalogue numbers: New products

571

Antimicrobial snap-on trunking 50 x 80 and 50 x 130

crobial i m i t n A

NEW

Cat.Nos for trunking 50 x 80 Internal variable angle Cat.No 0 757 10

External variable angle Cat.No 0 757 15

Flat junction Cat.No 0 757 25

Flat angle Cat.No 0 757 20

Cat.Nos for trunking 50 x 130

External variable angle Cat.No 0 757 17

Flat junction Cat.No 0 757 25

Flat angle Cat.No 0 757 22

Internal variable angle Cat.No 0 757 12

Conform to iso 22196 Pack

20 (1)

Cat.Nos

50 x 80 snap-on trunking

1-compartment trunking 0 757 00 Can take any Mosaic or Arteor wiring accessory Includes: - 1 body - 1 cover, width 45 mm Length: 2 m

Pack 50

12 (1) 80

Cat.Nos

2-compartment trunking 0 757 02 Can take any Mosaic or Arteor wiring accessory Includes: - 1 body with 2 compartments - 2 covers, width 45 mm Length: 2 m

Angles for 50 x 80 trunking 10

0 757 10

0 757 15

0 757 20

0 757 05

50 45 130

Angles for 50 x 130 trunking

Internal angle, varies from 80° to 100°

0 757 12

Internal angle, varies from 80° to 100°

External angle, varies from 85° to 120°

0 757 17

External angle, varies from 85° to 120°

Flat angle at 90°

0 757 22

Flat angle at 90°

0 757 07

End cap for 50 x 80 trunking

End cap for 50 x 130 trunking

Left or right end cap

Red catalogue numbers: New products

572

50 x 130 snap-on trunking

Left or right end cap

1: Number of metres in pack

Antimicrobial snap-on trunking 50 x 180

NEW

crobial i m i t n A Accessories for antimicrobial snap-on trunking 50 x 80, 50 x 130 and 50 x 180

Cat.Nos for trunking 50 x 180

Cat.Nos for trunking 50 x 180 Flat junction Cat.No 0 757 25

Flat angle Cat.No 0 757 24

Internal variable angle Cat.No 0 757 14

External variable angle Cat.No 0 757 19

Antimicrobial mechanisms

p. 562-563

Conform to iso 22196 Pack

8 (1)

Cat.Nos

50 x 180 snap-on trunking

3-compartment trunking 0 757 04 Can take any Mosaic or Arteor wiring accessory Includes: - 1 body with 3 compartments - 3 cover, width 45 mm Length: 2 m

Pack

Cat.Nos

0 757 25

Flat junction With 80, 130 and 180 mm wide sections Creates a junction with snap-on trunking 50 x 80 mm

45 180

Extra cover

20 (1)

0 757 29

Width 45 mm Length 2 m

Extra partition

Angles for 50 x 180 trunking 5

0 757 14

Internal angle, varies from 80° to 100°

0 757 19

External angle, varies from 85° to 120°

0 757 24

Flat angle at 90°

26 (1)

0 756 09

0 757 30

Divider Length 2 m

Joint Stick-on body joint

End cap for 50 x 180 trunking 5

0 757 09

Left or right end cap

Cover joint 10

0 757 35

Width 45 m

Soluclip accessory 10

1: Number of metres in pack

0 757 36

For installation with any Arteor function

1: Number of metres in pack

Red catalogue numbers: New products

573

bedhead strips

reminder of current standards

crobial i m i t n A

NEW

for non-medical establishments

n Bedhead strips: Self-extinguishing test The test report related to compliance with the fire safety regulations is completed by an independent organisation It involves a self-extinguishing test following application of an incandescent wire to the luminaire The luminaire is qualified in accordance with the temperature of the wire applied and the time taken for the flame to extinguish: 850° and 30 seconds maximum are the qualification criteria for public buildings CE marking CE marking is a mandatory marking for luminaires It is a declaration from the manufacturer itself which commits its signatory alone. There is no verification by external organisations It is based on specific directives and standards which govern the manufacture of luminaires from the point of view of safety and electromagnetic compatibility For electrical safety it involves standard EN 60 598 known as the Luminaire Standard It ensures that the assemblies are electrically compliant and in a broader sense ensures all electrical safety aspects for the user Standard EN 60 598-2-25 is specific to luminaires in hospitals and health establishments In terms of electromagnetic compatibility several standards provide a reference for luminaires The aim is to ensure that the luminaire in operation is not going to disrupt other electrical and/or electronic devices such as televisions, alarms and indeed pacemakers Conversely it must be ensured that these electrical or electronic devices do not disrupt the operation of the luminaires (for example their switching on): - EN 12464-1 and NFX 90-003-1 standards on luminaires and the lighting of indoor workplaces - EN 61547 CE standard on luminaire immunity - EN 55015 CE standard on luminaire radiation - EN 61000-3-2 CE standard on luminaire harmonics Trunking for medical gases Extract of standard FD S 90_155 on distribution systems for medical gases: where so-called "bedhead" medical gases are installed (see EN ISO 11197 on service ducts) or fixed mast arms (or ceiling columns) fitted in particular with sockets for medical gases, it is recommended that the same manufacturer is used for the distribution system and for the busbar systems inside the trunking, including the medical gas sockets integrated into the supplies provided

0 783 31

0 783 87

Technical characteristics p. 574 Antimicrobial mechanisms selection table p. 572-573 Perfectly suitable for retirement homes, establishments providing a low level of medical care and homes Pack

Cat.Nos

0 783 30

0 783 31

0 783 32

0 783 87

n BUS/SCS nurse call unit Complies with the VDE standard on call systems for hospitals, nursing homes and similar establishments: - DIN VDE 0834-1 instructions for equipment, its installation and operation - DIN VDE 0834-2 environmental conditions and electromagnetic compatibility The indicators associated with the hospital signalling conform with the general standard EN 60 073 which provides the colour coding principles

Red catalogue numbers: New products

574

LED bedhead strips Very low consumption LED lighting with an estimated lifetime of 100,000 hours IP 20 - IK 04 Alu material, grey, antimicrobial Resistance to incandescent wire: 850 °C Class I Ra or TCI: 80 Colour T°: 6,500 °K Complies with standards EN 60598-1, EN 60598-2-25, EN 12464-1 LED reading lighting Bedhead strip with remote control for reading Strip length: 0.97m Bedhead strip fitted with an antimicrobial pull cord switch Modular: 3 modules on one side and 4 antimicrobial modules on the other side of the strip Compatible with BUS/SCS nurse call unit (p. 568): Can be fitted with a remote control socket Strip length: 1.40 m Reading and room lighting Compatible with BUS/SCS nurse call unit (p. 568): Can be fitted with a socket for hand-held remote control unit Extendable bedhead strip: 4 antimicrobial modules on each side of the strip Strip length: 1.40 m Bedhead strip fitted with antimicrobial mechanisms: - 1 blanking plate 2 modules - 1 two-way switch for room lighting - 1 pull cord switch for reading - 2 x 2P+E sockets - German standard Strip length: 1.40 m

bedhead strips

NEW

crobial i m i t n A

for non-medical establishments (continued)

0 783 38

0 783 36

0 783 42 Room lighting with dimming

Technical characteristics p. 574 Antimicrobial mechanisms selection table p. 572-573 Perfectly suitable for retirement homes, establishments providing a low level of medical care and homes Pack

Cat.Nos

LED bedhead strip with dynamic lighting

Very low consumption LED lighting with an estimated lifetime of 100,000 hours IP 20 - IK 04 Aluminium material, grey, antimicrobial Resistance to incandescent wire: 850 °C Class I Ra or CTI: 80 Colour T° = 2,500 to 6,500 °K Complies with standards EN 60598-1, EN 60598-2-25, EN 12464-1 LED dynamic reading and room lighting For automatic management of the lighting colour (white to amber) depending on the time of day so as to reduce cognitive deficiencies Fitted with light level cell for automatic adjustment of the light intensity in accordance with the natural light level 0 783 36 Bedhead strip fitted with antimicrobial mechanisms: - 1 blanking plate 2 modules and 1 blanking plate 1 module - 1 pull cord switch for reading - 2 x 2P+E sockets - German standard Compatible with BUS/SCS nurse call unit (p. 568) Can be fitted with a socket for hand-held remote control units Strip length: 1.40m

Pack

1 1

Cat.Nos

LED fluorescent bedhead strips

IP 20 - IK 04 Alu material, grey, antimicrobial Resistance to incandescent wire: 850 °C Class I Complies with standards EN 60598-1, EN 60598-2-25, EN 12464-1 LED reading lighting Fluorescent T5 tube room lighting with electronic ballast Can be fitted with a socket for hand-held remote control units Reading and room lighting 0 783 38 Extendable bedhead strip: 4 antimicrobial modules on each side of the strip Strip length: 1.47m 0 783 60 Bedhead strip fitted with antimicrobial mechanisms: - 1 blanking plate 2 modules - 1 two-way switch for room lighting - 1 pull cord switch for reading - 2 x 2P+E sockets - German standard Strip length: 1.47m Reading and room lighting with dimming 0 783 42 Bedhead strip fitted with antimicrobial mechanisms: - 1 blanking plate 2 modules and 1 blanking plate 1 module - 1 pull cord switch for reading - 2 x 2P+E sockets - German standard Room lighting dimming possible via pushbutton, pull cord pushbutton and/or hand-held remote control unit Strip length: 1.47 m

Red catalogue numbers: New products

575

bedhead strips

crobial i m i t n A

for medical establishments, clinics, hospitals, etc.

0 783 45 Magnetic connection socket for hand-held remote control unit

Example of Cat.No 0 785 10 integrated into the bedhead strip

0 783 85 Example of trunking 0 783 50 with supports for assembling 2 ALS sockets 0 783 51

Technical characteristics p. 574 Antimicrobial mechanisms selection table p. 572-573 Perfectly suitable for medical environments. Comply with current lighting standards: EN 60598-1, EN 60598-2-25, EN 12464-1 Separate lighting and gas devices to allow electricians and gas engineers to carry out product maintenance in total safety Pack

Cat.Nos

0 783 45

0 783 86

0 783 85

0 783 97

Fluorescent T5 bedhead strips

Pack

IP 20 - IK 04 Alu material, grey, antimicrobial Lighting via T5 tube with electronic ballast: - 300 lux over the reading area - 100 lux for room lighting Option of adding the standby module Cat. No. 785 10 To be fitted with a remote control module for controlling lighting or roller shutters (p. 577) via hand-held remote control units (p. 565) Allow annual savings to be made for an installation of 80 bedhead strips (equivalent to 2 hospital wards for example), calculation in comparison with use of T8 tube ferromagnetic bedhead strips Resistance to incandescent wire: 850°C Class I Ra or TCI: 80 Colour T°: 4,000 °K Comply with standards EN 60598-1, EN 60598-2-25, EN 12464-1 1.20 m bedhead strips Non equipped - extendable Room lighting: 1 x 39 W Reading light: 1 x 24 W Extendable strip: 8 modules Equipped - 2 x 2P+E German standard sockets Room lighting: 2 x 24 W Reading light: 1 x 24 W 8-module bedhead strip fitted with antimicrobial mechanisms: - 1 blanking plate 2 modules - 1 two-way switch for room lighting - 1 ejectable pull cord switch for reading 1.60 m bedhead strips Non equipped - extendable Room lighting: 2 x 39 W Reading light: 1 x 24 W Examination lighting: room + reading + 1 x 24 W Conform to NFX 90-003-1 For examination lighting: 300 lux on the bed Extendable strip: 16 modules Equipped - 2 x 2P+E German standard sockets Room lighting: 2 x 39 W Reading light: 1 x 24 W Examination lighting: room + reading + 1 x 24 W Complies with standard NFX 90-003-1 for examination lighting: 300 lux on the bed 16-module bedhead strip fitted with antimicrobial mechanisms: - 2 blanking plates 2 modules - 1 switch for examination lighting - 1 RJ 45 socket, Cat. 6 FTP to be wired - 1 two-way switch for room lighting - 1 ejectable pull cord switch for reading - 2 blanking plates 2 modules

Cat.Nos

0 783 88 Equipped - 2 x 2P+E (x 2) German standard sockets Room lighting: 2 x 28 W Reading light: 1 x 24 W Examination lighting: room + reading + 1 x 24 W 16-module bedhead strip fitted with antimicrobial mechanisms: - 1 magnetic socket Cat. No 0 782 45 for call and lighting control hand-held remote control units 2 modules - 1 blanking plate 1 module (x 2) - 1 switch for examination lighting - 1 RJ 45 socket, Cat. 6 FTP to be wired - 1 blanking plate 2 modules

0 785 10 To be installed in skirting trunking or bedhead strip 230 V - 2 modules White antimicrobial

0 783 50 Supplied in 3m lengths, adjustable Takes medical gas sockets with supports Cat.Nos 0 783 51/52/53 IP 40 Alu material, grey, antimicrobial Complies with the standards on medical gases FDS-90-155

Standby module for bedhead strip

Trunking for gas sockets

Supports for gas sockets

1 1 1

For assembling the gas sockets on trunking Cat.No 0 783 50 Alu material, grey, antimicrobial 0 783 51 For assembling ALS socket 0 783 52 For assembling DKD socket 0 783 53 For assembling Caouet socket

Red catalogue numbers: New products

576

Fluorescent T5 bedhead strips (continued)

NEW

control units for bedhead strips

made-to-measure bedhead trunking unit n Installation and equipment For other configurations, please contact us Choice of lengths: 1.20 m to 1.60 m

0 783 75

0 783 78

Option of selecting the type of lighting (reading - room care) Option of changing the modular units and their positioning

Choice of cord length and gas

Magnetic connection between 0 782 40 and 0 782 41

0 782 41

Pack

Cat.Nos

0 782 45

Lighting control units

0 783 75 Two-way switch with ejectable pull cord 1-module switch 230 V - 2 A White antimicrobial Grey antimicrobial cord 0 783 76 Pushbutton with ejectable pull cord 1 module 230 V - 2 A White antimicrobial Grey antimicrobial cord

230 VA remote control modules

Boxes for controlling lighting or other SELV functions via hand-held remote control units For mounting in the bedhead strips Connected via screw terminals 0 783 77 Used to control 4 lighting circuits (for example: room, reading, nursing, standby, etc.) Compatible with hand-held remote control unit Cat.No 0 782Â 42 (p. 565) Dimensions: 230 x 71 x 44 mm 0 783 78 Used for controlling 2 lighting outputs (room and reading) as well as the roller shutters (up, down) and 1 x 16 A all-function outlet Compatible with hand-held remote control unit Cat.No 0 782Â 44 (p. 565) Dimensions: 230 x 71 x 44 mm 0 783 79 Used for controlling 2 lighting outputs (room with dimming light and reading) with level storage, roller shutters (up, down) and 1 x 16 A all-function outlet Compatible with hand-held remote control unit Cat.No 0 782Â 44 (p. 565) Dimensions: 230 x 71 x 44 mm

2-module socket mechanisms for hand-held remote control unit 1

0 782 41 Socket for hand-held remote control unit for call only Magnetic connection without locating device for hand-held remote control unit Cat.No 0 782 40 (p. 565) White antimicrobial 0 782 45 Socket for hand-held remote control units Magnetic connection for hand-held remote control units Cat.Nos 0 782 42/44 (p. 565) White antimicrobial Red catalogue numbers: New products

577

lighting to assist with independent living stand-alone solutions

0 785 10

0 784 51

0 488 06

0 785 22 Personalised label

0 787 15 + plate 0 787 22

Stand-alone automatic lighting devices which allow the patient to get their bearings and make their way to the bathrooms Pack

578

Cat.Nos

For installation in the room

Combination of automatic switches and illuminated signalling Automatic switch with neutral, 3 wire 0 784 51 2 modules - white For installation at a maximum of 30 cm from the ground in order to pick up the patient's movements once out of bed Allows triggering of the lighting and the illuminated signalling Installing 2 or 3 detectors per room is advisable for optimum movement detection Infrared detection Detection range adjustable from 3m to 10m Horizontal detection angle: 180° Light level threshold adjustable from 3 to 1,000 lux Time delay adjustable from 1s to 16 mins with repetition of cycle as long as movement is detected For installation in box depth 40 mm min. For flush-mounted installation use plate Cat.No 0 788 22 and support Cat.No 0 802 51

Pack

Illuminated signalling For flush-mounted installation use plate Cat.No 0 788 22 and support Cat.No 0 802 51 2 choices of power rating (0.2 W or 1 W) 0 785 20 Signalling with white LEDs 2 modules

0 785 10

0 785 22

For 230 V - 0.2 or 1 W illuminated standby To be installed in skirting trunking or bedhead strip 230 V - 2 modules White antimicrobial Illuminated signalling for top of door Signalling with white LEDs (1 W) Mechanism incorporating LEDs and a pivoting window which can take preprinted labels Option of downloading labels from e-catalogue for printing 5 modules For flush-mounted installation use plate Cat.No 0 788 15 and support Cat.No 0 802 52

Cat.Nos

For installation in bathrooms

False ceiling detector switch 0 488 06 Connection via automatic terminals • Operating mode: - Vacancy sensing: switched on manually via push-button, switched off automatically via detector or by pressing push-button - Occupancy sensing: switched on and off automatically - Factory pre-set to occupancy sensing mode. Vacancy sensing mode activated by mobile configurators • Light level threshold factory pre-set to 500 lux • Factory pre-set time delay 15 minutes. Walkthrough function activated (short time delay of 3 minutes for 1 walkthrough) • Site adjustment with mobile configurators Cat.Nos 0 882 30/35 • Serial wiring Phase + Neutral + Source With terminals to connect the push-button(s) including push-buttons with LED indicator Cat.Nos 0 770 40/33 • For controlling light sources: - 2,000 W max 230 V halogen - 1,000 VA max ELV halogen, fluorescent bulb with ballast - 500 W max with compact fluorescent light and LED Recommended fixing height: 2.50 m Fixed directly to a false ceiling with mounting claws (provided) or installed in Batibox flush-mounting box with depth of 50mm Surface mounted with accessory Cat.No 0 488 75 Infrared and ultrasonic detector 360° This dual technology allows presence to be detected precisely as soon as the wave issued by the detector is modified Consumption 0.8 W on standby Push-button 0 787 15 For controlling the false ceiling detector switch in vacancy sensing For installation next to the bathroom door Fast connection via automatic terminals, no tool required For flush-mounted installation use plate Cat.No 0 787 22 and support Cat.No 0 802 51 White antimicrobial

lighting to assist with independent living BUS/SCS system solutions and actimetry

0 784 90

0 488 22

Lighting actimetry software 0 488 41

p. 580

0 026 45

Automatic lighting BUS/SCS devices which allow: - the patients to find their bearings and make their way to the bathrooms - the doctor and nursing staff to monitor resident behaviour remotely Pack

Cat.Nos

For installation in the room

Pack

Combination of automatic switches and illuminated signalling BUS/SCS automatic detector 0 784 90 For installation at a maximum of 30 cm from the ground in order to pick up the patient's movements once out of bed Allows triggering of the lighting and the illuminated signalling Installing 2 or 3 detectors per room is advisable for optimum movement detection Infrared detection Detection range adjustable from 3 m to 10 m Horizontal detection angle: 180° Light level threshold adjustable from 3 to 1,000 lux Factory pre-set time delay 15 minutes Repetition of cycle as long as movement is detected Walkthrough function activated, time delay of 3 minutes For installation in box depth 40mm minimum Supplied pre-assembled with finishing plate in white and 2-module support 2 modules - white

0 785 10

0 785 22

Illuminated signalling for top of door Signalling with white LEDs (1 W) 1 state - 5 modules Mechanisms incorporating LEDs and a pivoting window which can take labels Labels can be customised and printed using LAB LX 2, XL Pro2 or LCS Pro software, or with a simple text editor (visuals in PDF format are available in the e-catalogue) For standard or transparent printing paper For flush-mounting installation use plate Cat.No 0 788 15 and support Cat.No 0 802 52

For installation in bathrooms

False ceiling BUS/SCS automatic detector 0 488 22 360° infrared and ultrasonic detector This dual technology allows accurate presence detection from the point where the signal given by the detector is interrupted (e.g. : limited movement of a resident when in the bathrooms) Consumption 0.5 W on standby Fixed directly to a false ceiling with mounting claws (provided) or installed in Batibox flush-mounting box with depth of 50mm Recommended fixing height: 2.50m On/off lighting control 0 784 75 For controlling the false ceiling detector switch in vacancy sensing For installation next to the bathroom door White For flush-mounted installation use plate Cat.No 0 788 22 and support Cat.No 0 802 51

System products

Illuminated signalling For flush-mounting installation use plate Cat.No 0 788 22 and support Cat.No 0 802 51 2 choices of power rating (0.2 W or 1 W) 0 785 20 Signalling with white LEDs - 2 modules To be installed in skirting trunking or bedhead strip 230 V - 2 modules White antimicrobial

Cat.Nos

BUS/SCS controllers 2 outputs For managing the room's illuminated signalling in conjunction with detector Cat.No 0 784 90 0 488 41 2 x 16 A outputs False ceiling 0 038 42 2 x 2 A outputs Modular devices Zone management unit 0 026 45 Includes 2 functions: - manages scenario programming (e.g. time management, lighting, presence) - IP interface, provides the link between the BUS/SCS infrastructure and the IP network Approximately one zone management unit per 20 rooms Requires power supply unit Cat.No 0 035 64 6 x 17.5 mm DIN modules Zone management unit power supply 0 634 42 Power supply 220-240 V - 50/60 Hz Output 1-2 27 V= - 600 mA 2 modules DIN 17.5 mm BUS/SCS power supply 0 035 60 230 VA - 27 V= - 1.2 A 8 x 17.5 mm DIN modules BUS/SCS cable 0 492 33 Length 200 m Non-halogen cable

Red catalogue numbers: New products

579

lighting to assist with independent living BUS/SCS system solutions and actimetry (continued)

lighting to assist with independent living BUS/SCS system solutions and actimetry

NEW n BUS/SCS wiring architecture for actimetry BUS/SCS Power supply

BUS/SCS power supply Cat.No 0 035 60

Bus/SCS Mosaic programme 0 492 31

Screenshot of actimetry software Cat.No 0 783 80

Pack

Cat.Nos

For bedroom and bathroom: false ceiling controller Cat.No 0 488 41

0 035 44

Lighting actimetry

Actimetry software 0 783 80 For recording activity in rooms and bathrooms Any activity is tracked by the triggering of detectors and low-level lights (illuminated signalling) and other lighting being turned on Option of programming detection levels to be recorded depending on the level of light (e.g.: night, nap time, etc.) and time slots Option of a 24-hour display for rooms with heavy activity and to categorise them Installing the software on building manager Cat.No 0 035 44 is recommended

Controllers/ Detectors/ Individual controls

False ceiling detectors Cat.No 0 488 22

Automatic detectors Cat.No 0 784 90

Building manager 1

BUS/SCS system option

Zone manager for lighting actimetry

Communication for Modbus-Bacnet

Display PC

Red catalogue numbers: New products

580

IP interface Cat.No 0 026 45

Manager power supply Cat.No 0 634 42

Building manager Cat.No 0 035 44

â&#x20AC;˘ Up to 5 PCs for room activity display

isolating transformers for hospitals protected

n Characteristics

0 425 81

Conform to standard IEC EN 61558-2-15 IP 21 The main requirements of this standard, additionally to IEC 61558-2-4, concern: - secondary/earth leakage current, limited to 0.5 mA off-load - inrush current, limited to 12 times the peak value of primary current - short-circuit voltage, limited to 3% of primary voltage Electrostatic shield linked to dedicated terminal Equipped with a temperature monitoring system (bi-metal strips), and outputs on dedicated terminals, for connection to a control system (optical, acoustic, etc.) Pack

Cat.Nos

0 425 71 0 425 72 0 425 73 0 425 74 0 425 75 0 425 76

Output (kVA)

2.5 4 5 6.3 8 10

Terminal primary flexible secondary flexible cable (mm²) cable (mm²)

16 16 35 35 35 35

3-phase Primary: 400 V * + N Secondary: 230 V * + N 1 1 1 1

0 425 81 0 425 83 0 425 84 0 425 85

Single-phase Primary: 230 V Secondary: 230 V with centre tap

1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat.Nos 0 425 71 to 76 and 0 425 81 to 85

0 425 71

Single-phase Insulation voltages: • Between windings: 3550 V • Between primary and earth: 1770 V • Between secondary and earth: 1770 V Class I Insulation: class B for 2500 VA model, ambient temperature 25 °C class H from 4 kVA upwards, ambient temperature 25 °C IP 21 - IK 08 (enclosed) 3-phase Insulation voltages: • Between windings: 4450 V • Between primary and earth: 2250 V • Between secondary and earth: 1770 V Class I Insulation: class H from 4 kVA upwards, ambient temperature 25 °C IP 21 - IK 08 (enclosed)

Output (kVA)

4 6.3 8 10

Terminal primary flexible secondary flexible cable (mm²) cable (mm²)

10 10 16 16

10 16 35 35

IEC EN 61558-2-15 transformer with 400 V single-phase primary (available on request)

230 V/230 V with centre tap (single-phase) Cat. Nos

Dimensions Drop Terminals Efficiency (mm) No-load voltage (%) Usc loss (W) cos ϕ cos ϕ Prim. Sec. cos ϕ cos ϕ (%) A B C 1 0.45 mm2 mm2 1 0.45

Fixing (mm) F

Weight (kg)

0 425 71

25.6

2.4

1.1

0.97 0.93 2.6 320 330 253 300 111 9

0 425 72

50.6

3.7

1.7

0.95 0.90 2.9 340 410 370 320 120 9

0 425 73

54.5

3.0

1.4

0.96 0.91 2.8 340 410 370 320 150 9

0 425 74

67.7

3.2

1.5

0.96 0.91 2.8 340 410 370 320 150 9

0 425 75

85.7

2.8

1.3

0.96 0.92 2.9 340 410 370 320 180 9

0 425 76

94.5

3.2

1.5

0.96 0.91 2.5 340 410 370 320 180 9

400 V * + N / 230 V * + N (3-phase) Cat. Nos

Dimensions Drop Terminals Efficiency (mm) No-load voltage (%) Usc loss (W) cos ϕ cos ϕ Prim. Sec. cos ϕ cos ϕ (%) A B C 1 0.45 mm2 mm2 1 0.45

Fixing (mm) F

Weight (kg)

0 425 81

40.7

3.2

1.5

0.96 0.92 2.9 420 270 190 400 126 9

0 425 83

76.2

3.7

1.7

0.95 0.90 2.8 470 410 340 450 126 9

0 425 84

96.1

3.5

1.6

0.95 0.90 2.8 470 410 340 450 176 9

106

3.7

1.7

0.95 0.90 2.9 470 410 340 450 176 9

107

0 425 85

124

Protection equipment for IEC EN 61558-2-15 power supply lines (please consult technical data sheets in the e-catalogue)

581

Supply power & data through the floor Legrand offers different systems for distributing power and data to workstations, depending on the building’s existing floor type.

DISCOVER THE Products Raised access floor systems • Soluflex flooring system and Electrak busbars or Cablofil wire mesh are ideal for quick installation and very easy

reconfiguration.

Electrak floor busbar system, p. 594

Soluflex cable floor system p. 586

Raised floors metal trunking system, p. 598

Flush floor systems

Screed floor systems

• The most flexible trunking system for concrete floors, ideal for maintenance operations.

• PVC and metal foor ductings are particularly robust and designed to support superior loads. All the accessories are compatible with both PVC and metal ducting.

Flush foor metal trunking system, p. 600 582

PVC floor ducting, p. 602

Metal floor ducting, p. 602

MORE INFORMATION Get detailed information on many digital or printed supports, or contact your Area Commercial Manager

www.legrand.com

E-catalogue

Workstation solutions catalogue

Workstation solutions guide

QR code

583

Soluflex cable floor system selection chart

FLOOR PARTS Height (mm)

Tile

Support

Double edge plate

Single edge plate

Plenum sealing

Plenum exterior angle

84000 10

84037 00

84000 60

84000 61

84037 20

84037 30

84000 10

84060 00

84000 60

84000 61

84060 20

84060 30

84000 10

84090 00

84000 60

84000 61

84090 20

84090 30

120

84000 10

84120 00

84000 60

84000 61

84120 20

84120 30

150

84000 10

84150 00

84000 60

84000 61

84150 20

84150 30

EQUIPMENT - to be equipped with Arteor mechanisms (p. 374 to 377) Height (mm)

Built-in power unit

Built-in data unit

84037 50

84037 51

120

150

584

Fully submerged power unit

Fully submerged data unit

84060 72

84060 73

Ramp

Earthing tile

Cable outlet tile

Chrome outlet grommet

Accessory outlet tile

Fixing bracket

84037 40

84000 20

84000 30

81902 32

84000 40

84000 50

84060 40

84000 20

84000 30

81902 32

84000 40

84000 50

84090 40

84000 20

84000 30

81902 32

84000 40

84000 50

84120 40

84000 20

84000 30

81902 32

84000 40

84000 50

84150 40

84000 20

84000 30

81902 32

84000 40

84000 50

Flip-up boxes

Floor boxes

Floor box tile

Mini-column Backbox + lid and trim

Outlet tile

Mini-column

84000 40

p. 615

3 compartments

4 compartments

84090 84

84090 82

84090 83

p. 598 and 606

84090 84

84090 82

84090 83

p. 598 and 606

84090 84

84090 82

84090 83

p. 598 and 606

585

Soluflex cable floor system - 37 mm height

Built-in units Cat.Nos 84037 50/51

Cable outlet tile Cat.No 84000 30

Plenum exterior angle Cat.No 84037 30

Plenum sealing Cat.No 84037 20 Support for tile Cat.No 84037 00

Outlet tile Cat.No 84000 40 Ramp Cat.No 84037 40

Selection chart p. 584-585 Technical characteristics p. 591 to 593 Pack

1 1

586

Cat.Nos

Floor parts

Tile 84000 10 225 x 225 mm pre-galvanised tile Supplied with 4 contact/distance projections Can be positioned on supports Cat.No 84037 00 Support for tile 84037 00 100 x 100 mm support Height 37 mm With 2 grooves for tiles positioning Black - polypropylene Edge plates Used to finish installation against wall Length 900 mm, width 300 mm Trim to size on site Pre-galvanised 84000 60 Double edge plate 2 flanges of 13 mm 84000 61 Single edge plate 1 flange of 13 mm Plenum sealing 84037 20 For edging the floor to create a step Length 900 mm, width 56 mm Heigth 37 mm Pre-galvanised Plenum exterior angle 84037 30 56 x 56 mm Use in conjunction with Cat.No 84037 22 Pre-galvanised Ramp 84037 40 Length 400 mm, width 112 mm Ramp 10 % Include 1 extra support per tile Pre-galvanised Earthing tile 84000 20 225 x 225 mm pre-galvanised earthing tile Supplied with 4 contact/distance projections Earthing clamp max. 6 mmÂ˛ Use 1 tile per 100 mÂ˛ or in hallways max. 14 m apart Cable outlet tile 84000 30 225 x 225 mm pre-galvanised cable outlet tile For cable access to work station Access 125 x 15 mm Supplied with 4 contact/distance projections

Pack

Cat.Nos

Floor parts (continued)

Chromed outlet grommet 81902 32 For cable access to work station To be used with outlet tile Cat.No 84000 40 Outlet tile 84000 40 225 x 225 mm pre-galvanised tile Supplied with 4 contact/distance projections For integration of columns, pedestals+cable spine (contact us) or chrome outlet grommet Cat.No 81902 32 Fixing brackets 84000 50 For mounting columns on floor with outlet tile Cat.No 84000 40 Pre-galvanised Built-in units to be equipped 225 x 225 mm Height 37 mm (accessory outlet rises to 71 mm) Pre-galvanised 84037 50 For 2 x 13 A Arteor socket outlets Provided with connection terminal and strain relief 84037 51 For up to 4 x 1 module Arteor data sockets Cable worm 0 535 98 2 compartments Length: 0.75 m White colour Very suitable solution for a safe and design protection of the cabling between desk and floor

Soluflex cable floor system - 60 mm height

Cable outlet tile Cat.No 84000 30

Plenum sealing Cat.No 84060 20

Plenum exterior angle Cat.No 84060 30 Support for tile Cat.No 84060 00

Outlet tile Cat.No 84000 40

Ramp Cat.No 84060 40

Selection chart p. 584-585 Technical characteristics p. 591 to 593 Pack

1 1

Cat.Nos

Floor parts

Tile 84000 10 225 x 225 mm pre-galvanised tile Supplied with 4 contact/distance projections Can be positioned on supports Cat.No 84060 00 Support for tile 84060 00 100 x 100 mm support Height 60 mm With 2 grooves for tiles positioning Black - polypropylene Edge plates Used to finish installation against wall Length 900 mm, width 300 mm Trim to size on site Pre-galvanised 84000 60 Double edge plate 2 flanges of 13 mm 84000 61 Single edge plate 1 flange of 13 mm Plenum sealing 84060 20 For edging the floor to create a step Length 900 mm, width 56 mm Heigth 60 mm Pre-galvanised Plenum exterior angle 84060 30 56 x 56 mm Use in conjunction with Cat.No 84060 22 Pre-galvanised Ramp 84060 40 Length 616 mm, width 112 mm Ramp 10 % Include 1 extra support per tile Pre-galvanised

Pack

1 1 1

Cat.Nos

Floor parts (continued)

Chromed outlet grommet 81902 32 For cable access to work station To be used with outlet tile Cat.No 84000 40 Outlet tile 84000 40 225 x 225 mm pre-galvanised tile Supplied with 4 contact/distance projections For integration of columns, pedestals + cable spine (contact us) or chrome outlet grommet Cat.No 81902 32 Fixing brackets 84000 50 For mounting columns on floor with outlet tile Cat.No 84000 40 Pre-galvanised Fully submerged units to be equipped Pre-galvanised To be combined with cable outlet tile Cat.No 84000 30 84060 72 For 2 x 13 A Arteor socket outlets Provided with connection terminal 84060 73 For 2 x Arteor data sockets Cable worm 0 535 98 2 compartments Length: 0.75 m White colour Very suitable solution for a safe and design protection of the cabling between desk and floor

Earthing tile 84000 20 225 x 225 mm pre-galvanised earthing tile Supplied with 4 contact/distance projections Earthing clamp max. 6 mmÂ˛ Use 1 tile per 100 mÂ˛ or in hallways max. 14 m apart Cable outlet tile 84000 30 225 x 225 mm pre-galvanised cable outlet tile For cable access to work station Access 125 x 15 mm Supplied with 4 contact/distance projections

587

Soluflex cable floor system - 90 mm height

Backbox + lid + trim (p. 598 and 606)

Cable outlet tile Cat.No 84000 30

Plenum sealing Cat.No 84090 20

Plenum exterior angle Cat.No 84090 30 Support for tile Cat.No 84090 00

Outlet tile Cat.No 84000 40

Ramp Cat.No 84090 40

Selection chart p. 584-585 Technical characteristics p. 591 to 593 Pack

1 1

588

Cat.Nos

Floor parts

Tile 84000 10 225 x 225 mm pre-galvanised tile Supplied with 4 contact/distance projections Can be positioned on supports Cat.No 84090 00 Support for tile 84090 00 100 x 100 mm support Height 90 mm With 2 grooves for tiles positioning Black - polypropylene Edge plates Used to finish installation against wall Length 900 mm, width 300 mm Trim to size on site Pre-galvanised 84000 60 Double edge plate 2 flanges of 13 mm 84000 61 Single edge plate 1 flange of 13 mm Plenum sealing 84090 20 For edging the floor to create a step Length 900 mm, width 56 mm Heigth 90 mm Pre-galvanised Plenum exterior angle 84090 30 56 x 56 mm Use in conjonction with Cat.No 84090 22 Pre-galvanised Ramp 84090 40 Length 898 mm, width 112 mm Ramp 10 % Include 1 extra support per tile Pre-galvanised Earthing tile 84000 20 225 x 225 mm pre-galvanised earthing tile Supplied with 4 contact/distance projections Earthing clamp max. 6 mmÂ˛ Use 1 tile per 100 mÂ˛ or in hallways max. 14 m apart Cable outlet tile 84000 30 225 x 225 mm pre-galvanised cable outlet tile For cable access to work station Access 125 x 15 mm Supplied with 4 contact/distance projections

Pack

Cat.Nos

Floor parts (continued)

84090 84

84090 82

84090 83

0 535 98

Flip-up floor boxes tile 225 x 225 mm For flip-up boxes (p. 608) Pre-galvanised Floor box tile 450 x 450 mm For lid + trim assemblies (p. 606) Pre-galvanised For 3-compartment floor boxes (square opening 265 x 265 mm) For 4-compartment floor boxes (rectangular opening 342 x 265 mm) Cable worm 2 compartments Length: 0.75 m White colour Very suitable solution for a safe and design protection of the cabling between desk and floor

Backboxes for raised floors (p. 598)

Soluflex cable floor system - 120 mm height

Backbox + lid and trim (p. 598 and 606)

Cable outlet tile Cat.No 84000 30

Plenum exterior angle Cat.No 84120 30

Plenum sealing Cat.No 84120 20 Support for tile Cat.No 84120 00

Outlet tile Cat.No 84000 40

Ramp Cat.No 84120 40

Selection chart p. 584-585 Technical characteristics p. 591 to 593 Pack

1 1

Cat.Nos

Floor parts

Tile 84000 10 225 x 225 mm pre-galvanised tile Supplied with 4 contact/distance projections Can be positioned on supports Cat.No 84120 00 Support for tile 84120 00 100 x 100 mm support Height 120 mm With 2 grooves for tiles positioning Black - polypropylene Edge plates Used to finish installation against wall Length 900 mm, width 300 mm Trim to size on site Pre-galvanised 84000 60 Double edge plate 2 flanges of 13 mm 84000 61 Single edge plate 1 flange of 13 mm Plenum sealing 84120 20 For edging the floor to create a step Length 900 mm, width 56 mm Heigth 120 mm Pre-galvanised Plenum exterior angle 84120 30 56 x 56 mm Use in conjunction with Cat.No 84120 22 Pre-galvanised Ramp 84120 40 Length 1181 mm, width 112 mm Ramp 10 % Include 1 extra support per tile Pre-galvanised Earthing tile 84000 20 225 x 225 mm pre-galvanised earthing tile Supplied with 4 contact/distance projections Earthing clamp max. 6 mmÂ˛ Use 1 tile per 100 mÂ˛ or in gangways max. 14 m apart

Pack

Cat.Nos

Floor parts (continued)

84090 84

84090 82

84090 83

0 535 98

Backboxes for raised floors (p. 598)

Cable outlet tile 84000 30 225 x 225 mm pre-galvanised cable outlet tile For cable access to work station Access 125 x 15 mm Supplied with 4 contact/distance projections

589

Soluflex cable floor system - 150 mm height

Backbox + lid and trim (p. 598 and 606)

Cable outlet tile Cat.No 84000 30

Plenum exterior angle Cat.No 84 150 30

Plenum sealing Cat.No 84150 20 Support for tile Cat.No 84150 00

Outlet tile Cat.No 84000 40

Ramp Cat.No 84150 40

Selection chart p. 584-585 Technical characteristics p. 591 to 593 Pack

1 1

590

Cat.Nos

Floor parts

Tile 84000 10 225 x 225 mm pre-galvanised tile Supplied with 4 contact/distance projections Can be positioned on supports Cat.No 84120 00 Support for tile 84150 00 100 x 100 mm support Height 150 mm With 2 grooves for tiles positioning Black - polypropylenev Edge plates Used to finish installation against wall Length 900 mm, width 300 mm Trim to size on site Pre-galvanised 84000 60 Double edge plate 2 flanges of 13 mm 84000 61 Single edge plate 1 flange of 13 mm Plenum sealing 84150 20 For edging the floor to create a step Length 900 mm, width 56 mm Heigth 150 mm Pre-galvanised Plenum exterior angle 84150 30 56 x 56 mm Use in conjunction with Cat.No 84150 20 Pre-galvanised Ramp 84150 40 Length 1467 mm, width 112 mm Ramp 10 % Include 1 extra support per tile Pre-galvanised Earthing tile 84000 20 225 x 225 mm pre-galvanised earthing tile Supplied with 4 contact/distance projections Earthing clamp max. 6 mmÂ˛ Use 1 tile per 100 mÂ˛ or in gangways max. 14 m apart Cable outlet tile 84000 30 225 x 225 mm pre-galvanised cable outlet tile For cable access to work station Access 125 x 15 mm Supplied with 4 contact/distance projections

Pack

Cat.Nos

Floor parts (continued)

84090 84

84090 82

84090 83

0 535 98

Backboxes for raised floors (p. 598)

Soluflex cable floor system

n Specification / technical data Construction The Soluflex cable floor system is constructed of a raised floor of tiles and supports with integrated cabling and connection points for telecoms, power and data Materials • The tiles are manufactured from pre-galvanised sheet steel in accordance with BS EN 10326 • The supports are made of polypropylene. Inflammability class B2 according to DIN 4102 Weights and measures • Dimensions of tiles: 225 x 225 mm • 5 different heights: 37 mm, 60 mm, 90 mm, 120 mm, 150 mm Other heights available on request • Weight of the Soluflex cable floor system: approx. 20 kg per m2 • Thickness: 2 mm

n Load bearing data • Point load per tile/support: 1500 Newton/25 mm2 • Equal divided load of 30000 N per m2 • Minimum safety factor: V = 1·71 Acoustic •F lanking airborne sound insulation in accordance with ISO 717-1: 1996 Tested according to ISO 140-12: 2000 Soluflex cable floor system + carpet tiles, without mineral wool underneath the partition wall: Dn,f,w = 48 dB Soluflex cable floor system + carpet tiles, with mineral wool underneath the partition wall: Dn,f,w = 60 dB •F lanking impact sound insulation in accordance with ISO 717-2: 1996 Tested in accordance to ISO 140-12: 2000 Soluflex cable floor system + carpet tiles, without mineral wool underneath the partition wall: Ln,f,w = 49 dB Soluflex cable floor system + carpet tiles, with mineral wool underneath the partition wall: Ln,f,w = 39 dB

n TNO-fire (continued) NEN 1775 A - Inflammability - complies with the class T1 criteria for inflammability B - Horizontal fire propagation: all heights maximum horizontal fire propagation = 0 cm, which implies a critical density of heat flow of more than 11 kW/m2 Classification according to NEN 1775: Class T1 NEN 6066 With (highest) heat flow supply of 50 kW/m2 : (highest) normative smoke density smaller than 0·5 m-1, which is very little smoke production in case of fire DIN 4102 Resistance to fire in accordance with DIN 4102 Class B1

n Level floor The sub-floor must be dry, clean and level, suitable for laying carpet. If the floor is not level, it must be levelled before you start to install the Soluflex cable floor system. Please contact your floor specialist for professional advice

n KEMA-certificate Soluflex cable floor system has been certified by KEMA and meets the requirements for mechanical and electrical safety Earthing The cable floor system is automatically earthed, provided that 1 earthing tile is installed per 100 m2. Install an earthing tile every 14 m length in gangways

n Installation examples With mini-column Power pole with accessory outlet tile and fixing bracket

•V ertical impact sound insulation improvement in accordance with ISO 717-2: 1996 Tested in accordance with ISO 140-8: 1978 Concrete floor 140 mm + Soluflex rLw = 17 dB rllin = 7 dB Concrete floor 140 mm + Soluflex + carpet tiles rLw = 24 dB rllin = 12 dB

n Sound measurements The sound measurements have been carried out in the laboratory of consultancy firm Peutz & Associes. The complete report can be obtained from our sales department Safety • Safety against short circuits : Soluflex is earthed (as long as 1 earthing tile is installed per 100 m2) • Fire resistance: due to its low plenum height Soluflex is self-extinguishing Tested according to BS EN 13501-1, class B (fl) S1 Other characteristics The Soluflex cable floor system feels extremely solid. Since the system is not adjustable in height, it needs no later adjustment The grid layout of the system means the cables are perfectly parallel, and you can cross data cables at the required angle of 90°

n TNO-fire Fire propagation Its low plenum height enables the cable floor system to be self-extinguishing EN 13501-1 B(fl) S1

591

Soluflex cable floor system

n Installation examples (continued) For 37 mm height cable floor system Positioning of data outlet units Positioning of power outlet units

n Installing the Soluflex cable floor system • Start with a dry, clean and level sub-floor that is suitable for laying normal carpet. If the floor does not meet these requirements, level it first • Start in the corner of the room and click the tiles into the supports Leave a 10 mm gap between the wall and tile to allow for expansion Continue to build the floor like this and cut fitting tiles or edge plates to size for final fitting against the wall • You are now ready to open the cable routes using your cabling plan Make sure that the cables are not placed under proposed locations of filing cabinets or other furniture as this limits flexibility • The corners of the tiles have small recesses to enable them to be lifted using a screwdriver. Once one tile has been removed, the others can be removed by hand • Now place the power track or cables into the cable routes, taking into account any extra cabling requirements for future flexibility

For 60 mm height cable floor system Submerged Arteor power unit Fully submerged Arteor data with cable outlet tile unit with cable outlet

• By installing more outlet boxes you will be able to realise extra connections without interruption later • Dependent on the floor height being installed, a choice can be made from various (pre-wired) outlet units in or on the cable floor • Earth the cable floor system every 100 m2 by means of an earthing tile • I n stretched areas such as corridors, place an earthing tile at least every 14 metres •T he electrical installation should always be carried out by a qualified electrician in conjunction with the requirements of the latest wiring regulations •T o create ‘islands’, install plenum with plenum angles to ensure a neat finishing of the system •T he ramp provides a constant transition from an existing floor to the Soluflex cable floor system

For 90, 120 and 150 mm height cable floor system Floor box lid and trim with floor box tile

•T he entire system can easily be dismounted and installed again as required, giving Soluflex a virtually unlimited life •T he finished installation can then be covered with rubber, stone, wood or carpet tiles •F inishing with carpet tiles is advised for true flexibility and accessibility of the system Completed Soluflex installation

Cable routes

n Dimensions

225

Tile Cat.No 84000 10

225

Support

100

Cat.Nos

100

592

H (mm)

84037 00

84060 00

84090 00

84120 00

118

84150 00

148

Double edge plate Cat.No 84000 60

300

225

Outlet tile Cat.No 84000 40

Ø6

225 13

900

Fixing bracket Cat.No 84000 50 34

Single edge plate Cat.No 84000 61

225

300

Ø1

Built-in Arteor unit for 37 mm height cable floor system 13

225

84060 20

84090 20

84120 20

120

84150 20

150

Cat.Nos

H (mm)

84037 30

Fully submerged Arteor power unit 2 x 240 V for 60 mm height cable floor system (empty)

84090 30

90 112

84060 30 84120 30

120

84150 30

150

Cat.Nos

H (mm) L (mm)

103 Fully submerged Arteor data unit 2 x 2 data for 60 mm height cable floor system (empty)

103 112

Plenum exterior angle H

37 112

225

900

H (mm)

84037 20

Cat.Nos

225

Plenum sealing

900

84060 40

616

84090 40

898

84120 40

120

1181

84150 40

150

1467

400

103

Floor box tile 58

112

84037 40

112

10%

Ramp

103

225

450

Earthing tile Cat.No 84000 20

225

Cable outlet tile Cat.No 84000 30 27

450

100,5 225

225

125

225

Flip-up floor boxes tile 15

13 18

Chrome outlet grommet Cat.No 81902 32 15,4

225

Ø62

100,5 13

3,2

593

underfloor power distribution systems Electrak 28 standard system

plug-in key code

underfloor power distribution systems Electrak 25 low noise system

plug-in key code

YA5123

JA2123

YW5010

YF5010

YP5332

JP2332

Technical characteristics p. 595

Conform to BS EN 60 439-1, BS EN 60 439-2 and BS 7671: 2008 IEE Wiring Regulations ASTA approved

Pack

JW2010

JF2010

Cat.Nos

Electrak 28 standard floor busbar system

Conform to BS EN 60 439-1, BS EN 60 439-2 and BS 7671: 2008 IEE Wiring Regulations ASTA approved

Pack

Cat.Nos

Standard system with red components Underfloor system consist of continuous lengths of power track which are fed from the distribution board via busbar feed boxes and can be installed in a raised floor clearance height 48 mm Busbars Rated current: 63 A 230/400 VA - 50/60 Hz 300 mm socket centres Each busbar is equipped with connectors (one male and one female) at each extremity. Connection of busbars is made by simply snap fitting Access to power is provided along the power track by simply plugging tap-off units into shuttered socket outlets Supplied with floor fixing brackets Special tinned copper version available on request

594

1 1 1

YA5123 YA5243 YA5363

YF5010

1 1 1

YW5000 YW5010 YW5020

1 1 1 1

YP5332 YP5532 YP5327 YP5527

Length (m)

No. of sockets

Standard system with green components Underfloor system consist of continuous lengths of power track which are fed from the distribution board via busbar feed boxes and can be installed in a raised floor clearance height 48 mm Busbars Rated current: 63 A 230/400 VA - 50/60 Hz 300 mm socket centres Each busbar is equipped with connectors (one male and one female) at each extremity. Connection of busbars is made by simply snap fitting Access to power is provided along the power track by simply plugging tap-off units into shuttered socket outlets Supplied with floor fixing brackets Special tinned copper version available on request

No. fixing brackets

1.2 4 2 2.4 8 2 3.6 12 3 Busbar feed boxes With T, N and L connector terminals With Ø25 mm cable conduit fixing hole Flexible interlinks Consist of two busbar connectors (male and female) Used to connect 2 busbars when changing direction Without cable or conduit With 1.2 m metal flexible conduit and cables With 2.4 m metal flexible conduit and cables Tap-off units Can be connected directly through the floor via grommet outlets (p. 610) to workstations Supplied with Ø16 mm flexible conduit and T, N and L tap-off connectors 32 A unfused - length 3 m 32 A unfused - length 5 m 13 A fused 543-7 - length 3 m 13 A fused 543-7 - length 5 m

Electrak 25 low noise (clean earth) floor busbar system

1 1 1 1

JA2123 JA2243 JA2363

Length (m)

No. of sockets

No. fixing brackets

1.2 4 2 2.4 8 2 3.6 12 3 Busbar feed boxes JF2010 With T, N, L and clean T connector terminals With Ø25 mm cable conduit fixing hole

1 1 1

JW2000 JW2010 JW2020

1 1 1 1

JP2332 JP2532 JP2327 JP2527

Flexible interlinks Consist of two busbar connectors (male and female) Used to connect 2 busbars when changing direction Without cable or conduit With 1.2 m metal flexible conduit and cables With 2.4 m metal flexible conduit and cables Tap-off units Can be connected directly through the floor via grommet outlets (p. 610) to workstations Supplied with Ø16 mm flexible conduits and T, N, L and clean T connectors 32 A unfused - length 3 m 32 A unfused - length 5 m 13 A fused 543-7 - length 3 m 13 A fused 543-7 - length 5 m

underfloor power distribution systems

n Technical characteristics

Electrical test data

Volt drops (Live & neutral)

n Norms

Rated current

63 A

Rated voltage

230/400 VA

Frequency

50/60 Hz

Conductor resistance Live & neutral

3.0 mΩ/m

Conductor impedance

1.5 mΩ/m

Busbars

3.0 mV/A/m

Cable connectors

0.4 mV/A

Track connector

0.4 mV/A

32 A Tap-Off

0.4 mV/A

+ 4 mm2 cable

11 mV/A/m

Flexible corner assembly 1.5 mV/A

Earth fault loop impedance

+ 10 mm2 cable

4.0 mV/A/m

Phase busbar

1.5 mΩ/m

Earth busbar

1.5 mΩ/m

Earth housing

1.1 mΩ/m

Earth busbar & housing

0.8 mΩ/m

Cable connector

0.4 mΩ

Track connector

0.6 mΩ

32 A Tap-off

0.6 mΩ

+ 4 mm2 cable

11 mΩ/m

Flexible corner assembly 1.5 mΩ + 10 mm2 cable Rated conditional short-circuit current Ambient temperature

Mechanical data

4.0 mΩ/m 16 kA 25 °C

Number of conductors

3 to 6

Busbar conductor cross section area

13 mm2

Housing cross sectional (copper equivalent)

13 mm2

Cable terminal capacity

16 mm2

Tap-off cable 32 A

4 mm2

Tap-off cable 13 A fused

1.5 mm2

Tap-off conduit, up to 4 conductors

Ø16 mm

Tap-off conduit, 5 and 6 conductors

Ø20 mm

Flexible corner cable (Tri- 10 mm2 rated, high temperature) Flexible corner conduit

Material specifications

Ø25 mm

IP rating

Power track housing

Galvanised steel; natural finish

Busbars

High conductivity copper

Busbar insulator

PTFE

Track connector/ socket outlet/track feed connector

Flame retardant polycarbonate

Socket outlet entry shutter

Acetal

Tap-off housing

Flame retardant polycarbonate

Track connector blades

Copper

Tap-off blades

Copper

Tap-off/flexible corner conduit, metal

Electro-galvanised steel

Tap-off conduit, plastic

VO rated

Tap-off cable

LSOH to BS7211

Flexible interlink cable

Tri-rated to BS6231

Track feed box/flexible interlink boxes

Galvanised steel

Track feed connector terminals/earth block

Brass

Track fixing brackets

Galvanised steel

13 A Tap-off, fuse

To BS 1362, ASTA approved

Approved to ASTA Standard 138 BS EN 60 439-1 BS EN 60 439-2 Electrak is approved to ISO 9001: 2000 Assessed Quality Insurance Certificate No. 10679 Electrak fully complies with the requirements of BS 7671: 2008 IEE wiring regulations Installations with high protective conductor currents All infused tap-offs comply with Regulation 543.7 without the need for additional earth conductors. Regulation 543.7.1.3 (ii) states "a single copper protective conductor having a cross-sectional area of not less than 4 mm2, complying with the requirements of Regulations 543.2 and 543.3, the protective conductor being enclosed to provide additional protection against mechanical damage, for example, within a flexible conduit" For 543.7 installations with high protective conductor currents requiring fused tap-offs, a 543.7 compliant tap-off must be used. Normally fused tap-offs incorporate 1.5 mm2 conductors, however in the fused 543.7 tap-offs, the 1.5 mm2 earth conductor is replaced with a 4 mm2 conductor and therefore complies with Section 543.7.1.3 (ii) Durability Elektrak systems are superbly designed and extremely robust. They can be expected to stand up to all normal site conditions. Elektrak has been short circuit strength tested by ASTA 32 Amp tap-off unit The 32 amp tap-off unit comprises an unfused tap-off with either 2.8 metres of 16 mm/20 mm diameter flexible metal conduit both with integral 4 mm2 LSOH conductors These units are designed to comply with regulation 434.2.1 of the IEE Wiring regulation by virtue of the following: 1- Maximum length of cable is 3 metres 2- It is factory assembled and fully tested item with cable installed in high quality flexible conduit Fault condition protection for the tap-off assembly and the floor box socket outlets is afforded by the circuit protective device. Disconnection time for socket outlets is 0.4 seconds (Regulation 411.3.2.2). The Elektrak system meets the requirement Tap off units in excess of 3 metres should only be used if they contain a fuse of the power track is protected by a 32 amp rated protective device Earth fault loop impedance BS 7671: 2008 IEE Wiring Regulations require accurate determination of the total earth loop impedance, which must be sufficiently low to allow the protective device to operate within the specified time, which for socket outlets is 0.4 seconds. The values relevant to Elektrak for calculating the earth fault loop impedance are shown in the electrical test data cable

595

underfloor power distribution systems

n Installation principle All dimensions are in mm End View B

End View A A

109

118 32

Ă&#x2DC; 25

Feeds

Busbar feed box

Integral fixing brackets 1.2 m average spacing

Busbar

Tap off

Busbar connector

End View Integral fixing bracket fixing centres 92

Fix track feed to surface first Busbar feed box

Remove dust cover

Direction of track run

Make chalk line to align busbar lengths

Integral busbar connector Busbar

Push down Make sure busbar connector clips are fully pushed home on both sides of busbar

Busbar & integral busbar connector

Busbar feed box

Remove dust cover before connecting busbar connector

First busbar fixing bracket

Busbar outlets reusable plastic dust covers Pull out busbar fixing bracket lugs and screw fix on both sides

All integral busbar fixing brackets must be fixed to surface at 1.2 m fixing centres from first bracket on each busbar length

596

68 15

250

underfloor power distribution systems

n Connection principle

Busbar feed

Electrak 28 standard system

Electrak 25 low noise system

NL Track feed protective earth terminal and earth bond

Connector terminals

Track feed protective earth terminal and earth bond

Connector terminals

Protective earth must always be connected via the earth terminal block

Protective earth must always be connected via the earth terminal block Lift lid

Lift terminal tab to access terminal screws and close after use

25 mm Ă&#x2DC; cable conduit fixing hole

Close lid and secure with lid fixing screw before power up

Lift lid

Lift terminal tab to access terminal screws and close after use 25 mm Ă&#x2DC; cable conduit fixing hole

Clean earth Close lid and secure with lid fixing screw before power up

Each track feed is suitable for a conductor up to 16 mm2 Tighten all terminal screws securely Track feed box must be securely fixed to surface before conduit or cables are attached to it Do not power up until track is installed

Each track feed is suitable for a conductor up to 16 mm2 Tighten all terminal screws securely Track feed box must be securely fixed to surface before conduitor cables are attached to it Do not power until track is installed

Flexible interlink

Flexible interlink Track and flexible interlink boxes must be securely fixed inline to surface so no movement can take place after fixing

Remove dust cover from power track end entry socket before use

Track and flexible interlink boxes must be securely fixed inline to surface so no movement can take place after fixing Remove dust cover from power track end entry socket before use

Iinterlink feed entry socket Remove dust cover label Screw fix to surface

Screw fix to surface

Tap-off connection

Tap off metal flexible conduit

Tap off

PE N L

20 mm diameter conduit fitting Tighten back nut securely

Interlink feed entry socket Remove dust cover label

Slide clip

Tap off metal flexible conduit

CE PE N L

Push down

Power track

Make sure both tap off side clips are fully pushed home on both sides of track

Note: track fixing brackets are for slab mounting only For information on other fixing methods, additionnal installation sheets or technical help contact Electrak

Tap off

20 mm diameter conduit fitting Tighten back nut securely

Slide clip

Push down

Power track

Make sure both tap off side clips are fully pushed home on both sides of track

Note: track fixing brackets are for slab mounting only For information on other fixing methods, additionnal installation sheets or technical help contact Electrak

597

raised access floors metal trunking system

6897 55

6897 77

6897 73

6897 80

6897 70

6897 82

6897 85

6896 38

6896 61

6896 60

6896 39

Technical characteristics p. 599 Conform to BS EN 50085-1: 2005 and EN 50085-2.2 Raised floor trunking systems are suitable for routing electrical cables beneath raised floors Compatible with Cat. 6 structured cabling systems Pack

1 1

Cat.Nos

Metal trunking

IP 20 - IK 08 3 compartments (for separation between ELV and LV cables) made of pregalvanised steel 12 knockouts for flexible conduit connection Supplied complete with 2 covers and dividers Length 2.44 m 6 897 70 225 x 38 mm 6 897 71 300 x 38 mm

Trunking accessories 10

Fixing bracket 6 897 55 For fixing trunking on floor

Coupler 6 897 77 For joining trunkings

1 1

1 1 1

1 1 8 12

10 10 1

Flat angle 6 897 73 For 225 x 38 mm trunking 6 897 74 For 300 x 38 mm trunking Junction box For direct access to cables at the intersection of trunkings while maintaining perfect separation between ELV and LV cables Supplied complete with base, fly-overs and cover 6 897 80 For 225 x 38 mm trunking 6 897 81 For 300 x 38 mm trunking 6 897 78 For junction between 225 x 38 and 300 x 38 mm trunkings Riser 6 897 82 For 225 x 38 mm trunking 6 897 83 For 300 x 38 mm trunking End cap 6 897 85 For 225 x 38 mm trunking 6 897 86 For 300 x 38 mm trunking Leveling kit for trunking For raising trunking level up to 10 mm 6 897 87 For 225 x 38 mm trunking 6 897 89 For 300 x 38 mm trunking Leveling kit for junction box 6 897 88 For raising junction box level up to 10 mm

Pack

Cat.Nos

Full backbox

To be fitted with lid and trim (p. 606) Integrating socket outlets or support plates (p. 607) Backbox to be connected to trunking with flexible conduits Height: 86 mm 6 896 38 3 compartments (264 x 264 mm)

6 896 48 4 compartments (264 x 341 mm)

Modular backbox

Adjustable height between 86 to 107 mm To be fitted with lid and trim (p. 606) Integrating socket outlets or support plates (p. 607) Backboxes are connected to the raised floor trunking system with flexible conduits One complete assembly consists of: - support frame - modules - lid and trim Support frame To be equipped with modules below 6 896 39 3 compartments (264 x 264 mm)

6 896 49 4 compartments (264 x 341 mm)

Module 6 896 60 Single module for 77 mm plates

6 896 61 Double module for 154 mm plates

Lid and trim for floor boxes (p. 606)

Epoxy coating on request 598